Quarterlytics / Technology / Software - Application / Nuance Communications

Nuance Communications

nuan · NASDAQ Technology
Claim this profile
Ticker nuan
Exchange NASDAQ
Sector Technology
Industry Software - Application
Employees 10,000+
← All annual reports
FY2018 Annual Report · Nuance Communications
Sign in to download
Loading PDF…
UNITED STATES SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION
Washington, D.C. 20549
_______________________________

Form 10-K

(Mark One)
þþ

oo

ANNUAL REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(d) OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934

TRANSITION REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(d) OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934

For the fiscal year ended September 30, 2018

OR

For the transition period from          to                     

Commission file number 001-27038
NUANCE COMMUNICATIONS, INC.
(Exact name of Registrant as Specified in its Charter)

Delaware

(State or Other Jurisdiction of

Incorporation or Organization)

1 Wayside Road
Burlington, Massachusetts

(Address of Principal Executive Offices)

94-3156479

(I.R.S. Employer

Identification No.)

01803

(Zip Code)

Registrant’s telephone number, including area code: (781) 565-5000
SECURITIES REGISTERED PURSUANT TO SECTION 12(b) OF THE ACT:

Title of Each Class

Common stock, $0.001 par value

Preferred share purchase rights

Name of Each Exchange on Which Registered

Nasdaq Stock Market LLC

Nasdaq Stock Market LLC

SECURITIES REGISTERED PURSUANT TO SECTION 12(g) OF THE ACT: None
Indicate by check mark if the registrant is a well-known seasoned issuer, as defined in Rule 405 of the Securities Act.  Yes  þ
No  o
Indicate by check mark if the registrant is not required to file reports pursuant to Section 13 or Section 15(d) of the Act.  Yes  o
No  þ
Indicate by check mark whether the registrant: (1) has filed all reports required to be filed by Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 during the preceding
12 months (or for such shorter period that the registrant was required to file such reports), and (2) has been subject to such filing requirements for the past 90 days.  Yes  þ
No 
o

Indicate  by  check  mark  whether  the  registrant  has  submitted  electronically  and  every  Interactive  Data  File  required  to  be  submitted  and  posted  pursuant  to  Rule  405  of
Regulation S-T (§ 232.405 of this chapter) during the preceding 12 months (or for such shorter period that the registrant was required to submit such files).  Yes  þ
No  o
Indicate by check mark if disclosure of delinquent filers pursuant to Item 405 of Regulation S-K is not contained herein, and will not be contained, to the best of registrant’s
knowledge, in definitive proxy or information statements incorporated by reference in Part III of this Form 10-K or any amendment to this Form 10-K. þ
Indicate  by  check  mark  whether  the  registrant  is  a  large  accelerated  filer,  an  accelerated  filer,  a  non-accelerated  filer,  a  smaller  reporting  company,  or  an  emerging  growth
company. See the definitions of “large accelerated filer,” “accelerated filer,” “smaller reporting company,” and "emerging growth company" in Rule 12b-2 of the Exchange Act.
(Check one):

Large accelerated filer  þ

Non-accelerated filer  o

Accelerated filer  o

Smaller reporting company  o

Emerging growth company  o

If an emerging growth company, indicate by check mark if the registrant has elected not to use the extended transition period for complying with any new or revised financial
accounting standards provided pursuant to Section 13(a) of the Exchange Act.   o
Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a shell company (as defined in Rule 12b-2 of the Exchange Act).  Yes  o
     No  þ
As of March 31, 2018, the aggregate market value of the registrant's common stock held by non-affiliates of the registrant was $3.5 billion based on the closing sale price as
reported on the Nasdaq Global Select Market for such date.

The number of shares of the registrant’s common stock, outstanding as of October 31, 2018 , was 287,581,197 .

Portions of the registrant’s definitive Proxy Statement to be delivered to stockholders in connection with the registrant’s 2019 Annual Meeting of Stockholders are incorporated
by reference into Part III of this Form 10-K.

DOCUMENTS INCORPORATED BY REFERENCE

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
NUANCE COMMUNICATIONS, INC.
TABLE OF CONTENTS

Business

Risk Factors

Unresolved Staff Comments

Properties

Legal Proceedings

Mine Safety Disclosures

PART I

PART II

Market for the Registrant’s Common Equity, Related Stockholder Matters and Issuer Purchases of Equity Securities

Selected Financial Data

Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations

Item 1.

Item 1A.

Item 1B.

Item 2.

Item 3.

Item 4.

Item 5.

Item 6.

Item 7.

Item 7A.

Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures about Market Risk

Item 8.

Item 9.

Item 9A.

Item 9B.

Item 10.

Item 11.

Item 12.

Item 13.

Item 14.

Financial Statements and Supplementary Data

Changes in and Disagreements with Accountants on Accounting and Financial Disclosure

Controls and Procedures

Other Information

Directors, Executive Officers and Corporate Governance

Executive Compensation

PART III

Security Ownership of Certain Beneficial Owners and Management and Related Stockholder Matters

Certain Relationships and Related Transactions, and Director Independence

Principal Accountant Fees and Services

Item 15.

Exhibits and Financial Statement Schedules

PART IV

Page

1

7

17

18

18

18

18

21

22

45

46

94

94

95

95

95

95

96

96

96

 
 
 
 
 
Table of Contents

PART I

This Annual Report on Form 10-K contains forward-looking statements within the meaning of the Private Securities Litigation Reform Act of 1995 that involve
risks, uncertainties and assumptions that, if they never materialize or if they prove incorrect, could cause our consolidated results to differ materially from those
expressed  or  implied  by  such  forward-looking  statements.  All  statements  other  than  statements  of  historical  fact  are  statements  that  could  be  deemed  forward-
looking, including statements pertaining to: our future revenue, cost of revenue, research and development expense, selling, general and administrative expenses,
amortization of intangible assets and gross margin, earnings, cash flows and liquidity; our strategy relating to our segments; the potential of future product releases;
our  product  development  plans  and  investments  in  research  and  development;  future  acquisitions  and  anticipated  benefits  from  acquisitions;  international
operations and localized versions of our products; our contractual commitments; our fiscal year 2019 revenue and expense expectations and legal proceedings and
litigation  matters.  You  can  identify  these  and  other  forward-looking  statements  by  the  use  of  words  such  as  “may,”  “will,”  “should,”  “expects,”  “plans,”
“anticipates,”  “believes,”  “estimates,”  “predicts,”  “intends,”  “potential,”  “continue”  or  the  negative  of  such  terms,  or  other  comparable  terminology.  Forward-
looking statements  also include the assumptions underlying or relating to any of the foregoing statements. Our actual  results could differ materially  from those
anticipated in these forward-looking statements as a result of various factors, including those set forth in Item 1A of this Annual Report under the heading “Risk
Factors.” All forward-looking statements included in this document are based on information available to us on the date hereof. The forward-looking statements do
not include the potential impact of any mergers, acquisitions, divestitures, securities offerings or business combinations that may be announced or closed after the
date hereof. We will not undertake and specifically decline any obligation to update any forward-looking statements, except to the extent required by law.

Item 1. 

Business

Overview

We are a leading provider of voice recognition and natural language understanding solutions. We work with companies around the world, from banks and hospitals
to airlines, telecommunications carriers, and automotive manufacturers and suppliers, who use our solutions and technologies to create better experiences for their
customers  and  their  users  by  enhancing  the  users'  interaction  and  increasing  productivity  and  customer  satisfaction.  We  offer  our  customers  high  accuracy  in
automated  speech  recognition  ("ASR"),  natural  language  understanding("NLU")  capabilities,  dialog  and  information  management,  biometric  speaker
authentication,  text-to-speech  ("TTS"),  optical  character  recognition  ("OCR")  capabilities,  and  domain  knowledge,  along  with  professional  services  and
implementation support. In addition, our solutions increasingly utilize our innovations in artificial intelligence ("AI"), including cognitive sciences and machine
learning to create smarter, more natural experiences with technology. Using advanced analytics and algorithms, our technologies create personalized experiences
and  transform  the  way  people  interact  with  information  and  the  technology  around  them.  We  market  and  sell  our  solutions  and  technologies  around  the  world
directly through a dedicated sales force, and also through a global network of resellers, including system integrators, independent software vendors, value-added
resellers, distributors, hardware vendors, telecommunications carriers and e-commerce websites.

We  are  a  global  organization  steeped  in  research  and  development.  We  have  approximately  2,100 language  scientists,  developers,  and  engineers  dedicated  to
continually refining our technologies and advancing our portfolio to better meet our customers’ diverse and changing needs. We have more than 60 international
operating  locations  and  a  sales  presence  in  more  than  81  countries.  Our  corporate  headquarters  is  located  in  Burlington,  Massachusetts,  with  international
headquarter in Dublin, Ireland. In fiscal year 2018 , our revenue was $2.1 billion .

Our Strategy

We have large addressable vertical markets, and we focus on growth by providing industry-leading, value-add solutions for our customers and partners through a
broad set of flexible technologies, solutions, and service offerings available directly and through our channel partners. The key elements of our strategy include:

•

Focus 
on 
opportunities 
that 
leverage 
our 
core 
strengths 
in 
key 
vertical 
markets.
 During  the  third  quarter  of  fiscal  year  2018,  we  commenced  a
comprehensive portfolio and business review with the goal to improve long-term shareholder return and operational efficiency. We are moving toward a
goal of a simplified and more efficient operational structure, capable of sustainable, long-term revenue and earnings growth, with resources keenly focused
on opportunities that leverage our core strengths in key vertical markets. We plan to focus our resources and R&D capabilities on our core capabilities and
shift our focus away from non-core businesses and solutions.

1

Table of Contents

• Maintain 
global 
leadership 
in 
all 
of 
our 
major 
markets 
and 
solutions 
areas.
    We  have  historically  targeted  markets  where  we  benefit  from  strong
technology, sales and vertical market differentiation. Today, we are one of the leading providers of voice recognition and NLU. We invest considerable time
and  resources  to  ensure  that  we  maintain  this  position  through  customer  satisfaction,  technology  leadership,  deep  domain  experience  and  market
specialization.

• Maintain
depth
in
technology,
solutions,
and
intellectual
property
portfolio.
  We have built a world-class portfolio of technologies, applications, solutions
and  intellectual  property  through  both  internal  development  and  acquisitions.  We  expect  to  continue  to  pursue  opportunities  to  expand  our  assets,
geographic  presence,  distribution  network  and  customer  base  through  organic  growth  and  strategic  transactions.  We  continue  to  strengthen  our  core
technologies in voice and language, and expand our offerings through research and innovations in AI, including cognitive computing and machine learning.

•

•

Continue
to
expand
our
extensive
network
of
global
operations,
distribution
and
services
networks
. We market and sell our solutions and technologies
directly through a dedicated sales force and through a global network of resellers, including system integrators, independent software vendors, value-added
resellers, distributors, hardware vendors, and telecommunications carriers and e-commerce websites. In addition, we continue to expand our presence within
our markets, such as ambulatory markets in our Healthcare segment and omni-channel customer services in our Enterprise segment, and we have expanded
initiatives in geographic markets such as China, Latin America and Southeast Asia.

Continue
to
expand
hosting
and
transaction-based
offerings.
  We remain focused on increasing our hosting and transaction-based offerings. We generate
hosting revenues through on-demand models that typically have multi-year terms with pricing based on volume of usage, number of transactions, number of
seats  or  number  of devices.  This  pricing  structure  allows  customers  to  use  our  products  at  a  lower initial  cost  when compared  to  the sale  of  a  perpetual
license. This will enable us to deliver applications that our customers use, and pay for, on a recurring basis, providing us with the opportunity to benefit
from recurring revenue streams.

• Maintain
significant
presence
and
customer
preference
in
our
markets.
  We specialize in creating large, enterprise-class solutions that are used by many
of  the  world’s  largest  companies.  By  combining  our  core  technology,  professional  services,  local  presence  and  deep  domain  experience,  we  are  able  to
deliver  these  specialized  offerings  for  our  customers  and  partners.  We  have  established  a  trusted  position  in  numerous  markets  and  today  work  with  a
majority of the Fortune 100 companies.

•

Strengthen 
financial 
profile 
with 
improvement 
in 
revenue, 
earnings 
per 
share, 
margin, 
and 
cash 
flow.
 We  are  focused  on  improving  our  financial
performance by executing upon identified strategic initiatives and further evolving our business toward recurring revenue models, which are positioning us
for increased future revenue and profitability growth. Recurring revenue represented 71.4% , 72.5% and 69.6% of total revenue in fiscal years 2018 , 2017
and 2016, respectively.

Segments

We are organized into five segments: Healthcare, Enterprise, Automotive, Imaging and Other. See Note  20 to the consolidated financial statements for additional
information  about  our  reportable  segments.  We  offer  our  solutions  and  technologies  to  our  customers  in  a  variety  of  ways,  including  via  hosted  cloud-based
solutions, perpetual and term software licenses, implementation  and custom solution development services and maintenance  and support. Our product revenues
include  embedded  original  equipment  manufacturer  ("OEM")  royalties,  traditional  perpetual  licensing,  term-based  licensing  and  consumer  sales.  Our  hosting,
royalty, term license and maintenance and support revenues are recurring in nature as our customers use our products on an ongoing basis to handle their needs in
medical transcription, medical coding and compliance, enterprise customer service and automotive connected services. Our professional services offer a continuing
revenue stream, whether it is provided in connection with our software solutions or on a standalone basis, as we have a backlog of engagements that take time to
complete.

2

Table of Contents

Healthcare

Our Healthcare  segment  is  a leading  provider  in clinical  speech  and  clinical  language  understanding  solutions  that  drive  smart,  efficient  decisions  and increase
productivity across the healthcare industry. Our solutions and services improve the clinical documentation process - from capturing the complete patient record to
improving clinical documentation and quality measures for reimbursement. We support clinical documentation work flows and electronic health record ("EHR")
adoption through our flexible offerings, including transcription services, dictation software for the EHR, diagnostics work flows, and mobile applications. These
solutions  increasingly  leverage  ASR,  clinical  language  understanding  ("CLU")  and  AI  innovations  to  help  physicians  deliver  better  outcomes.  In  addition,  we
continue to extend our strong hospital customer franchise into the automation and management of healthcare coding and billing processes in order to ensure timely
and appropriate  reimbursement.  These solutions are designed to help healthcare  organizations  derive additional  value from EHR investments  and are driven by
industry trends such as value-based care, Meaningful Use requirements, which is a program that awards incentives for using EHR technology to improve patient
care, and government regulations related to medical codes.

Today, more than 500,000 clinicians and 10,000 healthcare facilities worldwide leverage our solutions to improve patient care and support the physician in clinical
work flows from many devices. Our Healthcare segment revenues were $984.8 million , $899.3 million , and $973.3 million in fiscal years 2018 , 2017 and 2016 ,
respectively. Healthcare segment revenues represented 47.6% , 45.5% and 49.2% of total segment revenue in fiscal years 2018 , 2017 and 2016 , respectively.

Our principal solutions for the Healthcare segment include the following:

•

•

•

•

•

Dragon
Medical:
Provide dictation capabilities that empower physicians to accurately capture and document patient care in real-time from many devices
and  without  disrupting  existing  work  flows.  We  have  expanded  this  solution  to  provide  clinical  language  understanding  and  cognitive  intelligence  that
delivers real-time queries to physicians at the point of care, producing measurable clinical, financial and compliance outcomes.

Transcription 
solutions
 :  Enable  physicians  in  larger  and  mid-sized  healthcare  enterprises  to  streamline  clinical  documentation  with  an  on-demand,
enterprise-wide  medical  transcription  platforms,  and  allow  healthcare  organizations  to  outsource  transcription  services.  Our  transcription  solutions  are
generally offered as an on-demand model.

Clinical
document
improvement
and
coding
solutions
: Ensure patient health information is properly documented, coded, and evaluated to provide more
complete and accurate clinical documentation. These services and offerings assist organizations with regulatory compliance and coding efficiency to receive
appropriate and timely reimbursement and improve quality reporting. The solutions are generally sold under a term licensing model.

Diagnostic
solutions
: Allow radiologists to easily document, collaborate, and share medical images and reports in order to optimize patient care . These
solutions are generally sold under a traditional perpetual license model, but they are transitioning rapidly to term licensing and transaction based models.

Dragon
solutions
: Provide professional and personal productivity solutions to business users and consumers with the ability to use their voice to create
content, reports and other documents, as well as control their computers and laptops without the use of a keyboard or mouse. This dictation capability is
similar to Dragon Medical and is used in markets such as law, public safety, social services, education and accessibility. Dragon solutions are sold generally
through a traditional perpetual software license model, and we have recently introduced an on-demand model.

The channels for distribution in the Healthcare segment utilize our direct sales force to address the market and our professional services organization to support the
implementation requirements of the healthcare industry. Direct distribution is supplemented by distributors, resellers and partnerships with a variety of healthcare
IT providers. Our Healthcare customers and partners include UPMC, Cleveland Clinic, Mayo Clinic and UK National Trust. Our partners include Cerner, Epic,
McKesson, and Siemens.

Areas of expansion and focus for our Healthcare segment include providing customers deeper integration with our clinical documentation solutions, investing in
our  cloud-based  offerings,  operations  and  network  security,  entering  new  and  adjacent  markets  such  as  ambulatory  care,  and  expanding  our  international
capabilities.

Automotive

Our Automotive segment provides automotive manufacturers and their suppliers intuitive, personalized, branded, virtual assistants and connected services for cars
that are safer, easier, and more enjoyable. Our ASR, NLU and TTS technologies and deep domain experience, integration capabilities and independence make us a
preferred vendor to the world’s largest automotive manufacturers

3

Table of Contents

and suppliers. Our automotive solutions are generally sold as on-demand models that are typically priced on a per-unit basis for multi-year service terms. We have
a worldwide professional services team to provide custom solution development services and sell our technologies through a traditional perpetual software license
model,  including  a  royalty-based  model.  Our  Automotive  customers  include  major  automotive  OEMs,  such  as  Ford,  Daimler,  BMW,  Toyota,  Fiat  Chrysler,
Volkswagen, and Geely.

Automotive segment revenues were $279.4 million , $252.2 million , and $214.3 million in fiscal years 2018 , 2017 and 2016 , respectively. Automotive segment
revenues represented 13.5% , 12.8% and 10.8% of total segment revenue in fiscal years 2018 , 2017 and 2016 , respectively.

On November 19, 2018, we announced our intent to spin off our Automotive business into an independent publicly-traded company through a pro rata distribution
to our common stock holders. Completion  of the proposed spin-off is subject to certain  conditions, including final approval by our Board of Directors.  We are
targeting to compete the separation of the business by the end of fiscal year 2019.

Enterprise

Our  Enterprise  segment  is  a  leading  provider  of  automated  customer  solutions  and  services  worldwide  to  aid  enterprises  with  their  customer  service  and
engagement.  Differentiated  by  our  ASR,  NLU  and  AI  technologies,  and  complemented  by  our  large  professional  services  organization,  our  solutions  help
enterprises reduce or replace human contact center agents with conversational systems, across voice, mobile, web and messaging channels. Our intelligent self-
service solutions are highly accurate and dependable, resulting in increased customer satisfaction levels while simultaneously reducing the costs associated with
delivering customer service for the enterprise. We are continuing to evolve this business, leveraging our presence in on-premise interactive voice response ("IVR")
solutions  and  services,  and  expanding  into  multichannel,  self-service  cloud  solutions.  Our  solutions  and  services  portfolio  now  span  voice,  mobile,  web  and
messaging channels, with inbound and outbound customer service and engagement, voice biometrics, and digital virtual assistant capabilities.

Enterprise segment revenues were $483.2 million , $474.3 million , and $396.0 million in fiscal years 2018 , 2017 and 2016 , respectively. Enterprise segment
revenues represented 23.3% , 24.0% and 20.0% of total segment revenue in fiscal years 2018 , 2017 and 2016 , respectively.

Our principal solutions for the Enterprise segment include the following:

•

•

On-Premise
solutions
and
services
: Provide software that is leveraged to implement automated customer service solutions that are integrated with a wide
range of on-premise third-party IVR and contact center platforms. Our products and technologies include ASR, voice biometrics, transcription, TTS, dialog
and  analytics.  Our  global  professional  services  team  leverages  domain  expertise  to  provide  end-to-end  services  to  customers  and  partners,  including
business consulting, design, development, and deployment of integrated solutions. Our on-premise licensed products are primarily sold through a traditional
perpetual software license model, and our on-premise professional services are sold under project-based and multi-year managed services contracts.

On-Demand
multichannel
cloud:
Deliver  a platform  that provides  enterprises  with the ability  to implement  automatic  customer  service  across  inbound,
outbound, and digital customer service channels in the cloud. Our on-demand multichannel cloud leverages our ASR, voice biometrics, TTS, and virtual
assistant  technologies,  to  implement  intelligent,  conversational  self-service  applications,  including  voice  call  steering  and  self-service,  automated
verification,  account  access,  virtual  chat,  proactive  SMS,  messaging  and  email,  and  customer  service  for  mobile  device  customers.  In  addition,  our
acquisition of TouchCommerce, Inc. in fiscal year 2016 allows us to provide an end-to-end engagement platform that merges intelligent self-service with
assisted  service  to  increase  customer  satisfaction,  strengthen  customer  loyalty  and  improve  business  results.  Our  on-demand  multichannel  cloud  is  sold
through sales models that typically have multi-year terms with pricing based on the channel provided and/or volume of usage.

The  selling  models  in  the  Enterprise  segment  utilize  both  direct  and  channel  sales,  which  includes  a  network  of  partners  such  as  Avaya,  BT,  Cisco,  DiData,
Genesys,  Huawei,  MoshiMoshi,  NICE,  Telstra,  and  Verint.  Our  customers  include,  American  Airlines,  Amtrak,  Bank  of  America,  Barclays,  Dominos,  Delta,
Deutsche Telekom, e*trade, ING Bank, Lloyds Banking Group, T-Mobile, Telefonica, Telstra, and Vodafone.

Areas of focus and expansion for our Enterprise segment include extending our technology capabilities with intelligent self-service and AI for customer service,
expansion  of  our  on-demand  multichannel  cloud  to  international  markets,  sales  and  solution  expansion  for  our  voice  biometrics  suite,  and  expanding  our  on-
premise product and services portfolio.

4

Table of Contents

Imaging

Our Imaging segment provides software solutions and expertise that help professionals and organizations gain optimal control of their document and information
processes  by  enabling  customers  to  achieve  measurable  business  and  productivity  benefits  as  they  securely  create,  use  and  share  documents.  Our  portfolio  of
products and services helps business customers achieve compliance with information security policies and regulations while enabling organizations to streamline
and eliminate gaps across their document work flows.

We  have  built  on  our  position  in  MFP  OEM  channels  and  the  managed  print  services  space  by  accelerating  the  integration  of  capture  and  print  management
technologies. Our intelligent document capture and work flow solutions transform manual, disconnected processes into dynamic, streamlined, and automated work
flows.  When  combined  with  print  management  technologies,  organizations  are  also  able  to  control,  manage,  and  monitor  their  entire  print  environment.  Our
business  has  seen  strong  commitments  from  key  OEMs,  a  broad  number  of  OEM  partners  who  embed  multiple  products,  and  strong  end-user  demand  in  key
verticals like healthcare, legal, and financial services.

Imaging  segment  revenues  were  $212.9  million  ,  $217.7  million  ,  and  $241.6  million  in  fiscal  years  2018  ,  2017  and  2016  ,  respectively.  Imaging  segment
revenues represented 10.3% , 11.0% and 12.2% of total segment revenue in fiscal years 2018 , 2017 and 2016 , respectively.

Our principal solutions for the Imaging segment include the following:

• MFP
Scan
and
capture
automation
solutions
: Deliver scanning and document management solutions that improve productivity, drive efficiency and

assist in enhancing security.

• MFP
Print
management
and
automation
solutions
: Offer printing and document management solutions to capture and automate paper to digital work

flows to increase efficiency .

•

PDF
and
OCR
software
: Provide intuitive technologies that enable the efficient capture, creation, and management of document work flows.

The channels for distribution in the Imaging segment include a combination of a global reseller network and direct sales. Our Imaging solutions are generally sold
under a traditional perpetual software license model with a subset of our offerings sold as term licenses. Our Imaging customers and partners include Ricoh, Xerox,
HP, Canon, and Samsung.

On November 11, 2018, we entered into a definitive stock purchase agreement, pursuant to which we agreed to sell our Imaging business and associated assets for
a  total  cash  consideration  of  approximately  $400  million.  The  transaction,  which  is  subject  to  regulatory  review  and  other  customary  closing  conditions,  is
expected to close by the end of the second quarter of fiscal year 2019.

Other

Other  segment  includes  our  SRS  and  Devices  businesses.  Our  SRS  business  provides  value-added  services  to  mobile  operators  in  India  and  Brazil  (“Mobile
Operator Services”) and voicemail transcription services to mobile operators in the rest of the world (“Voicemail-to-Text”). Our Devices business provides speech
recognition solutions and predictive text technologies for handset devices. Our Mobile Operator Services has experienced dramatic market disruptions during fiscal
year  2018. Our Devices  revenue  has been  declining  due  to the  ongoing  consolidation  of our  handset  manufacturer  customer  base  and  continued  erosion  of  our
penetration  of  the  remaining  market.  During  the  fourth  quarter  of  fiscal  2018,  in  connection  with  our  comprehensive  portfolio  and  business  review  efforts,  we
commenced a wind-down of our Devices and Mobile Operator Services businesses.

Other  segment  revenues  were  $109.1 million , $133.8 million , and 154.4 million in fiscal years 2018 , 2017 and 2016 , respectively. As a percentage of total
segment revenue, Other segment revenues represented 5.3% , 6.8% and 7.8% in fiscal years 2018 , 2017 and 2016 , respectively.

5

Table of Contents

Research and Development/Intellectual Property

Over our history we have developed and acquired extensive technology assets, intellectual property, and industry expertise in ASR, NLU and imaging technologies
that provide us with a competitive advantage in our markets. Our technologies are based on complex algorithms that require extensive amounts of acoustic and
language  models,  and  recognition  and  understanding  techniques.  A  significant  investment  in  capital  and  time  would  be  necessary  to  replicate  our  current
capabilities.

We  continue  to  invest  in  technologies  to  maintain  our  market-leading  position  and  to  develop  new  applications.  We  rely  on  a  portfolio  of  patents,  copyrights,
trademarks, services marks, trade secrets, confidentiality provisions and licensing arrangements to establish and protect our intellectual property and proprietary
rights.  As  of  September  30,  2018  ,  we  held  approximately  4,070  patents  and  575  patent  applications.  Our  intellectual  property  is  critical  to  our  success  and
competitive position.

Competition

The  markets  in  which  we  compete  are  highly  competitive  and  are  subject  to  rapid  technology  changes.  There  are  a  number  of  companies  that  develop  or  may
develop solutions and technologies that compete in our target markets; however, currently no company directly competes with us across all of our solutions and
technologies.  While  we  expect  competition  to  continue  to  increase  both  from  existing  competitors  and  new  market  entrants,  we  believe  that  we  will  compete
effectively based on many factors, including:

•

•

•

•

Specialized 
Professional 
Services.
    Our  superior  technology,  when  coupled  with  the  high  quality  and  domain  knowledge  of  our  professional  services
organization, allows our customers and partners to place a high degree of confidence and trust in our ability to deliver results. We support our customers in
designing and building powerful innovative solutions that specifically address their needs and requirements.

International
Coverage.
  The international reach of our solutions and technologies is due to the broad language coverage of our offerings, including our
ASR  and  NLU  solutions,  which  provide  recognition  for  approximately  70  languages  and  dialects  and  natural-sounding  synthesized  speech  in  over  160
voices, and support a broad range of hardware platforms and operating systems. Our imaging technology supports more than 120 languages for OCR and
document handling, with up to 20 screen language choices, including Asian languages.

Technological 
Superiority.
    Our  ASR,  NLU  and  imaging  technologies,  applications  and  solutions  are  often  recognized  as  the  most  innovative  and
proficient  in  their  respective  categories.  Our  ASR  and  NLU  solutions  have  industry-leading  recognition  accuracy  and  provide  a  natural,  voice-enabled
interaction with systems, devices and applications. Our OCR technology in our Imaging segment is viewed as the most accurate in the industry. Technology
publications,  analyst  research  and independent  benchmarks  have consistently  indicated  that  our solutions  and technologies  rank at or above performance
levels of alternative solutions.

Broad
Distribution
Channels.
  Our ability to address the needs of specific markets, such as financial, law, healthcare and government, and to introduce
new solutions and technologies quickly and effectively is provided by our direct sales force, our extensive global network of resellers, comprising system
integrators,  independent  software  vendors,  value-added  resellers,  hardware  vendors,  telecommunications  carriers  and  distributors,  and  our  e-commerce
website.

In our Healthcare business, we compete primarily with M*Modal, Optum, 3M and other smaller providers. In our Automotive business we compete, or may in the
future compete, with Amazon, Google, iFlyTek and Microsoft as well as with other, smaller vendors, particularly in China. In our Imaging business we compete
primarily  with  ABBYY  and  Adobe.  Also,  some  of  our  partners  such  as  Avaya,  Cisco,  and  Genesys  develop  and  market  products  that  might  be  considered
substitutes for our Enterprise solutions. Additionally, a number of smaller companies in voice recognition, natural language understanding, text input and imaging
offer technologies or products that are competitive with our solutions.

Current and potential competitors have established, or may establish, cooperative relationships among themselves or with third parties to increase the ability of
their technologies to address the needs of our prospective customers.

Some of our competitors or potential competitors, such as Adobe, Google, and 3M, have significantly greater financial, technical and marketing resources than we
do. These competitors may be able to respond more rapidly than we can to new or emerging technologies or changes in customer requirements. They may also
devote greater resources to the development, promotion and sale of their products than we do.

6

Table of Contents

Employees

As of September 30, 2018 , we had approximately 10,400  full-time  employees, including approximately  1,200 in sales and marketing, approximately 2,700 in
professional services, approximately 2,100 in research and development, approximately 800 in general and administrative, and approximately 3,600 who provide
transcription and editing services. Approximately 66% of our employees are based outside of the United States, approximately 45% of whom provide transcription
and  editing  services  and  are  based  in  India.  None  of  our  employees  in  the  United  States  is  represented  by  a  labor  union.  Employees  of  certain  of  our  foreign
subsidiaries are presented by labor unions or workers’ councils. We believe that our relationships with our employees are satisfactory.

Information About Geographic Areas

We  have  offices  in  a  number  of  international  locations  including  Australia,  Austria,  Belgium,  Brazil,  Canada,  China,  Germany,  Hungary,  India,  Ireland,  Italy,
Japan,  and  the  United  Kingdom.  The  responsibilities  of  our  international  operations  include  research  and  development,  healthcare  transcription  and  editing,
customer support, sales and marketing and general and administrative. Additionally, we maintain smaller sales, services and support offices throughout the world
to support our international customers and to expand international revenue opportunities.

Geographic revenue classification is based on the geographic areas in which our customers are located. For fiscal years 2018 , 2017 and 2016 , 72% , 70% and 71%
of revenue was generated in the United States and 28% , 30% and 29% of revenue was generated by our international customers, respectively.

Corporate Information and Website

We were incorporated under the laws of the State of Delaware in 1992. Our website is located at www.nuance.com and we trade under the ticker symbol NUAN.
We are not including the information contained in our website as part of, or incorporating it by reference into, this annual report on Form 10-K. We make available
free  of  charge  through  our  website  our  annual  reports  on  Form  10-K,  quarterly  reports  on  Form  10-Q,  current  reports  on  Form  8-K  and  amendments  to  these
reports, as soon as reasonably practicable after we electronically file these materials with, or otherwise furnish them to, the Securities and Exchange Commission
("SEC").

Item 1A. 

Risk
Factors

You should carefully consider the risks and uncertainties described below when evaluating the company and when deciding whether to invest in the company. The
risks and uncertainties described below are not the only ones we face. Additional risks and uncertainties not presently known to us or that we do not currently
believe  are  important  to  an  investor  may  also  harm  our  business  operations.  If  any  of  the  events,  contingencies,  circumstances  or  conditions  described  below
actually occurs, our business, financial condition or our results of operations could be seriously harmed. If that happens, the trading price of our common stock
could decline.

Risks Related to Our Business
The
markets
in
which
we
operate
are
highly
competitive
and
rapidly
changing
and
we
may
be
unable
to
compete
successfully.

There  are  a  number  of  companies  that  develop  or  may  develop  products  that  compete  in  our  targeted  markets.  The  markets  for  our  products  and  services  are
characterized  by  intense  competition,  evolving  industry  and  regulatory  standards,  emerging  business  and  distribution  models,  disruptive  software  and  hardware
technology  developments,  short  product  and  service  life  cycles,  price  sensitivity  on  the  part  of  customers,  and  frequent  new  product  introductions,  including
alternatives  for  certain  of  our  products  that  offer  limited  functionality  at  significantly  lower  costs  or  free  of  charge.  Current  and  potential  competitors  have
established, or may establish, cooperative relationships among themselves or with third parties to increase the ability of their technologies to address the needs of
our prospective customers. Furthermore, there has been a trend toward industry consolidation in our markets for several years. We expect this trend to continue as
companies attempt to strengthen or hold their market positions.

The competition in our targeted markets could adversely affect our operating results by reducing the volume of the products and solutions we license or sell or the
prices  we  can  charge.  Some  of  our  current  or  potential  competitors  have  significantly  greater  financial,  technical  and  marketing  resources  than  we  do.  These
competitors may be able to respond more rapidly than we can to new or emerging technologies or changes in customer requirements. They may also devote greater
resources to the development, promotion and sale of their products than we do, and in certain cases may be able to include or combine their competitive products
or technologies with other of their products or technologies in a manner whereby the competitive functionality is available at

7

Table of Contents

lower cost or free of charge within the larger offering. To the extent they do so, market acceptance and penetration of our products, and therefore our revenue and
bookings, may be adversely affected. Our success depends substantially upon our ability to enhance our products and technologies and to develop and introduce,
on a timely and cost-effective basis, new products and features that meet changing customer requirements and incorporate technological enhancements. If we are
unable to develop or acquire new products and enhance functionalities or technologies to adapt to these changes our business will suffer.

Our
operating
results
may
fluctuate
significantly
from
period
to
period,
and
this
may
cause
our
stock
price
to
decline.

Our revenue, bookings and operating results have fluctuated materially in the past and we expect such fluctuations to continue in the future. These fluctuations may
cause our results of operations to not meet the expectations of securities analysts or investors which would likely cause the price of our stock to decline. Factors
that may contribute to fluctuations in operating results include:

•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•

•

volume, timing and fulfillment of customer orders and receipt of royalty reports;
fluctuating sales by our channel partners to their customers;
customers delaying their purchasing decisions in anticipation of new versions of our products;
contractual counterparties failing to meet their contractual commitments to us;
introduction of new products by us or our competitors;
cybersecurity or data breaches;
seasonality in purchasing patterns of our customers;
reduction in the prices of our products in response to competition, market conditions or contractual obligations;
returns and allowance charges in excess of accrued amounts;
timing of significant marketing and sales promotions;
impairment of goodwill or intangible assets;
the pace of the transition to an on-demand and transactional revenue model;
delayed realization of synergies resulting from our acquisitions;
accounts receivable that are not collectible and write-offs of excess or obsolete inventory;
increased expenditures incurred pursuing new product or market opportunities;
higher than anticipated costs related to fixed-price contracts with our customers;
change in costs due to regulatory or trade restrictions;
expenses incurred in litigation matters, whether initiated by us or brought by third-parties against us, and settlements or judgments we are required to pay in
connection with disputes; and
general economic trends as they affect the customer bases into which we sell.

Due to the foregoing factors, among others, our revenue, bookings and operating results are difficult to forecast. Our expense levels are based in significant part on
our expectations of future revenue, and we may not be able to reduce our expenses quickly to respond to near-term shortfalls in projected revenue. Therefore, our
failure to meet revenue expectations would seriously harm our operating results, financial condition and cash flows.

A 
significant 
portion 
of 
our 
revenue 
and 
bookings 
are 
derived, 
and 
a 
significant 
portion 
of 
our 
research 
and 
development 
activities 
are 
based, 
outside 
the
United
States.
Our
results
could
be
harmed
by
economic,
political,
regulatory,
foreign
currency
fluctuations
and
other
risks
associated
with
these
international
regions.

Because we operate worldwide, our business is subject to risks associated with doing business internationally. We generate most of our international revenue and
bookings  in  Europe  and  Asia,  and  we  anticipate  that  revenue  and  bookings  from  international  operations  could  increase  in  the  future.  In  addition,  some  of  our
products are developed outside the United States and we have a large number of employees in India who provide transcription and development services, and we
also have a large number of employees in Canada, Germany and the United Kingdom who provide professional services. We conduct a significant portion of the
development of our voice recognition and natural language understanding solutions in Canada and Germany, and a significant portion of our imaging research and
development in Hungary and Canada. We also have significant research and development resources in Austria, Belgium, China, Italy, and the United Kingdom.
We are exposed to fluctuating exchange rates of foreign currencies including the euro, British pound, Brazilian real, Canadian dollar, Japanese yen, Indian rupee
and Hungarian forint. Accordingly, our future results could be harmed by a variety of factors associated with international sales and operations, including:

•
•

adverse political and economic conditions, or changes to such conditions, in a specific region or country;
trade protection measures, including tariffs and import/export controls, imposed by the United States and/or by other countries or regional authorities such
as China, Canada or the European Union;

8

Table of Contents

•
•
•
•
•
•

•
•
•
•

the impact on local and global economies of the United Kingdom leaving the European Union;
changes in foreign currency exchange rates or the lack of ability to hedge certain foreign currencies;
compliance with laws and regulations in many countries and any subsequent changes in such laws and regulations;
geopolitical turmoil, including terrorism and war;
changing data privacy regulations and customer requirements to locate data centers in certain jurisdictions;
evolving restrictions on cross-border investment, including recent enhancements to the oversight by the Committee on Foreign Investment in the United
States pursuant to the Foreign Investment Risk Preview Modernization Act and substantial restrictions on investment from China;
changes in applicable tax laws;
difficulties in staffing and managing operations in multiple locations in many countries;
longer payment cycles of foreign customers and timing of collections in foreign jurisdictions; and
less effective protection of intellectual property than in the United States.

We
hired
a
new
Chief
Executive
Officer
in
April
2018.
If
we
encounter
difficulties
in
the
transition,
our
business
could
be
negatively
impacted.

Mark D. Benjamin became our Chief Executive Officer and a member of our Board of Directors in April 2018. Our future success will partly depend upon Mr.
Benjamin’s  ability,  along  with  the  ability  of  other  senior  management  and  key  employees,  to  effectively  implement  our  business  strategies.  In  addition,  Mr.
Benjamin may pursue changes in our strategy or business focus. Mr. Benjamin may require transition time to fully understand all aspects of our business as would
be  typical  with  any  executive  transition.  If  we  have  failures  in  any  aspects  of  this  transition,  or  new  strategies  implemented  by  our  management  team  are  not
successful, our business could be harmed.

If
we
are
unable
to
attract
and
retain
key
personnel,
our
business
could
be
harmed.

If any of our key employees were to leave, we could face substantial difficulty in hiring qualified successors and could experience a loss in productivity while any
successor obtains the necessary training and experience. Although we have arrangements with some of our executive officers designed to promote retention, our
employment relationships are generally at-will and we have had key employees leave in the past. We cannot assure you that one or more key employees will not
leave in the future. We intend to continue to hire additional highly qualified personnel, including research and development and operational personnel, but may not
be  able  to  attract,  assimilate  or  retain  qualified  personnel  in  the  future.  Any  failure  to  attract,  integrate,  motivate  and  retain  these  employees  could  harm  our
business.

We
recently
added
a
number
of
new
directors
to
our
Board
of
Directors
and
a
number
of
long-serving
directors
retired
from
our
Board
of
Directors.
If
the
transition
to
these
new
directors
is
not
effective,
our
business
could
be
harmed.

In  June  2018  three  long-serving  directors  retired  from  our  Board  and  seven  of  the  nine  members  of  our  Board  of  Directors  have  joined  since  December  2017,
including four in September 2018. We have also recently reconstituted the membership of Board Committees to take advantage of the experience the new members
bring to our Board of Directors. There can be no assurances that the Board of Directors or its committees will function effectively and that there will not be any
adverse effects on the business as a result of the significant changes on our Board of Directors.

We
experienced
a
significant
malware
incident
in
the
third
quarter
of
fiscal
2017,
the
residual
impact
of
which
will
continue
to
impact
our
future
results
of
operation
and
financial
condition.

On June 27, 2017, Nuance was a victim of the global NotPetya malware incident (the “2017 Malware Incident”). The NotPetya malware affected certain Nuance
systems, including systems used by our healthcare customers, primarily for transcription services, as well as systems used by our imaging division to receive and
process  orders.    Our  revenue  and  our  operating  results  for  fiscal  year  2017  were  negatively  impacted  by  the  2017  Malware  Incident.  For  fiscal  year  2017,  we
estimate that we lost approximately $68.0 million in revenues, primarily in our Healthcare segment, due to the service disruption and the reserves we established
for customer refund credits. Additionally, we incurred incremental  costs of approximately  $24.0 million for fiscal year 2017 as a result of our remediation  and
restoration  efforts,  as well  as incremental  amortization  expenses.   Although the direct  effects  of the  2017 Malware Incident  were remediated  during fiscal  year
2017, the 2017 Malware Incident had a continued effect on our results of operations in fiscal year 2018. Our outlook for fiscal year 2019 reflects both the residual
effects of the incident and ongoing costs we will incur to continuously enhance information security.

9

Table of Contents

Cybersecurity
and
data
privacy
incidents
or
breaches
may
damage
client
relations
and
inhibit
our
growth.

The confidentiality and security of our information, and that of third parties, is critical to our business. Our services involve the transmission, use, and storage of
customers’ and their customer’s confidential information. We were the victim of a cybercrime in 2017, and future cybersecurity or data privacy incidents could
have a material adverse effect on our results of operations and financial condition. While we maintain a broad array of information security and privacy measures,
policies  and  practices,  our  networks  may  be  breached  through  a  variety  of  means,  resulting  in  someone  obtaining  unauthorized  access  to  our  information,  to
information of our customers or their customers, or to our intellectual property; disabling or degrading service; or sabotaging systems or information. In addition,
hardware,  software,  or  applications  we  develop  or  procure  from  third  parties  may  contain  defects  in  design  or  manufacture  or  other  problems  that  could
unexpectedly  compromise  information  security.  Unauthorized  parties  may also attempt  to gain access  to our systems  or facilities,  or those of third parties  with
whom we do business, through fraud or other forms of deceiving our employees, contractors, and vendors. Because the techniques used to obtain unauthorized
access, or to sabotage systems, change frequently and generally are not recognized until launched against a target, we may be unable to anticipate these techniques
or to implement adequate preventative measures. We will continue to incur significant costs to continuously enhance our information security measures to defend
against the threat of cybercrime. Any cybersecurity or data privacy incident or breach may result in:

loss of revenue resulting from the operational disruption;
•
loss of revenue or increased bad debt expense due to the inability to invoice properly or to customer dissatisfaction resulting in collection issues;
•
•
loss of revenue due to loss of customers;
• material remediation costs to restore systems;
• material investments in new or enhanced systems in order to enhance our information security posture;
cost of incentives offered to customers to restore confidence and maintain business relationships;
•
reputational damage resulting in the failure to retain or attract customers;
•
costs associated with potential litigation or governmental investigations;
•
costs associated with any required notices of a data breach;
•
costs associated with the potential loss of critical business data; and
•
other consequences of which we are not currently aware but will discover through the remediation process.
•

Our
business
is
subject
to
a
variety
of
domestic
and
international
laws,
rules,
policies
and
other
obligations
including
data
protection
and
anticorruption.

We are subject to US and international laws and regulations in multiple areas, including data protection, anticorruption, labor relations, tax, foreign currency, anti-
competition,  import,  export  and  trade  regulations,  and  we  are  subject  to  a  complex  array  of  federal,  state  and  international  laws  relating  to  the  collection,  use,
retention,  disclosure,  security  and  transfer  of  personally  identifiable  information  and  personal  health  information,  with  additional  laws  applicable  in  some
jurisdictions  where  the information  is collected  from children.  In many cases,  these laws apply not only to transfers  between  unrelated  third-parties  but also to
transfers between us and our subsidiaries. Many jurisdictions have passed laws in this area, and other jurisdictions are considering imposing additional restrictions.
The European Commission adopted the European General Data Protection Regulation (the “GDPR”), which went into effect on May 25, 2018. China adopted a
new cybersecurity law as of June 2017, and there is an increase in regulation of biometric data globally, which may include voiceprints. In addition, California
adopted significant new consumer privacy laws in June 2018 that will be effective beginning in January 2020. Complying with the GDPR, the Health Insurance
Portability and Accountability Act of 1966 ("HIPPA"), the Health Information Technology for Economic and Clinical Health ("HITECH"), and other requirements
may cause us to incur substantial costs and may require us to change our business practices.

Any failure by us, our customers, suppliers or other parties with whom we do business to comply with our privacy policy or with federal, state or international
privacy-related or data protection laws and regulations could result in proceedings against us by governmental entities or others. Any alleged or actual failure to
comply with applicable privacy laws and regulations may:

•
•
•

•

cause our customers to lose confidence in our solutions;
harm our reputation;
expose us to litigation, regulatory investigations and to resulting liabilities including reimbursement of customer costs, damages penalties or fines imposed
by regulatory agencies; and
require us to incur significant expenses for remediation.

10

Table of Contents

We are also subject to a variety of anticorruption laws in respect of our international operations, including the U.S. Foreign Corrupt Practices Act, the U.K. Bribery
Act and the Canadian Corruption of Foreign Public Officials Act, and regulations issued by the U.S. Customs and Border Protection, the U.S Bureau of Industry
and Security, the U.S Treasury Department’s Office of Foreign Assets Control, and various other foreign governmental agencies. We cannot predict the nature,
scope or effect of future regulatory requirements to which our international operations might be subject or the manner in which existing laws might be administered
or interpreted. Actual or alleged violations of these laws and regulations could lead to enforcement actions and financial penalties that could result in substantial
costs.

Interruptions
or
delays
in
our
services
could
impair
the
delivery
of
our
services
and
harm
our
business

Because  our  services  are  complex  and  incorporate  a  variety  of  third-party  hardware  and  software,  our  services  may  have  errors  or  defects  that  could  result  in
unanticipated downtime for our customers and harm to our reputation and our business. We have from time to time, found defects in our services, and new errors in
our services may be detected in the future. Any damage to, or failure of, the systems that serve our customers in whole or in part could result in interruptions in our
service. Interruptions in our service may reduce our revenue, cause us to issue credits or pay service-level agreement penalties, cause customers to terminate their
on-demand services, and adversely affect our renewal rates and our ability to attract new customers.

Interruptions
or
delays
in
service
from
data
center
hosting
facilities
could
impair
the
delivery
of
our
services
and
harm
our
business.

We currently serve our customers from data center hosting facilities we directly manage and from third-party public cloud facilities. Any damage to, or failure of,
the systems that serve our customers could result in interruptions in our service. Interruptions in our service may reduce our revenue, cause us to issue credits or
pay service level agreement penalties, cause customers to terminate their on-demand services and adversely affect our renewal rates and our ability to attract new
customers.

We
may
be
unable
to
fully
capture
the
expected
value
from
strategic
transactions.

As part of our business strategy, we have in the past acquired, and expect to continue to acquire, other businesses and technologies. We also expect to from time to
time  pursue  other  strategic  transactions  including  divestitures,  joint  ventures,  minority  stakes  and  strategic  alliances.  Our  acquisitions  have  required  substantial
integration and management efforts, and we expect future acquisitions, divestitures and other strategic transactions to require similar efforts. Successfully realizing
the benefits of acquisitions, divestitures and other strategic transactions involves a number of risks, including:

•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•

difficulty in transitioning and integrating the operations and personnel of the acquired businesses;
difficulty in separating the operations, personnel and systems of divested businesses:
potential disruption of our ongoing business and distraction of management;
difficulty in incorporating acquired products and technologies into our products and technologies;
potential difficulties in completing projects associated with in-process research and development;
unanticipated expenses and delays in completing acquired development projects and technology integration and upgrades;
challenges associated with managing additional, geographically remote businesses;
impairment of relationships with partners and customers;
assumption of unknown material liabilities of acquired companies;
the accuracy of revenue and bookings projections of acquired companies;
customers delaying purchases of our products pending resolution of product integration between our existing and our newly acquired products;
entering markets or types of businesses in which we have limited experience; and
potential loss of key employees of the acquired business.

As a result of these and other risks, we may not realize the anticipated benefits from our acquisitions, divestitures, and other strategic transactions. Any failure to
achieve  these  benefits  or  failure  to  successfully  integrate  acquired  businesses  and  technologies  or  disaggregate  divested  businesses  and  technologies  could
seriously harm our business.

11

Table of Contents

Our
plans
to
wind
down
or
divest
certain
businesses
are
subject
to
various
risks
and
uncertainties
and
may
not
be
completed
in
accordance
with
the
expected
plans
or
anticipated
timeline,
or
at
all,
and
will
involve
significant
time
and
expense,
which
could
disrupt
or
adversely
affect
our
business.

In  connection  with  our  comprehensive  business  review,  we  have  announced  our  intent  to  wind  down  or  divest,  including  spin-out,  certain  of  our  businesses,
including our Imaging, Automotive, Devices and Mobile Operating Services businesses.

Winding down or divesting businesses involve risks and uncertainties, such as difficulty separating assets related to such businesses from the businesses we retain,
distracting employees, the need to obtain regulatory approvals and other third party consents, potentially disrupting customer and vendor relationships, and we may
be subject to additional tax obligations or loss of certain tax benefits. Such actions also involve significant costs and require time and attention of our management,
which  may  divert  attention  from  other  business  operations.  As  a  result  of  these  challenges,  as  well  as  market  conditions  or  other  factors,  the  anticipated  wind
downs  and  divestitures  may  take  longer  or  be  more  costly  than  expected,  and  may  not  be  completed  at  all.  If  we  are  unable  to  complete  the  wind  downs  or
divestitures or to successfully transition divested businesses, our business and financial results could be negatively impacted.

After  we  dispose  of  a  business,  we  may  retain  exposure  on  financial  guarantee  leases,  real  estate  and  other  contractual,  employment,  pension  and  severance
obligations, and potential liabilities that may arise under law as a result of the disposition or the subsequent failure of an acquirer. As a result, performance by the
divested businesses or other conditions outside of our control could have a material adverse impact on our results of operations.

In addition, the wind down or divestiture of any business could negatively impact our profitability as a result of losses that may result from such a sale, the loss of
sales and operating income, or a decrease in cash flows as a result of such actions and we may also experience greater dissynergies than expected.

Charges 
to 
earnings 
as 
a 
result 
of 
our 
acquisitions 
may 
adversely 
affect 
our 
operating 
results 
in 
the 
foreseeable 
future, 
which 
could 
have 
a 
material 
and
adverse
effect
on
the
market
value
of
our
common
stock.

Under accounting principles generally accepted in the United States, we record the market value of our common stock and other forms of consideration issued in
connection with an acquisition as the cost of acquiring the company or business. We allocate that cost to the individual assets acquired and liabilities assumed,
including various identifiable intangible assets such as acquired technology, acquired trade names and acquired customer relationships, based on their respective
fair values. We base our estimates of fair value upon assumptions believed to be reasonable, but which are inherently uncertain. After we complete an acquisition,
the following factors could result in material charges and may adversely affect our operating results and cash flows:

•

•
•
•
•

•
•
•

costs  incurred  to  integrate  the  operations  of  businesses  we  acquire,  such  as  transitional  employee  expenses  and  employee  retention,  redeployment  or
relocation expenses;
impairment of goodwill or intangible assets;
amortization of intangible assets acquired;
a reduction in the useful lives of intangible assets acquired;
identification of or changes to assumed contingent liabilities, both income tax and non-income tax related, after our final determination of the amounts for
these contingencies or the conclusion of the measurement period (generally up to one year from the acquisition date), whichever comes first;
charges to our operating results to eliminate certain duplicative pre-merger activities, to restructure our operations or to reduce our cost structure;
charges to our operating results arising from expenses incurred to effect the acquisition; and
charges to our operating results due to the expensing of stock awards assumed in acquisitions.

Intangible assets are generally amortized over three to ten years. Goodwill is not subject to amortization but is subject to an impairment analysis, at least annually,
which may result in an impairment charge if the carrying value exceeds its implied fair value. As of September 30, 2018 , we had recorded goodwill of $3,504.5
million and intangible assets of $549.5 million , net of accumulated amortization and impairment charges. In addition, purchase accounting limits our ability to
recognize certain revenue that otherwise would have been recognized by the acquired company as an independent business. As a result, the combined company
may delay revenue recognition or recognize less revenue than we and the acquired company would have recognized as independent companies.

12

Table of Contents

Impairment
of
our
intangible
assets
could
result
in
significant
charges
that
would
adversely
impact
our
future
operating
results.

We  have  significant  intangible  assets,  including  goodwill  and  other  intangible  assets,  which  are  susceptible  to  valuation  adjustments  as  a  result  of  changes  in
various  factors  or  conditions.  The  most  significant  intangible  assets  are  customer  relationships,  patents  and  core  technologies,  technologies  and  trademarks.
Customer relationships are amortized on an accelerated basis based upon the pattern in which the economic benefits of customer relationships are being utilized.
Other identifiable intangible assets are amortized on a straight-line basis over their estimated useful lives. We assess the potential impairment of intangible assets
on an annual basis, as well as whenever events or changes in circumstances indicate that the carrying value may not be recoverable. Factors that could trigger an
impairment of such assets include the following:

•
•

•
•
•
•
•

significant adjustments to our multi year operating plans, in connection of our ongoing portfolio review;
changes in our organization or management reporting structure that could result in additional reporting units, which may require alternative methods of
estimating fair values or greater disaggregation or aggregation in our analysis by reporting unit;
significant under performance relative to historical or projected future operating results;
significant changes in the manner of or use of the acquired assets or the strategy for our overall business;
significant negative industry or economic trends;
significant decline in our stock price for a sustained period; and
our market capitalization declining to below net book value.

For  example,  as  more  fully  described  in  Note  4  to  the  accompanying  consolidated  financial  statements,  during  the  second  quarter  of  fiscal  year  2018,  we
reorganized our former Mobile business into three discrete lines of business - Automotive, Dragon TV, and Devices. In connection with this reorganization, and
the review of goodwill and indefinite-lived intangible assets for impairment that was triggered by recent financial results and rapidly changing business conditions
for our Subscriber Revenue Services (“SRS”), we recorded a total of $137.9 million of goodwill impairment charge related to Devices and SRS for the second
quarter of fiscal 2018. Additionally, in connection with our comprehensive portfolio and business review efforts, management decided to commence a wind-down
of  our  Mobile  Operator  Services  and  Devices  businesses  during  the  fourth  quarter  of  fiscal  2018.  As  a  result,  we  recorded  additional  impairment  charges  of
goodwill  and  other  intangible  assets  of  approximately  $33.0  million.  For  more  information,  please  see  Note  4  of  the  accompanying  consolidated  financial
statements. Future adverse changes in these or other unforeseeable factors could result in an impairment charge that would impact our results of operations and
financial position in the reporting period identified.

We
have
grown,
and
may
continue
to
grow,
through
acquisitions,
which
could
dilute
our
existing
stockholders
and/or
increase
our
debt
levels.

In  connection  with  past  acquisitions,  we  have  in  the  past  issued  a  substantial  number  of  shares  of  our  common  stock  as  transaction  consideration,  including
contingent consideration, and also incurred significant debt to finance the cash consideration used for our acquisitions. We may continue to issue equity securities
for future acquisitions, which would dilute existing stockholders, perhaps significantly, depending on the terms of such acquisitions. We may also incur additional
debt in connection with future acquisitions, which, if available at all, may place additional restrictions on our ability to operate our business.

Our
strategy
to
increase
cloud
services,
term
licensing
and
transaction-based
recurring
revenue
may
adversely
affect
our
near-term
revenue
growth
and
results
of
operations.

We expect our ongoing shift from a perpetual software license model to cloud services, term licensing and transaction-based recurring revenue models to create a
recurring  revenue  stream  that  is  more  predictable.  The  transition,  however,  creates  risks  related  to  the  timing  of  revenue  recognition.  We  also  incur  certain
expenses associated with the infrastructures and selling efforts of our hosting offerings in advance of our ability to recognize the revenues associated with these
offerings, which may adversely affect our near-term reported revenues, results of operations and cash flows. A decline in renewals of recurring revenue offerings in
any period may not be immediately reflected in our results for that period but may result in a decline in our revenue and results of operations in future quarters.

13

Table of Contents

We
have
a
history
of
operating
losses,
and
may
incur
losses
in
the
future,
which
may
require
us
to
raise
additional
capital
on
unfavorable
terms.

We reported net losses of $159.9 million , $151.0 million and $12.5 million in fiscal years 2018 , 2017 and 2016 , respectively, and have a total accumulated deficit
of $740.8 million as of September 30, 2018 . If we are unable to return to profitability, the market price for our stock may decline, perhaps substantially. We cannot
assure you that our revenue or bookings will grow or that we will return to profitability in the future. If we do not achieve profitability, we may be required to raise
additional capital to maintain or grow our operations. Additional capital, if available at all, may be highly dilutive to existing investors or contain other unfavorable
terms, such as a high interest rate and restrictive covenants.

If
our
efforts
to
execute
our
formal
transformation
program
are
not
successful,
our
business
could
be
harmed.

We have been executing a formal transformation program to focus our product investments on our growth opportunities, increase our operating efficiencies, reduce
costs,  and  further  enhance  stockholder  value  through  share  buybacks.  There  can  be  no  assurance  that  we  will  be  successful  in  executing  this  transformation
program or be able to fully realize the anticipated  benefits of this program, within the expected time frames, or at all. Additionally, if we are not successful in
strategically aligning our product portfolio, we may not be able to achieve the anticipated benefits of this program. A failure to successfully reduce and re-align our
costs could have an adverse effect on our revenue and on our expenses and profitability. As a result, our financial results may not meet our or the expectations of
securities analysts or investors in the future and our business could be harmed.

Tax
matters
may
cause
significant
variability
in
our
financial
results.

Our businesses are subject to income taxation in the United States, as well as in many tax jurisdictions throughout the world. Tax rates in these jurisdictions may be
subject to significant change. If our effective tax rate increases, our operating results and cash flow could be adversely affected. Our effective income tax rate can
vary significantly between periods due to a number of complex factors including:

•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•

projected levels of taxable income;
pre-tax income being lower than anticipated in countries with lower statutory rates or higher than anticipated in countries with higher statutory rates;
increases or decreases to valuation allowances recorded against deferred tax assets;
tax audits conducted and settled by various tax authorities;
adjustments to income taxes upon finalization of income tax returns;
the ability to claim foreign tax credits;
the repatriation of non-U.S. earnings for which we have not previously provided for income taxes; and
changes in tax laws and their interpretations in countries in which we are subject to taxation.

During 2014, Ireland enacted changes to the taxation of certain Irish incorporated companies effective as of January 2021. On October 5, 2015, the Organization
for Economic Cooperation and Development released the Final Reports for its Action Plan on Base Erosion and Profit Shifting. The implementation of one or more
of these reports in jurisdictions in which we operate, together with the 2014 enactment by Ireland, could result in an increase to our effective tax rate. In addition,
in December 2017, the United States enacted the Tax Cut and Jobs Act of 2017. We expect this to continue having a material impact on our GAAP tax financial
results. Future changes in U.S. and non-U.S. tax laws and regulations could have a material effect on our results of operations in the periods in which such laws
and regulations become effective as well as in future periods.

The
failure
to
successfully
maintain
the
adequacy
of
our
system
of
internal
control
over
financial
reporting
could
have
a
material
adverse
impact
on
our
ability
to
report
our
financial
results
in
an
accurate
and
timely
manner.

Under the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002, we were required to develop and are required to maintain an effective system of disclosure controls and internal control
over financial reporting to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of financial statements. In addition, our
management  is  required  to  assess  and  certify  the  adequacy  of  our  controls  on  a  quarterly  basis,  and  our  independent  auditors  must  attest  and  report  on  the
effectiveness of our internal control over financial reporting on an annual basis. Any failure in the effectiveness of our system of internal control over financial
reporting  could  have  a  material  adverse  impact  on  our  ability  to  report  our  financial  statements  in  an  accurate  and  timely  manner.  Inaccurate  and/or  untimely
financial statements could subject us to regulatory actions, civil or criminal penalties, stockholder litigation, or loss of customer confidence, which could result in
an adverse reaction in the financial marketplace and ultimately could negatively impact our stock price due to a loss of investor confidence in the reliability of our
financial statements.

14

Table of Contents

Our
sales
to
government
clients
subject
us
to
risks,
including
early
termination,
audits,
investigations,
sanctions
and
penalties.

We derive a portion of our revenues and bookings from arrangements with governmental users in the U.S. and U.K., and contracts with the government in the U.S.
and  the  U.K.,  as  well  as  various  state  and  local  governments,  and  their  respective  agencies.  Government  contracts  are  generally  subject  to  oversight,  including
audits and investigations which could identify violations of these agreements. Government contract violations could result in a range of consequences including,
but not limited to, contract price adjustments, civil and criminal penalties, contract termination, forfeiture of profit and/or suspension of payment, and suspension
or debarment from future government contracts. We could also suffer serious harm to our reputation if we were found to have violated the terms of our government
contracts.

Risks Related to Our Intellectual Property and Technology

Third
parties
have
claimed
and
may
claim
in
the
future
that
we
are
infringing
their
intellectual
property,
and
we
could
be
exposed
to
significant
litigation
or
licensing
expenses
or
be
prevented
from
selling
our
products
if
such
claims
are
successful.

From  time  to  time,  we  are  subject  to  claims  and  law  actions  alleging  that  we  or  our  customers  may  be  infringing  or  contributing  to  the  infringement  of  the
intellectual  property  rights  of  others.  We  may  be  unaware  of  intellectual  property  rights  of  others  that  may  cover  some  of  our  technologies  and  products.  If  it
appears  necessary  or  desirable,  we  may  seek  licenses  for  these  intellectual  property  rights.  However,  we  may  not  be  able  to  obtain  licenses  from  some  or  all
claimants, the terms of any offered licenses may not be acceptable to us, and we may not be able to resolve disputes without litigation. Any litigation regarding
intellectual  property  could  be  costly  and  time-consuming  and  could  divert  the  attention  of  our  management  and  key  personnel  from  our  business  operations.
Intellectual property disputes could subject us to significant liabilities, require us to enter into royalty and licensing arrangements on unfavorable terms, prevent us
from manufacturing or licensing certain of our products, cause severe disruptions to our operations or the markets in which we compete, or require us to satisfy
indemnification commitments with our customers including contractual provisions under various arrangements. Any of these could seriously harm our business.

Unauthorized
use
of
our
proprietary
technology
and
intellectual
property
could
adversely
affect
our
business
and
results
of
operations.

Our success and competitive position depend in large part on our ability to obtain and maintain intellectual property rights protecting our products and services. We
rely on a combination of patents, copyrights, trademarks, service marks, trade secrets, confidentiality provisions and licensing arrangements to establish and protect
our intellectual property and proprietary rights. Unauthorized parties may attempt to copy or discover aspects of our products or to obtain, license, sell or otherwise
use  information  that  we  regard  as  proprietary.  Policing  unauthorized  use  of  our  products  is  difficult  and  we  may  not  be  able  to  protect  our  technology  from
unauthorized use. Additionally, our competitors may independently develop technologies that are substantially the same or superior to our technologies and that do
not infringe our rights. In these cases, we would be unable to prevent our competitors from selling or licensing these similar or superior technologies. In addition,
the  laws  of  some  foreign  countries  do  not  protect  our  proprietary  rights  to  the  same  extent  as  the  laws  of  the  United  States.  Although  the  source  code  for  our
proprietary software is protected both as a trade secret and as a copyrighted work, litigation may be necessary to enforce our intellectual property rights, to protect
our  trade  secrets,  to  determine  the  validity  and  scope  of  the  proprietary  rights  of  others,  or  to  defend  against  claims  of  infringement  or  invalidity.  Litigation,
regardless of the outcome, can be very expensive and can divert management efforts.

Our
software
products
may
have
bugs,
which
could
result
in
delayed
or
lost
revenue
and
bookings,
expensive
correction,
liability
to
our
customers
and
claims
against
us.

Complex software products such as ours may contain errors, defects or bugs. Defects in the solutions or products that we develop and sell to our customers could
require expensive corrections and result in delayed or lost revenue and bookings, adverse customer reaction and negative publicity about us or our products and
services. Customers who are not satisfied with any of our products may also bring claims against us for damages, which, even if unsuccessful, would likely be
time-consuming to defend, and could result in costly litigation and payment of damages. Such claims could harm our reputation, financial results and competitive
position.

15

Table of Contents

Risks Related to our Corporate Structure, Organization and Common Stock

Our
debt
agreements
contain
covenant
restrictions
that
may
limit
our
ability
to
operate
our
business.
Our debt agreements contain, and any of our other future debt agreements or arrangements may contain, covenant restrictions that limit our ability to operate our
business, including restrictions on our ability to:

incur additional debt or issue guarantees;
create liens;

•
•
• make certain investments;
•
•
•
•
• merge or consolidate with any entity.

enter into transactions with our affiliates;
sell certain assets;
repurchase capital stock or make other restricted payments;
declare or pay dividends or make other distributions to stockholders; and

Our ability to comply with these limitations is dependent on our future performance, which will be subject to many factors, some of which are beyond our control,
including prevailing  economic  conditions. As a result of these limitations,  our ability  to respond to changes  in business and economic  conditions and to obtain
additional financing, if needed, may be significantly restricted, and we may be prevented from engaging in transactions that might otherwise be beneficial to us. In
addition,  our  failure  to  comply  with  our  debt  covenants  could  result  in  a  default  under  our  debt  agreements,  which  could  permit  the  holders  to  accelerate  our
obligation to repay the debt. If any of our debt is accelerated, we may not have sufficient funds available to repay the accelerated debt.

Our
significant 
debt 
could 
adversely 
affect 
our
financial 
health 
and
prevent 
us
from 
fulfilling 
our
obligations 
under
our
credit 
facility 
and
our
convertible
debentures.

We have a significant amount of debt. As of September 30, 2018 , we had $2,437.0 million outstanding principal of debt, including $300.0 million of senior note
due in 2020, $300.0 million of senior note due in 2024, and $500.0 million of senior note due in 2026, $46.6 million of 2.75% 2031 Debentures redeemable in
November 2021, $263.9 million of 1.5% 2035 Debentures redeemable in November 2021, $676.5 million of 1.0% 2035 Debentures redeemable in December 2022,
and $350.0 million of 1.25% 2025 Debentures redeemable in April 2025. Investors may require us to redeem these debentures earlier than the dates indicated if the
closing sale price of our common stock is more than 130% of the then current conversion price of the respective debentures for certain specified periods. If a holder
elects  to  convert,  we  will  be  required  to  pay  the  principal  amount  in  cash  and  any  amounts  payable  in  excess  of  the  principal  amount  in  cash  or  shares  of  our
common stock, at our election. For example, on November 1, 2017, holders of $331.2 million of our 2.75% 2031 Debentures exercised their rights to require us to
repurchase such debentures. We also have a $242.5 million Revolving Credit Facility under which $6.9 million was committed to backing outstanding letters of
credit issued and $235.6 million was available for borrowing at September 30, 2018 . Our debt level could have important consequences, for example it could:

•

•
•

require us to use a large portion of our cash flow to pay principal and interest on debt, including the convertible debentures and the credit facility, which will
reduce  the  availability  of  our  cash  flow  to  fund  working  capital,  capital  expenditures,  acquisitions,  research  and  development,  exploiting  business
opportunities, and other business activities;
place us at a competitive disadvantage compared to our competitors that have less debt; and
limit,  along  with  the  financial  and  other  restrictive  covenants  related  to  our  debt,  our  ability  to  borrow  additional  funds,  dispose  of  assets  or  pay  cash
dividends.

Our ability to meet our payment and other obligations under our debt instruments depends on our ability to generate significant cash flow in the future. This, to
some  extent,  is  subject  to  general  economic,  financial,  competitive,  legislative  and  regulatory  factors  as  well  as  other  factors  that  are  beyond  our  control.  We
cannot assure you that our business will generate cash flow from operations, or that additional capital will be available to us, in an amount sufficient to enable us to
meet our payment obligations under the convertible debentures and our other debt and to fund other liquidity needs. If we are not able to generate sufficient cash
flow to service our debt obligations, we may need to refinance or restructure  our debt, including the convertible debentures, sell assets, reduce or delay capital
investments,  or  seek  to  raise  additional  capital.  If  we  are  unable  to  implement  one  or  more  of  these  alternatives,  we  may  not  be  able  to  meet  our  payment
obligations under the convertible debentures and our other debt.

16

Table of Contents

The 
market 
price 
of 
our 
common 
stock 
has 
been 
and 
may 
continue 
to 
be 
subject 
to 
wide 
fluctuations, 
and 
this 
may 
make 
it 
difficult 
for 
you 
to 
resell 
the
common
stock
when
you
want
or
at
prices
you
find
attractive.

Our  stock  price  historically  has  been,  and  may  continue  to  be,  volatile.  Various  factors  contribute  to  the  volatility  of  our  stock  price,  including,  for  example,
quarterly variations in our financial results, new product introductions by us or our competitors and general economic and market conditions. Sales of a substantial
number of shares of our common stock by our largest stockholders, or the perception that such sales could occur, could also contribute to the volatility or our stock
price. While we cannot predict the individual effect that any of these factors may have on the market price of our common stock, these factors, either individually
or in the aggregate, could result in significant volatility in our stock price. Moreover, companies that have experienced volatility in the market price of their stock
may be

subject to securities class action litigation. Any such litigation could result in substantial costs and divert management's attention and resources.

Current
uncertainty
in
the
global
financial
markets
and
the
global
economy
may
negatively
affect
the
value
of
our
investment
portfolio.

Our investment portfolios, which include investments in money market funds, bank deposits and separately managed investment portfolios, are generally subject to
credit,  liquidity,  counterparty,  market  and  interest  rate  risks  that  may  be  exacerbated  by  a  global  financial  crisis  or  by  uncertainty  surrounding  the  United
Kingdom's exit from the European Union or recent changes in tariffs and trade agreements. If the banking system or the fixed income, credit or equity markets
deteriorate or remain volatile, our investment portfolio may be impacted, and the values and liquidity of our investments could be adversely affected

Future
issuances
of
our
common
stock
could
adversely
affect
the
trading
price
of
our
common
stock
and
our
ability
to
raise
funds
in
new
stock
offerings.

Future issuances of substantial amounts of our common stock, whether in the public market or through private placements, including issuances in connection with
acquisition activities, or the perception that such issuances could occur, could adversely affect prevailing trading prices of our common stock and could impair our
ability to raise capital through future offerings of equity or equity-related securities. In connection with past acquisitions, we issued a substantial number of shares
of our common  stock  as transaction  consideration  or contingent  consideration.  We  may continue  to issue equity  securities  for  future  acquisitions,  which would
dilute existing stockholders, perhaps significantly depending on the terms of such acquisitions. No prediction can be made as to the effect, if any, that future sales
of shares of common stock, or the availability of shares of common stock for future sale, will have on the trading price of our common stock.

Our
business
could
be
negatively
affected
by
the
actions
of
activist
stockholders.

In the past, certain stockholders have publicly and privately expressed concerns with our performance and with certain governance matters. Responding to actions
by activist stockholders can be costly and time-consuming, disrupting our operations and diverting the attention of management and our employees. Furthermore,
any perceived uncertainties as to our future direction could result in the loss of potential business opportunities, and may make it more difficult to attract and retain
qualified personnel and business partners. In addition, we have enacted certain changes to our bylaws in the past year that may weaken our ability to prevent an
unsolicited takeover.

Item 1B. Unresolved
Staff
Comments

None.

17

Table of Contents

Item 2.

Properties

Our  corporate  headquarters  are  located  in  Burlington,  Massachusetts.  As  of  September  30, 2018  ,  we  leased  approximately  1.5  million  square  feet  of  building
space, primarily in the United States, and to a lesser extent, in Asia-Pacific regions, Europe and Canada. Larger leased sites include properties located in: Montreal,
Canada; Sunnyvale, California; and Bangalore, India. In addition, we own 130,000 square feet of building space located in Melbourne, Florida.

We also include in the total square feet leased space leased in specialized data centers in Massachusetts, Washington, Texas, China and smaller facilities around the
world.

We believe our existing facilities and equipment, which are used by all of our operating segments, are in good operating condition and are suitable for the conduct
of our business.

Item 3.

Legal
Proceedings

Similar to many companies in the software industry, we are involved in a variety of claims, demands, suits, investigations and proceedings that arise from time to
time relating to matters incidental to the ordinary course of our business, including actions with respect to contracts, intellectual property, employment, benefits
and securities matters. We evaluate the probability of adverse outcomes and, as applicable, estimate the amount of probable losses that may result from pending
matters. Probable losses that can be reasonably estimated are reflected in our consolidated financial statements. These recorded amounts are not material to our
consolidated financial statements for any of the periods presented in the accompanying consolidated financial statements. While it is not possible to predict the
outcome  of  these  matters  with  certainty,  we  do  not  expect  the  results  of  any  of  these  actions  to  have  a  material  adverse  effect  on  our  results  of  operations  or
financial position. However, each of these matters is subject to uncertainties, the actual losses may prove to be larger or smaller than the accruals reflected in our
consolidated financial statements, and we could incur judgments or enter into settlements of claims that could adversely affect our financial position, results of
operations or cash flows.

Item 4. Mine
Safety
Disclosures

Not applicable.

Item 5. 

Market
for
the
Registrant's
Common
Equity,
Related
Stockholder
Matters
and
Issuer
Purchases
of
Equity
Securities

Market Information

Our common stock is traded on the Nasdaq Global Select Market under the symbol “NUAN”. The following table sets forth, for our fiscal quarters indicated, the
high and low sales prices of our common stock, in each case as reported on the Nasdaq Global Select Market.

PART II

Fiscal Year 2017:

First quarter

Second quarter

Third quarter

Fourth quarter

Fiscal Year 2018:

First quarter

Second quarter

Third quarter

Fourth quarter

Low

High

13.44   $

14.85   $

16.36   $

15.38   $

14.02   $

15.23   $

12.18   $

13.70   $

17.47

17.43

19.93

17.97

17.72

18.75

15.75

17.42

$

$

$

$

$

$

$

$

18

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Table of Contents

Holders

As of October 31, 2018 , there were 605 stockholders of record of our common stock. Because many of our shares of common stock are held by brokers and other
institutions on behalf of stockholders, we are unable to estimate the total number of beneficial owners represented by these record holders.

Dividend Policy

We  have  never  declared  or  paid  any  cash  dividends  on  our  common  stock.  We  currently  expect  to  retain  future  earnings,  if  any,  to  finance  the  growth  and
development of our business, or to purchase common stock under our share repurchase program and do not anticipate paying any cash dividends in the foreseeable
future. Furthermore, the terms of our debt agreements place restrictions on our ability to pay dividends, except for stock dividends.

Stock Performance Graph

The following performance graph compares the Company’s cumulative total return on its common stock between September 30, 2013 and September 30, 2018 to
the cumulative total return of the Russell 2000, and to the S&P Information Technology indices assuming $100 was invested in the Company’s common stock and
each of the indices upon the closing of trading on September 30, 2013 and assuming the reinvestment of dividends, if any. The Company has have never declared
or paid any cash dividends on its common stock and does not anticipate paying any cash dividends in the foreseeable future.

The comparisons shown in the graph below are based upon historical data. We caution that the stock price performance shown in the graph below is not necessarily
indicative of, nor is it intended to forecast, the potential future performance of our common stock.

* $100 invested on September 30, 2013 in stock or index, including reinvestment of dividends, for each of the fiscal years below.

9/13

9/14

9/15

9/16

9/17

9/18

Nuance Communications, Inc.

Russell 2000

S&P Information Technology
S&P Software & Services Select

100.00

100.00

100.00
100.00

82.52

103.93

129.27
103.86

87.63

105.23

132.00
114.06

77.62

121.50

162.13
136.40

84.15

146.70

208.96
162.94

92.72

169.06

274.76
226.49

19

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Table of Contents

Issuer Purchases of Equity Securities

The following is a summary of our share repurchases for the three months ended September 30, 2018 :

Period

July 1, 2018 - July 31, 2018

August 1, 2018 - August 31, 2018

September 1, 2018 - September 30, 2018

Total

Total Number of
Shares Purchased  

907,286   $

Average Price
Paid per Share  
14.45  

402,897   $

280,213   $

1,590,396    

15.78  

16.59  

Total Number of Shares
Purchased as Part of
Publicly Announced
Program (1)

Approximate Dollar
Value of Shares that May
Yet Be Purchased Under
the Program (1)

907,286   $

402,897   $

280,213   $

1,590,396    

68,324,001

561,968,153

557,318,776

(1) On April 29, 2013, our Board of Directors approved a share repurchase program for up to $500.0 million , which was increased by $500.0 million on April 29, 2015. On
August 1, 2018, our Board of Directors approved an additional $500.0 million under our share repurchase program. The program has no expiration date. As of September 30,
2018 , approximately $557.3 million remained available for future repurchases under the program.

For the majority of restricted stock units granted to employees, the number of shares issued on the date the restricted stock units vest is net of the minimum statutory income
withholding tax requirements that we pay in cash to the applicable taxing authorities on behalf of our employees. We do not consider these transactions to be common stock
repurchases.

Unregistered Sales of Equity Securities and Use of Proceeds

None.

20

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
              
Table of Contents

Item 6. 

Selected
Consolidated
Financial
Data

The  following  selected  consolidated  financial  data  is  not  necessarily  indicative  of  the  results  of  future  operations  and  should  be  read  in  conjunction  with
“Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations” and our consolidated financial statements and related notes included
elsewhere in this Annual Report on Form 10-K.

(In
millions,
except
per
share
amounts)
Operations:

Total revenues

Gross profit

(Loss) income from operations

(Benefit) provision for income taxes

Net loss

Net Loss Per Share Data:

Basic

Diluted

Weighted average common shares

outstanding:

Basic

Diluted

Financial Position:

Cash and cash equivalents and marketable

securities

Total assets

Long-term debt

Total deferred revenue

Total stockholders’ equity

Selected Data and Ratios:

Working capital

Depreciation of property and equipment

Amortization of intangible assets

Gross margin percentage

$

$

$

$

$

$

$

$

$

$

$

$

$

$

$

2018

2017

2016

2015

2014

Fiscal Year Ended September 30,

2,051.7

1,178.1

(86.9)

(56.8)

(159.9)

  $

  $

  $

  $

  $

1,939.4

1,085.6

52.0

32.0

(151.0)

  $

  $

  $

  $

  $

1,948.9

1,119.4

138.5

14.2

(12.5)

  $

  $

  $

  $

  $

1,931.1

1,102.6

54.9

34.5

(115.0)

  $

  $

  $

  $

  $

(0.55)

(0.55)

  $

  $

(0.52)

(0.52)

  $

  $

(0.04)

(0.04)

  $

  $

(0.36)

(0.36)

  $

  $

291.3

291.3

473.5

5,302.4

2,185.4

873.0

1,717.5

164.5

62.4

148.0

  $

  $

  $

  $

  $

  $

  $

  $

289.3

289.3

874.1

5,931.9

2,617.4

790.0

1,931.4

216.4

55.7

178.7

  $

  $

  $

  $

  $

  $

  $

  $

292.1

292.1

608.1

5,661.5

2,433.2

736.2

1,931.3

347.7

60.6

170.9

  $

  $

  $

  $

  $

  $

  $

  $

317.0

317.0

568.8

5,511.9

2,103.1

668.2

2,265.3

360.2

62.4

168.3

  $

  $

  $

  $

  $

  $

  $

  $

57.4%  

56.0%  

57.4%  

57.1%  

21

1,923.5

1,080.9

(21.4)

(4.7)

(150.3)

(0.47)

(0.47)

316.9

316.9

588.2

5,738.2

2,108.4

548.1

2,582.0

466.5

51.7

170.1

56.2%

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
   
   
   
 
   
   
   
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
   
   
   
 
   
   
   
   
Table of Contents

Item 7. 

Management's
Discussion
and
Analysis
of
Financial
Condition
and
Results
of
Operations

The following Management’s Discussion and Analysis is intended to help the reader understand the results of operations and financial condition of our business.
The Management’s Discussion and Analysis is provided as a supplement to, and should be read in conjunction with, our consolidated financial statements and the
accompanying notes to the consolidated financial statements.

Overview

Business Overview

We  are  a  pioneer  and  leader  in  conversational  and  cognitive  artificial  intelligence  ("AI")  innovations  that  bring  intelligence  to  everyday  work  and  life.  Our
solutions and technologies can understand, analyze and respond to human language to increase productivity and amplify human intelligence. Our solutions are used
by  businesses  in  the  healthcare,  automotive,  financial  services,  telecommunication  and  travel  industries,  among  others.  We  see  several  trends  in  our  markets,
including  (i)  the  growing  adoption  of  cloud-based,  connected  services  and  highly  interactive  mobile  applications,  (ii)  deeper  integration  of  virtual  assistant
capabilities and services, and (iii) the continued expansion of our core technology portfolio including ASR, natural NLU, semantic processing, domain-specific
reasoning,  dialog  management  capabilities,  AI,  and  voice  biometric  speaker  authentication.  We  report  our  business  in  five  segments,  Healthcare,  Enterprise,
Automotive, Imaging and Other.

Trends in Our Businesses

•

•

•

•

Healthcare. Customers in our healthcare segment are broadly implementing EHR systems and are working to improve clinical documentation, improve quality
of care, minimize physician burnout integrate quality measures and aid reimbursement. These trends are driving a shift towards more integrated solutions that
combine both Dragon Medical and transcription services, and increasingly use only Dragon Medical. Recently, higher demand for more integrated solutions
have offset declines in legacy, hosted transcription services. Additionally, we have been able to capitalize on healthcare providers’ shift towards hosted, or
cloud-based solutions, and away from perpetual licenses, by adding new innovations to our Dragon Medical cloud solutions including new clinical language
understanding  and  AI  capabilities  designed  to  increase  productivity  and  improve  clinical  documentation  at  the  point  of  care  and  within  existing  electronic
medical work flow.

Enterprise. Consumer demand for 24/7, multi-channel access to customer service from the businesses they interact with is driving demand for our AI-powered
omni-channel  engagement  solutions.  We  continue  to  enhance  our  technology  capabilities  with  intelligent  self-service  and  AI  for  customer  service,  and  to
extend the market for our on-demand omni-channel enterprise solutions into international markets, expand our sales and solutions for biometrics, and expand
our core products and services portfolio.

Automotive. Demand for our embedded and cloud-based automotive solutions is being driven by the growth in personalized, automotive virtual assistants and
connected services for cars and by auto manufacturers' desire to create a branded and personalized experience, capable of intelligently integrating users' smart
phone and home device preferences and technologies.

On November  19,  2018,  we  announced  our  intent  to  spin  off  our  Automotive  business  into  an  independent  publicly-traded  company  through  a  pro  rata
distribution  to  our  common  stock  holders.  Completion  of  the  proposed  spin-off  is  subject  to  certain  conditions,  including  final  approval  by  our  Board  of
Directors. We are targeting to compete the separation of the business by the end of fiscal year 2019.

Imaging.  The imaging market is evolving to include more networked solutions to MFP devices, as well as more mobile access to those networked solutions,
and  away  from  packaged  software.  We  are  investing  to  merge  the  scan  and  print  technology  platforms  to  improve  mobile  access  to  our  solutions  and
technologies,  expand  our  distribution  channels  and  embedded  relationships,  and  expand  our  language  coverage  for  OCR  in  order  to  drive  a  more
comprehensive and compelling offering to our partners.

On November 11, 2018, we entered into a definitive stock purchase agreement, pursuant to which we agreed to sell our Imaging business and associated assets
for a total cash consideration of approximately $400 million. The transaction, which is subject to regulatory review and other customary closing conditions, is
expected to close by the end of the second quarter of fiscal year 2019.

22

Table of Contents

•

Other. Our Other segment  includes  our Subscriber  Revenue  Services  ("SRS") and Devices  businesses.  Our SRS business provides  value-added  services  to
mobile  operators  in  India  and  Brazil  (“Mobile  Operator  Services”)  and  voicemail  transcription  services  to  mobile  operators  in  the  rest  of  the  world
(“Voicemail-to-Text”). Our Devices business provides speech recognition solutions and predictive text technologies for handset devices. Our Mobile Operator
Services has experienced dramatic market disruptions during fiscal year 2018. Our Devices revenue has been declining due to the ongoing consolidation of our
handset manufacturer customer base and continued erosion of our penetration of the remaining market. During the fourth quarter of fiscal 2018, in connection
with our comprehensive portfolio and business review efforts, we commenced a wind-down of our Devices and Mobile Operator Services businesses.

Cybersecurity & Data Privacy Matters

On  June  27,  2017,  Nuance  was  a  victim  of  the  global  NotPetya  malware  incident  (the  “2017  Malware  Incident”),  which  primarily  impacted  our  medical
transcription services. For fiscal year 2017, we estimated that our Healthcare segment lost approximately $65.0 million in revenues, primarily due to the service
disruption and the reserves we established for customer refund credits related to the incident. Additionally, we incurred incremental costs of approximately $24.0
million for fiscal year 2017 as a result of our remediation and restoration efforts, as well as incremental amortization expenses.

Also,  in  December  2017,  an  unauthorized  third  party  illegally  accessed  certain  reports  hosted  on  a  Nuance  transcription  platform.  This  incident  was  limited  in
scope  to  records  of  approximately  45,000  individuals  and  was  isolated  to  a  single  transcription  platform  that  was  promptly  shutdown.  Customers  using  that
platform  were  notified  of  the  incident  and  were  migrated  to  our  eScription  transcription  platforms.  We  also  notified  law  enforcement  authorities  and  have
cooperated in their investigation into the matter. The law enforcement investigation resulted in the identification of the third party, and the accessed reports have
been  recovered.  This  incident  did  not  have  a  material  effect  on  our  financial  results  for  fiscal  year  2018  and  is  not  expected  to  have  a  material  effect  on  our
financial results for future periods. See “ Risk Factors - Cybersecurity and data privacy incidents or breaches may damage client relations and inhibit our growth
.”

Key Metrics

In evaluating the financial condition and operating performance of our business, management focuses on revenue, net income, gross margins, operating margins,
cash flow from operations, and changes in deferred revenue. A summary of these key financial metrics is as follows:

For the fiscal year 2018 , as compared to the fiscal year 2017 :

•

•

•

•

•

Total revenue increase d by $112.3 million from $1,939.4 million to $2,051.7 million ;

Net loss increase d by $8.9 million to $159.9 million ;

Gross margins increase d by 1.4  percentage points to 57.4% ;

Operating margins decrease d by 6.9  percentage points to (4.2)% ;

Cash provided by operating activities for the fiscal year 2018 was $ 444.4 million , an increase of $ 65.6 million from fiscal year 2017.

As of September 30, 2018 , as compared to September 30, 2017 :

•

Total  deferred  revenue  increased  by  10.5%  to  $873.0  million  ,  primarily  driven  by  the  continued  growth  of  our  Automotive  connected  solutions  and
Healthcare bundled offerings.

A summary of other key operating metrics for fiscal year 2018 , as compared to the fiscal year 2017 , is as follows:

•

Net new bookings increased by 4.9% from the prior fiscal year to $1.7 billion . The net new bookings growth benefited from strong bookings performance
primarily in our Automotive and Enterprise segments.

Bookings represent the estimated gross revenue value of transactions at the time of contract execution, except for maintenance and support offerings. For fixed
price contracts, the bookings value represents the gross total contract value. For contracts where revenue is based on transaction volume, the bookings value
represents  the  contract  price  multiplied  by  the  estimated  future  transaction  volume  during  the  contract  term,  whether  or  not  such  transaction  volumes  are
guaranteed under a minimum commitment clause. Actual results could be different than our initial estimate. The maintenance and support bookings value

23

Table of Contents

•

•

•

represents the amount the customer is invoiced in the period. Because of the inherent estimates required to determine bookings and the fact that the actual
revenue may differ from our initial bookings estimates, we consider bookings one indicator of potential future revenue and not as an arithmetic measure of
backlog.

Net new bookings represent the estimated revenue value at the time of contract execution from new contractual arrangements or the estimated revenue value
incremental to the portion of value that will be renewed under pre-existing arrangements.

Recurring  revenue  represented  71.4% for fiscal year 2018 and 72.5% for  fiscal  year  2017.  Recurring  revenue  represents  the  sum  of  recurring  product  and
licensing, hosting, and maintenance and support revenues as well as the portion of professional services revenue delivered under ongoing contracts. Recurring
product and licensing revenue comprises term-based and ratable licenses as well as revenues from royalty arrangements.

Annualized line run-rate in our on-demand healthcare solutions decreased by 4% from a year ago to approximately 2.8 billion lines per year. The annualized
line run-rate for the fourth quarter of fiscal year 2017 reflected the negative impact of the 2017 Malware Incident, whereas the annualized run-rate for the
fourth quarter of fiscal year 2018 reflected the continued erosion of our medical transcription services. The annualized line run-rate is determined using billed
equivalent line counts in a given quarter, multiplied by four.

Estimated three-year value of total on-demand contracts increased 5.0% from the prior fiscal year to approximately $2.4 billion , primarily by growth in our
Dragon Medical cloud-based solutions and automotive connected car businesses, offset by decreases in SRS and Devices as well as the continued erosion of
our medical  transcription  services. We determine  this value  as of the end of the  period  reported,  by using our estimate  of three  years  of anticipated  future
revenue streams under signed on-demand contracts then in place, whether or not they are guaranteed through a minimum commitment clause. Our estimate is
based on assumptions used in evaluating the contracts and determining sales compensation, adjusted for changes in estimated launch dates, actual volumes
achieved, and other factors deemed relevant. For contracts with an expiration date beyond three years, we include only the value expected within three years.
For other contracts, we assume renewal consistent with historic renewal rates unless there is a known cancellation. Contracts are generally priced by volume of
usage and typically have no or low minimum commitments. Actual revenue could vary from our estimates due to factors such as cancellations, non-renewals
or volume fluctuations.

Total Revenues

RESULTS OF OPERATIONS

The following tables show total revenues by product type and revenue by geographic location, based on the location of our customers, in dollars and percentage
change (dollars in millions):

Professional services and hosting

Product and licensing

Maintenance and support

Total Revenues

United States

International

Total Revenues

Fiscal Year 2018

Fiscal Year 2017

Fiscal Year 2016

% Change 2018 vs.
2017

% Change 2017 vs.
2016

$

$

$

$

1,049.4   $

684.2  

318.0  

976.9   $

635.4  

327.1  

955.3  

669.2  

324.3  

2,051.7   $

1,939.4   $

1,948.9  

1,470.7   $

1,352.0   $

581.0  

587.3  

2,051.7   $

1,939.4   $

1,385.3  

563.6  

1,948.9  

7.4 %  

7.7 %  

(2.8)%  

5.8 %  

8.8 %  

(1.1)%  

5.8 %  

2.3 %

(5.1)%

0.9 %

(0.5)%

(2.4)%

4.2 %

(0.5)%

Fiscal
Year
2018
Compared
with
Fiscal
Year
2017

The geographic split for fiscal year 2018 was 72% of total revenue in the United States and 28% internationally, as compared to 70% of total revenue in the United
States and 30% internationally for the prior fiscal year.

Fiscal
Year
2017
Compared
with
Fiscal
Year
2016

The  geographic  split  for  fiscal  years  2017 was 70% of total  revenue  in the  United  States  and 30% internationally,  as compared  to 71% of total revenue in the
United States and 29% internationally for the prior fiscal year.

24

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
   
   
   
Table of Contents

Professional Services and Hosting Revenue

Professional services revenue primarily consists of consulting, implementation and training services for customers. Hosting revenue primarily relates to delivering
on-demand hosted services, such as medical transcription, automated customer care applications, mobile operator services, and mobile infotainment and search and
transcription, over a specified term. The following table shows professional services and hosting revenue, in dollars and as a percentage of total revenues (dollars
in millions):  

Professional services revenue

Hosting revenue

Professional services and hosting revenue

As a percentage of total revenues

Fiscal
Year
2018
Compared
with
Fiscal
Year
2017

Fiscal Year
2018

Fiscal Year
2017

Fiscal Year
2016

% Change 2018
vs. 2017

% Change 2017
vs. 2016

$

$

278.3

  $

243.1

  $

771.1

1,049.4

  $

733.8

976.9

  $

225.2

730.2

955.3

14.5%  

5.1%  

7.4%  

7.9%

0.5%

2.3%

51.2%  

50.4%  

49.0%    

Professional services revenue increase d by $35.3 million , or 14.5% , primarily driven by a $49.4 million increase in Healthcare, offset in part by a $6.5 million
decrease in Imaging and a $4.2 million decrease in Automotive. Healthcare professional services revenue increased primarily due to higher revenue from EHR
implementation and optimization services. Imaging professional services decreased primarily due to certain nonrecurring implementation services that occurred in
fiscal year 2017. Automotive professional services revenue decreased primarily due to a shift towards connected services.

Hosting revenue increase d by $ 37.3 million , or 5.1% , primarily driven by a $41.9 million increase in Healthcare, a $14.5 million increase in Automotive, and a
$6.7 million increase in Enterprise, offset in part by a $25.8 million decrease in Other. Healthcare hosting revenue increased as the segment recovered from the
2017 Malware Incident throughout the year; also contributing to the increase was the continued market penetration and growth of our Dragon Medical cloud-based
solutions, offset by in part by the continued erosion of our transcription services. Automotive hosting revenue increased primarily due to the continued growth in
our  ASR  and  infotainment  platform  services.  Enterprise  hosting  revenue  increased  primarily  due  to  the  growth  in  our  omni-channel  hosting  solutions.  Other
segment hosting revenue decreased primarily driven by the declines in both of our SRS and Devices businesses.

As a percentage of total revenue, professional services and hosting revenue increased from 50.4% for fiscal year 2017 to 51.2% for fiscal year 2018.

Fiscal
Year
2017
Compared
with
Fiscal
Year
2016

Professional  services  revenue  increased  by  $17.9  million,  or  7.9%,  primarily  due  to  acquisitions  in  our  Healthcare  segment  and  the  continued  growth  in  voice
biometrics offerings in our Enterprise segment.

Hosting  revenue  increased  by  $3.7  million,  or  0.5%,  primarily  driven  by  a  $48.3  million  increase  in  Enterprise  and  a  $13.2  million  increase  in  Automotive
segments, offset in part by a $57.7 million decrease in Healthcare. Enterprise hosting revenue increased primarily due to the incremental revenue from acquisitions,
growth in our omni-channel cloud offerings, and the continued strength in our on-premise and service portfolios. Automotive hosting revenue increased primarily
due to the continued growth in our ASR and infotainment platform services. Healthcare hosting revenue declined primarily due to the 2017 Malware Incident and
the continued erosion of our transcription services, offset in part by the continued market penetration and growth of our Dragon Medical cloud-based solutions.

As a percentage of total revenue, professional services and hosting revenue increased from 49.0% for fiscal year 2016 to 50.4%
for fiscal year 2017.

25

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
Table of Contents

Product and Licensing Revenue

Product and licensing revenue primarily consists of sales and licenses of our technology. The following table shows product and licensing revenue, in dollars and
as a percentage of total revenues (dollars in millions):  

Product and licensing revenue

As a percentage of total revenues

Fiscal
Year
2018
Compared
with
Fiscal
Year
2017

Fiscal Year
2018

Fiscal Year
2017

Fiscal Year
2016

% Change 2018
vs. 2017

% Change 2017
vs. 2016

$

684.2

  $

635.4

  $

669.2

7.7%  

(5.1)%

33.4%  

32.8%  

34.3%    

Product and licensing  revenue increase d by $48.8 million , or 7.7% ,  primarily  driven  by  a  $16.3  million  increase  in  Automotive,  a  $14.5  million  increase  in
Healthcare, and a $12.8 million increase in Enterprise. Automotive product and licensing revenue increased primarily due to higher royalties from existing and new
customers. Healthcare product and licensing revenue increased primarily due to higher revenue from diagnostics solutions due to recent acquisitions. Enterprise
product and licensing revenue increased primarily due to higher contact center license revenue.

As a percentage of total revenue, product and licensing revenue increased from 32.8% for fiscal year 2017 to 33.4% for fiscal year 2018.

Fiscal
Year
2017
Compared
with
Fiscal
Year
2016

Product  and  licensing  revenue  decreased  by  $33.8  million,  or  5.1%,  primarily  driven  by  a  $25.6  million  decrease  in  Imaging,  a  $16.7  million  decrease  in
Healthcare,  and  a  $16.7  million  decrease  in  Other,  offset  in  part  by  a  $23.0  million  increase  in  Automotive.  Imaging  product  and  licensing  revenue  decreased
primarily due to lower sales of our multi-functional printer ("MFP") solutions. Healthcare product and licensing revenue decreased primarily due to the continuing
customer transition from product licenses to cloud-based solutions. Other product and licensing revenue decreased primarily driven by the ongoing consolidation
of our handset manufacturer customer base and continued erosion of our penetration of the remaining market. Automotive product and licensing revenue increased
primarily due to higher royalties from existing and new customers.

As a percentage of total revenue, product and licensing revenue decreased from 34.3% for fiscal year 2016 to 32.8% for fiscal year 2017.

Maintenance and Support Revenue

Maintenance and support revenue primarily consists of technical support and maintenance services. The following table shows maintenance and support revenue,
in dollars and as a percentage of total revenues (dollars in millions):

Maintenance and support revenue

As a percentage of total revenues

Fiscal
Year
2018
Compared
with
Fiscal
Year
2017

Fiscal Year
2018

Fiscal Year
2017

Fiscal Year
2016

% Change 2018
vs. 2017

% Change 2017
vs. 2016

$

318.0

  $

327.1

  $

324.3

(2.8)%  

0.9%

15.5%  

16.9%  

16.6%    

Maintenance and support revenue decrease d by $9.1 million , or 2.8% , primarily due to a $18.1 million decrease in Healthcare, offset in part by a $6.0 million
increase in Imaging and a $4.6 million increase in Enterprise. The decrease in Healthcare was primarily driven by the continuing customer transition from product
licenses to cloud-based solutions. The increase in Imaging was primarily driven by the contract renewal from existing customers. The increase in Enterprise was
primarily driven by higher volume of contact center license transactions with maintenance and support.

Fiscal
Year
2017
Compared
with
Fiscal
Year
2016

Maintenance  and  support  revenue  increased  by  $2.7  million,  or  0.9%,  primarily  due  to  a  $6.7  million  increase  in  our  Enterprise  segment  due  to  maintenance
renewals, offset in part by a $4.1 million decrease in Healthcare primarily due to the continuing customer transition from product licenses to cloud-based solutions.

26

 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
Table of Contents

Cost of Professional Services and Hosting Revenue

COSTS AND EXPENSES

Cost  of  professional  services  and  hosting  revenue  primarily  consists  of  compensation  for  services  personnel,  outside  consultants  and  overhead,  as  well  as  the
hardware,  infrastructure  and  communications  fees  that  support  our  hosting  solutions.  The  following  table  shows  the  cost  of  professional  services  and  hosting
revenue, in dollars and as a percentage of professional services and hosting revenue (dollars in millions):  

Cost of professional services and hosting revenue

$

681.5

  $

660.8

  $

626.2

3.1%  

5.5%

As a percentage of professional services and hosting revenue

64.9%  

67.6%  

65.5%  

Fiscal Year
2018

Fiscal Year
2017

Fiscal Year
2016

% Change 2018
vs. 2017

% Change 2017
vs. 2016

Fiscal
Year
2018
Compared
with
Fiscal
Year
2017

The increase in cost of professional services and hosting revenue was primarily due to higher professional services costs in our Healthcare segment related to EHR
implementation and optimization services and higher hosting costs related to the growth of our automotive connected car services, offset in part by lower costs of
medical transcription services. Gross margins increase d by 2.7 percentage points as our Healthcare segment recovered from the 2017 Malware Incident throughout
the year. Also contributing to the margin improvement was a favorable shift in revenue mix towards higher margin Dragon Medical cloud-based offerings, offset in
part by margin compression in our medical transcription services and the increase in EHR implementation and optimization services which carried lower margins.

Fiscal
Year
2017
Compared
with
Fiscal
Year
2016

The increase in cost of professional services and hosting revenue was primarily driven by higher employee and infrastructure-related costs due to higher revenues
in our Enterprise segment. Gross margins decreased by 2.1 percentage points primarily due to the negative impact of the 2017 Malware Incident, the continued
erosion of our medical transcription services in Healthcare, and lower margins in Enterprise due to recent acquisitions. Partially offsetting the margin declines was
the favorable shift in revenue mix to higher margin professional services in Imagining.

Cost of Product and Licensing Revenue

Cost of product and licensing revenue primarily consists of material and fulfillment costs, manufacturing and operations costs and third-party royalty expenses.
The following table shows the cost of product and licensing revenue, in dollars and as a percentage of product and licensing revenue (dollars in millions):  

Cost of product and licensing revenue

$

77.1

  $

74.0

  $

86.4

4.2%  

(14.4)%

As a percentage of product and licensing revenue

11.3%  

11.6%  

12.9%    

Fiscal Year
2018

Fiscal Year
2017

Fiscal Year
2016

% Change 2018
vs. 2017

% Change 2017
vs. 2016

Fiscal
Year
2018
Compared
with
Fiscal
Year
2017

The increase in  cost  of  product  and  licensing  revenue  was  due  to  higher  costs  related  to  our  clinical  documentation  and  diagnostic  solutions.  Gross  margins
increase d by 0.3 percentage points, or essentially flat year-over-year.

Fiscal
Year
2017
Compared
to
Fiscal
Year
2016

The decrease in cost of product and licensing revenue was driven by lower costs related to Dragon medical and Dragon consumer perpetual licenses, as well as our
MFP solutions. Gross margins increased by 1.3 percentage points, due to a favorable shift in revenue mix towards higher margin products Healthcare and Imaging.

27

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
Table of Contents

Cost of Maintenance and Support Revenue

Cost  of  maintenance  and  support  revenue  primarily  consists  of  compensation  for  product  support  personnel  and  overhead.  The  following  table  shows  cost  of
maintenance and support revenue, in dollars and as a percentage of maintenance and support revenue (dollars in millions):

Cost of maintenance and support revenue

$

58.1

  $

54.1

  $

54.1

7.4%  

—%

As a percentage of maintenance and support revenue

18.3%  

16.5%  

16.7%  

Fiscal Year
2018

Fiscal Year
2017

Fiscal Year
2016

% Change 2018
vs. 2017

% Change 2017 vs.
2016

Fiscal
Year
2018
Compared
with
Fiscal
Year
2017

Cost of maintenance and support revenue increase d by $4.0 million , or 7.4% , primarily driven by higher compensation costs in Imaging. Gross margins decrease
d by 1.8 percentage points primarily due to lower margin on Dragon Medical software maintenance and support services in Healthcare.

Fiscal
Year
2017
Compared
with
Fiscal
Year
2016

Cost and the gross margin of maintenance and support revenue remained essentially flat during fiscal year 2017.

Research and Development Expenses

Research and development ("R&D") expenses primarily consist of salaries, benefits, and overhead relating to engineering staff as well as third party engineering
costs. The following table shows research and development expense, in dollars and as a percentage of total revenues (dollars in millions):  

Research and development expense

As a percentage of total revenues

Fiscal
Year
2018
Compared
with
Fiscal
Year
2017

Fiscal Year
2018

Fiscal Year
2017

Fiscal Year
2016

% Change 2018
vs. 2017

% Change 2017
vs. 2016

$

305.3

  $

266.1

  $

271.1

14.7%  

(1.8)%

14.9%  

13.7%  

13.9%  

R&D expense increase d by $39.2 million , primarily due to higher compensation expenses as we continue to invest in product innovation and new technologies to
support our long-term growth.

Fiscal
Year
2017
Compared
with
Fiscal
Year
2016

R&D  expense  decreased  by  $5.0  million,  primarily  due  to  our  continued  cost-savings  initiatives  to  reduce  headcount  and  move  R&D  activities  to  lower-cost
locations, offset in part by higher compensation expenses in our Enterprise segment due to acquisitions.

Sales and Marketing Expenses

Sales and marketing expenses include salaries and benefits, commissions, advertising, direct mail, public relations, tradeshow costs and other costs of marketing
programs,  travel  expenses  associated  with  our  sales  organization  and  overhead.  The  following  table  shows  sales  and  marketing  expense,  in  dollars  and  as  a
percentage of total revenues (dollars in millions):  

Sales and marketing expense

As a percentage of total revenues

Fiscal
Year
2018
Compared
with
Fiscal
Year
2017

Fiscal Year
2018

Fiscal Year
2017

Fiscal Year
2016

% Change 2018
vs. 2017

% Change 2017
vs. 2016

$

388.3

  $

398.1

  $

390.9

(2.5)%  

1.8%

18.9%  

20.5%  

20.1%    

The decrease in sales and marketing expense was primarily driven by lower commission expenses due to recent changes in our commission plans.

28

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
Table of Contents

Fiscal
Year
2017
Compared
with
Fiscal
Year
2016

The increase in sales and marketing expense was primarily due to higher compensation and commission expenses on increased
headcount in our Enterprise segment, offset in part by lower marketing spend in our Healthcare segment.

General and Administrative Expenses

General  and  administrative  expenses  primarily  consist  of  personnel  costs  for  administration,  finance,  human  resources,  general  management,  fees  for  external
professional advisers including accountants and attorneys, and provisions for doubtful accounts. The following table shows general and administrative expense, in
dollars and as a percentage of total revenues (dollars in millions):  

General and administrative expense

As a percentage of total revenues

Fiscal
Year
2018
Compared
with
Fiscal
Year
2017

Fiscal Year 2018
229.8

$

Fiscal Year 2017
166.7

  $

Fiscal Year 2016
168.5

  $

11.2%  

8.6%  

8.6%    

% Change 2018 vs.
2017

% Change 2017 vs.
2016

37.9%  

(1.1)%

General and administrative expense increase d by $63.1 million primarily due to professional services fees related to evaluating strategic alternatives for certain
businesses, establishing the Automotive business as a separate operating segment, and legal expenses related to enforcing our intellectual property rights.

Fiscal
Year
2017
Compared
with
Fiscal
Year
2016

General  and  administrative  expense  decreased  by  $1.8  million  as  the  effect  of  higher  administrative  headcount  was  more  than  offset  by  lower  stock-based
compensation and lower professional fees related to identifying and evaluating strategic initiatives.

Amortization of Intangible Assets

Amortization of acquired patents and core technology are included within cost of revenues whereas the amortization of other intangible assets, such as acquired
customer relationships, trade names and trademarks, are included within operating expenses. Customer relationships are amortized on an accelerated basis based
upon the pattern in which the economic benefits of the customer relationships are being realized. Other identifiable intangible assets are amortized on a straight-
line basis over their estimated useful lives. Amortization expense was recorded as follows (dollars in millions):  

Fiscal Year
2018

Fiscal Year
2017

Fiscal Year
2016

% Change 2018
vs. 2017

% Change 2017
vs. 2016

Cost of revenues

Operating expense

Total amortization expense

As a percentage of total revenues

Fiscal
Year
2018
Compared
with
Fiscal
Year
2017

$

$

56.9

91.1

148.0

  $

  $

64.9

  $

113.9

178.7

  $

62.9

108.0

170.9

(12.3)%  

(20.0)%  

(17.2)%  

3.2%

5.5%

4.6%

7.2%  

9.2%  

8.8%    

Amortization of intangible assets expense for fiscal year 2018 decreased by $30.8 million from $178.7 million for fiscal year 2017, as certain intangible assets
became fully amortized in fiscal years 2017 and 2018.

Fiscal
Year
2017
Compared
with
Fiscal
Year
2016

Amortization of intangible assets expense for fiscal year 2017 increased by $7.9 million from $170.9 million for fiscal year 2016. The increase was primarily due
to the amortization of customer relationship assets acquired in acquisitions.

29

 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
Table of Contents

Acquisition-Related Costs, Net

Acquisition-related  costs  include  costs  related  to  business  and  other  acquisitions,  including  potential  acquisitions.  These  costs  consist  of  (i)  transition  and
integration costs, including retention payments, transitional employee costs, earn-out payments, and other costs related to integration activities; (ii) professional
service  fees,  including  financial  advisory,  legal,  accounting,  and  other  outside  services  incurred  in  connection  with  acquisition  activities,  and  disputes  and
regulatory matters related to acquired entities; and (iii) fair value adjustments to acquisition-related contingencies. A summary of the acquisition-related costs is as
follows (dollars in millions):  

Transition and integration costs

Professional service fees

Acquisition-related adjustments

Total Acquisition-related costs, net

As a percentage of total revenue

Fiscal Year
2018

Fiscal Year
2017

Fiscal Year
2016

% Change 2018
vs. 2017

% Change 2017
vs. 2016

$

$

16.1

  $

3.5

(3.4)

  $

15.2

12.6

(0.1)

16.1

  $

27.7

  $

6.1

10.9

0.2

17.2

5.9 %  

(72.2)%  

3,300.0 %  

(41.9)%  

149.2 %

15.6 %

(150.0)%

61.0 %

0.8%  

1.4%  

0.9%    

Fiscal
Year
2018
Compared
with
Fiscal
Year
2017

Acquisition-related costs, net for fiscal year 2018 decreased by $11.6 million , primarily due to reduced acquisition activities during fiscal year 2018.

Fiscal
Year
2017
Compared
with
Fiscal
Year
2016

Acquisition-related costs, net for fiscal year 2017 increased by $10.5 million primarily due to higher contingent retention payments related to acquisitions, which is
included within transition and integration costs.

30

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
Table of Contents

Restructuring and Other Charges, Net

While restructuring and other charges, net are excluded from our calculation of segment profit, the table below presents the restructuring and other charges, net
associated with each segment (dollars in thousands):

Fiscal Year 2018

Healthcare

Enterprise

Automotive

Imaging

Other

Corporate

Total fiscal year 2018

Fiscal Year 2017

Healthcare

Enterprise

Automotive

Imaging

Other

Corporate

Total fiscal year 2017

Fiscal Year 2016

Healthcare

Enterprise

Automotive

Imaging

Other

Corporate

Total fiscal year 2016

Fiscal
Year
2018

Personnel

Facilities

Total
Restructuring
Expenses

  Other Charges

Total

$

11,563   $

25   $

11,588   $

—   $

11,588

$

$

$

$

4,217  

4,160  

5,304  

1,473  

10,107  

2,243  

20  

1,168  

647  

953  

6,460  

4,180  

6,472  

2,120  

11,060  

—  

—  

—  

7,103  

14,515  

36,824   $

5,056   $

41,880   $

21,618   $

6,460

4,180

6,472

9,223

25,575

63,498

4,283   $

870   $

5,153   $

8,758   $

13,911

2,141  

1,838  

744  

2,954  

1,337  

3,480  

—  

387  

(15)  

2,013  

5,621  

1,838  

1,131  

2,939  

3,350  

—  

—  

—  

10,773  

21,491  

13,297   $

6,735   $

20,032   $

41,022   $

3,531   $

1,398   $

4,929   $

—   $

1,214  

1,967  

284  

3,870  

2,267  

2,782  

—  

478  

1,557  

5,391  

3,996  

1,967  

762  

5,427  

7,658  

—  

—  

—  

(486)  

971  

5,621

1,838

1,131

13,712

24,841

61,054

4,929

3,996

1,967

762

4,941

8,629

$

13,133   $

11,606   $

24,739   $

485   $

25,224

For  fiscal  year  2018  ,  we  recorded  restructuring  charges  of  $41.9  million  ,  which  included  $36.8  million  related  to  the  termination  of  approximately  1,495
employees and $5.1 million charge related to certain excess facilities, including adjustment to sublease assumptions associated with these facilities. These actions
were  part  of  our  strategic  initiatives  focused  on  investment  rationalization,  process  optimization  and  cost  reduction.  We  expect  the  remaining  outstanding
severance of $10.6 million to be substantially paid by the end of the first quarter of fiscal year 2019 , and the remaining of $7.6 million for the excess facilities to
be made through fiscal year 2027 , in accordance with the terms of the applicable leases.

Additionally, during fiscal year 2018, we recorded $5.7 million for costs related to the transition agreement of our former CEO, $4.8 million professional services
fees related to assessment and establishment of our corporate transformational efforts, $4.0 million related to our remediation and restoration effort after the 2017
Malware Incident, and fixed asset impairment charges of $7.1 million for SRS and Devices, as more fully described in Note 4. The cash payments associated with
the CEO transition agreement are expected to be made through fiscal year 2020.

Fiscal
Year
2017

For fiscal year 2017, we recorded restructuring charges of $20.0 million , which included $13.3 million related to the termination of approximately 807 terminated
employees and $6.7 million charge related to certain excess facilities, including adjustment to sublease assumptions associated with these facilities. These actions
were part of our initiatives to reduce costs and optimize processes.

31

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
   
   
   
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
   
   
   
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
Table of Contents

Additionally,  during  fiscal  year  2017,  we  recorded  $8.1 million for  costs  related  to  the  transition  agreement  of  our  former  CEO,  $18.1 million of professional
services fees and $4.0 million of fixed asset and inventory write-down as a result of the Malware Incident, and an impairment charge of $10.8 million related to an
internally developed software.

Fiscal
Year
2016

For fiscal year 2016, we recorded restructuring charges of $24.7 million , which included $13.1 million related to the termination of approximately 452 employees
as part of our initiatives to reduce costs and optimize processes, and $11.6 million charge related to certain excess facility space, including adjustment to sublease
assumptions associated with these facilities.

Additionally, during fiscal year 2016, we recorded certain other charges that totaled $0.5 million for litigation contingency reserves.

Impairment of Goodwill and Other Intangible Assets

As more fully described in Note 4 of the accompanying consolidated financial statements, we recorded $170.9 million impairment charges of goodwill and other
intangible assets for Devices and SRS for fiscal year 2018.

Other Expenses, net

Other expenses, net consists primarily of interest income, interest expense, foreign exchange gains (losses), and net gain (loss) from other non-operating activities.
A summary of Other expenses, net is as follows (dollars in millions):  

Interest income

Interest expense

Other expense, net

Total other expenses, net

Fiscal
Year
2018
Compared
with
Fiscal
Year
2017

Fiscal Year
2018

Fiscal Year
2017

Fiscal Year
2016

% Change 2018 vs.
2017

% Change 2017
vs. 2016

$

$

9.3   $

6.9   $

(137.3)  

(1.9)  

(156.9)  

(21.0)  

4.4  

(132.7)  

(8.5)  

(129.8)   $

(171.0)   $

(136.8)  

34.7 %  

(12.5)%  

(91.1)%  

56.0%

18.2%

147.6%

Interest expense decrease d by $19.6 million primarily due to the repurchase of $331.2 million outstanding 2.75% convertible debentures in November 2017. Other
expense, net decrease d by $19.2 million primarily due to an $18.6 million loss on extinguishment of debt resulting from the repurchase of our 2020 Senior Notes
in fiscal year 2017.

Fiscal
Year
2017
Compared
with
Fiscal
Year
2016

Interest expense increased by $24.2 million primarily driven by the issuance of the 2026 Senior Notes and the 2025 Convertible Debenture, offset in part by the
repurchase of $600 million principal of our 2020 Senior Notes in fiscal year 2017. Other expense, net increased by $12.5 million primarily due to an $18.6 million
loss on extinguishment of debt resulting from the repurchase of our 2020 Senior Notes discussed above, offset in part by extinguishment losses of $4.9 million
recorded in fiscal year 2016.

Provision for Income Taxes

The following table shows the provision for income taxes and the effective income tax rate (dollars in millions):

(Benefit) Provision for income taxes

Effective income tax rate

Fiscal
Year
2018
Compared
with
Fiscal
Year
2017

Fiscal Year
2018

$

(56.8)

  Fiscal Year 2017  
  $

32.0

  $

Fiscal Year
2016

% Change 2018
vs. 2017

% Change 2017
vs. 2016

14.2

(277.6)%  

125.3%

26.2%  

(26.9)%  

816.4%  

Our effective income tax rate was 26.2% in fiscal year 2018, compared to (26.9)% in fiscal year 2017. The effective tax rate of 26.2% in fiscal year 2018 differed
from the U.S. statutory rate, primarily due to the net tax benefits resulting from the Tax Cuts and Jobs Act ("TCJA") remeasurement of deferred tax assets and
liabilities at the lower enacted rate, and our foreign earnings being subject to lower tax rates, offset by in part by additional valuation allowance related to current
period losses, the tax effect of goodwill impairment charges that are not deductible, and the provision for the deemed repatriation of foreign cash and earnings. The
effective tax rate of (26.9)% in fiscal year 2017 differed from the U.S. statutory rate, primarily due to additional valuation

32

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Table of Contents

allowance  related  to  current  period  losses  in  the  United  States  and  an  increase  in  deferred  tax  liabilities  related  to  goodwill,  partially  offset  by  our  earnings  in
foreign operations that are subject to significantly lower tax rates than U.S. statutory tax rate.

Provision for income taxes decreased by $88.8 million in fiscal year 2018, primarily due to the lower valuation allowance provided related to the losses incurred
for the current fiscal year, the net tax benefits resulting from the TCJA remeasurement of deferred tax assets and liabilities at the lower enacted rate, offset in part
by the tax effect of goodwill impairment charges that are not deductible, and the provision for the deemed repatriation of foreign cash and earnings.

Fiscal
Year
2017
Compared
with
Fiscal
Year
2016

Our  effective  income  tax  rate  was  (26.9)%  in  fiscal  year  2017,  compared  to  816.4%  in  fiscal  year  2016.  The  effective  tax  rate  of  (26.9)%  in  fiscal  year  2017
differed from the U.S. statutory rate, primarily due to additional valuation allowance related to current period losses in the United States and an increase in deferred
tax liabilities related to goodwill, partially offset by our earnings in foreign operations that are subject to significantly lower tax rates than U.S. statutory tax rate.
The effective income tax rates in fiscal year 2016 differs from the U.S. federal statutory rate of 35% primarily due to additional valuation allowance related to
current period losses in the United States, an increase in the deferred tax liabilities related to goodwill, and an increase in current tax provisions due to the one-time
repatriation of foreign earnings offset by the utilization of previously unbenefited domestic loss and credit carryforwards. These were offset in part by our foreign
earnings subject to significantly lower tax rates, and a $22.1 million release of domestic valuation allowance as a result of tax benefits recorded in connection with
our acquisitions during the period for which a deferred tax liability was established in purchase accounting.

Provision for income taxes increased by $17.8 million in fiscal year 2017 as compared to fiscal year 2016, primarily due to the
additional valuation allowance provided related to the losses incurred for the current fiscal year and an increase in deferred tax
liabilities related to goodwill in fiscal year 2017, offset in part by the effect of one-time repatriated foreign earnings in fiscal year 2016.

SEGMENT ANALYSIS

During  the  first  quarter  of  fiscal  year  2018,  we  commenced  a  review  of  our  segment  reporting  structure  to  better  align  our  Chief  Operating  Decision  Maker's
("CODM") long-term strategic focus with our organizational structure. During the second quarter of fiscal year 2018, we implemented a number organizational
changes to align our segment reporting structure with our long-term strategic focuses, including (i) establishing our Automotive business as a separate operating
segment,  (ii)  moving  our  Dragon  TV  business  from  our  former  Mobile  operating  segment  into  our  Enterprise  operating  segment  to  consolidate  our
telecommunications market resources, and (iii) establishing an Other segment that includes our SRS and Devices businesses, previously reported within our former
Mobile operating segment. As a result, segment information for fiscal years 2018, 2017 and 2016 has been recast to reflect the new segment reporting structure.

33

Table of Contents

For further details of financial information about our operating segments, see Note 20 to the accompanying consolidated financial statements included in Item 8 of
this Annual Report on Form 10-K. The following table presents certain financial information about our operating segments (dollars in millions).  

Fiscal Year 2018   Fiscal Year 2017   Fiscal Year 2016  

% Change 2018
vs. 2017

% Change 2017
vs. 2016

Segment Revenues

Healthcare

Enterprise

Automotive

Imaging

Other

Total segment revenues

Less: acquisition related revenue adjustments (a)

$

984.8

  $

899.3

  $

483.2

279.4

212.9

109.1

2,069.4

(17.7)

474.3

252.2

217.7

133.8

1,977.4

(38.0)

973.3

396.0

214.3

241.6

154.4

1,979.6

(30.7)

2,051.7

  $

1,939.4

  $

1,948.9

9.5 %  

1.9 %  

10.8 %  

(2.2)%  

(18.5)%  

4.7 %  

(53.4)%  

5.8 %  

26.4 %  

5.0 %  

(7.6)%  

(15.2)%  

(31.6)%  

6.5 %  

4.5

0.9

(7.8)

(4.8)

(5.0)

0.5

(7.6)%

19.8 %

17.7 %

(9.9)%

(13.4)%

(0.1)%

23.9 %

(0.5)%

(16.4)%

4.9 %

24.3 %

(21.1)%

8.2 %

(5.9)%

(3.1)

(4.0)

2.5

(5.2)

6.2

(1.9)

$

$

331.4

  $

262.1

  $

142.4

109.9

67.4

28.4

135.6

118.9

79.5

41.6

$

679.5

  $

637.7

  $

33.6%  

29.5%  

39.3%  

31.7%  

26.1%  

32.8%  

29.1%  

28.6%  

47.1%  

36.5%  

31.1%  

32.3%  

313.5

129.3

95.7

100.8

38.4

677.6

32.2%  

32.6%  

44.6%  

41.7%  

24.9%  

34.2%  

Total revenues

Segment Profit

Healthcare

Enterprise

Automotive

Imaging

Other

Total segment profit

Segment Profit Margin

Healthcare

Enterprise

Automotive

Imaging

Other

Total segment profit margin

(a)   Segment revenues differ from reported revenues due to certain revenue adjustments related to acquisitions that would otherwise have been recognized but for the purchase
accounting treatment of the business combinations. These revenues are included to allow for more complete comparisons to the financial results of historical operations and
in evaluating management performance.

Segment Revenues

Fiscal
Year
2018
Compared
with
Fiscal
Year
2017

•

•

•

•

•

Healthcare segment revenues increased by $85.5 million during fiscal year 2018 as the segment recovered from the 2017 Malware Incident throughout the
year, as well as the continued market penetration and growth of our Dragon Medical cloud-based solutions and higher revenue from EHR implementation and
optimization services, offset in part by the continued erosion of our transcription services.

Enterprise segment revenues increased by $8.9 million during fiscal year 2018 primarily due to higher contact center license and services revenue, offset in
part by lower revenue from our inbound and outbound on-demand solutions.

Automotive segment revenues increased by $27.2 million during fiscal year 2018 primarily due to higher royalties and revenues from our hosting solutions
driven by continued growth in our ASR and infotainment platform services.

Imaging  segment  revenues  decreased  by  $4.8  million  during  fiscal  year  2018  primarily  due  to  lower  revenue  from  our  scanning  and  print  management
solutions, offset in part by higher revenue from our core Imaging solutions due to new product launch.

Other segment revenue decreased by $24.7 million primarily due to the accelerated declines in both SRS and Devices businesses during fiscal year 2018. The
decline in SRS was primarily due to the recent market disruptions in India and Brazil. These markets have experienced a dramatic recent disruption as a result
of accelerated change in competition and business models for our SRS mobile operator customers, which has reduced demand for our services. The decline in
our Devices business was

34

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
   
   
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
                       
Table of Contents

primarily  due  to  the  ongoing  consolidation  of  our  handset  manufacturer  customer  base,  as  well  as  continued  erosion  of  our  penetration  of  the  remaining
market.

As more  fully  described  in  Note 4 to  the  accompanying  consolidated  financial  statements,  during the  fourth  quarter  of fiscal  2018, in  connection  with  our
comprehensive portfolio and business review efforts, we commenced a wind-down of our Devices and Mobile Operator Services businesses.

Fiscal
Year
2017
Compared
with
Fiscal
Year
2016

•

•

•

•

•

Healthcare  segment  revenues  decreased  by  $74.0  million  during  fiscal  year  2017  primarily  due  to  decreases  in  hosting  revenue  and  product  and  licensing
revenue.  Hosting  revenue  decreased  by  $58.2  million  primarily  due  to  the  negative  impact  of  the  2017  Malware  Incident  throughout  the  year,  and  the
continued  erosion  of  the  transcription  services,  offset  in  part  by  the  positive  effect  of  customers'  transition  to  cloud-based  offerings.  Product  and  licensing
revenue decreased by $17.9 million primarily  as a result of lower revenues from our licensed Dragon Medical product sales as we transition from product
licensing  to  subscription  and  cloud-based  offerings.  We  estimated  the  revenue  impact  of  the  Malware  Incident  due  to  the  service  interruption  to  be
approximately $65 million for fiscal year 2017.

Enterprise segment revenues increased by $78.3 million during fiscal year 2017 primarily due to the incremental revenue from recent acquisitions, increases in
our omni-channel cloud offerings, and the continued strength in our on-premise and on-demand service portfolios.

Automotive segment revenues increased by $37.9 million during fiscal year 2017 primarily due to higher royalties and revenues from our hosting solutions
driven by continued growth in our speech recognition and infotainment platform services.

Imaging segment revenues decreased by $23.8 million during fiscal year 2017 primarily due to the lower sales from our MFP solutions.

Other segment revenues decreased by $20.7 million during fiscal year 2017 primarily due to declines in both the SRS and Devices business.

Segment Profit

Fiscal
Year
2018
Compared
with
Fiscal
Year
2017

•

•

•

•

•

Healthcare segment profit increased by $69.2 million , or 26.4% , primarily  due to higher segment revenue and higher gross margin. Healthcare  operating
results for fiscal year 2017 was negatively impacted by the 2017 Malware Incident. The gross margin for fiscal year 2018 reflected a favorable shift in revenue
mix  towards  higher  margin  Dragon  Medical  cloud-based  offerings,  offset  in  part  by  the  increase  in  EHR  implementation  and  optimization  services  which
carried lower margins. As a result, segment profit margin increased by 4.5 percentage points, to 33.6% for fiscal year 2018.

Enterprise segment profit increased by $6.8 million , or 5.0% , primarily due to higher segment revenue, offset in part by lower gross margin. The lower gross
margin was primarily due to higher infrastructure costs and increased headcount to support future growth. As a result, segment profit margin increased by 0.9
percentage points to 29.5% for fiscal year 2018 from 28.6% for fiscal year 2017.

Automotive  segment  profit  decreased by $9.0 million , or 7.6% ,  primarily  due  to  lower  gross  margin  and  higher  R&D  expenses,  offset  in  part  by  higher
revenue.  The  lower  gross  margin  was  primarily  driven  by  increased  professional  services  headcount  to  support  implementation  of  our  connected  solutions
across existing and new customer base. The higher R&D expense was primarily driven by our increased investment in new technologies. As a result, segment
profit margin decreased by 7.8 percentage points to 39.3% for fiscal year 2018 from 47.1% for fiscal year 2017.

Imaging segment profit decreased by $12.1 million , or 15.2% , primarily due to lower segment revenue, lower gross margin, and higher operating expenses.
Gross margin declined as a result of an unfavorable shift in revenue mix from higher margin software revenue to lower margin hardware revenue. Operating
expenses increased primarily due to higher sales and marketing expenses to support new products and solutions, and drive greater market penetration. As a
result, segment profit margin decreased by 4.8 percentage points to 31.7% for fiscal year 2018 from 36.5% for fiscal year 2017.

Other segment profit decreased by $13.2 million , or 31.6% , primarily due to lower revenue and the margin compression in SRS and Devices. Segment profit
margin declined primarily due to lower revenues and relatively fixed costs and expenses

35

Table of Contents

structure. As more fully described in Note 4 to the accompanying consolidated financial statements, during the fourth quarter of fiscal 2018, in connection
with our comprehensive portfolio and business review efforts, we commenced a wind-down of our Devices and Mobile Operator Services businesses.

Fiscal
Year
2017
Compared
with
Fiscal
Year
2016

•

•

•

•

•

Healthcare segment profit decreased by $51.3 million, or 16.4%, primarily due to lower segment revenue and lower gross margin as a result of the negative
impact of the 2017 Malware Incident and the continued erosion of the transcription services, offset in part by the positive effect of customers' transition to
cloud based offerings. Segment profit margin decreased by 3.1 percentage points, to 29.1% for fiscal year 2017 from 32.2% for fiscal year 2016, primarily due
to lower gross margin.

Enterprise segment profit increased by $6.4 million, or 4.9%, primarily due to higher segment revenue, offset in part by lower gross margin and higher R&D
expenses.  Gross  margin  was  lower  as  our  recently  acquired  entities  carried  lower  gross  margins.  R&D  expenses  increased  as  a  result  of  increased  R&D
headcount due to recent acquisitions. Segment profit margin decreased by 4.0 percentage points to 28.6% for fiscal year 2017 from 32.6% for fiscal year 2016,
primarily due to lower gross margin and higher operating expenses margin.

Automotive  segment  profit  increased  by  $23.2  million,  or  24.3%,  primarily  due  to  higher  revenues  and  gross  margin.  The  gross  margin  improvement  was
primarily due to a favorable shift to higher margin cloud-based and licensing offerings. Segment profit margin increased by 2.5 percentage points to 47.1% for
fiscal  year  2017  from  44.6%  for  fiscal  year  2016,  primarily  due  to  higher  gross  margin  and  lower  operating  expense  margin  as  the  segment  continued  to
benefit from our costs savings and process optimization initiatives.

Imaging segment profit decreased by $21.3 million, or 21.1%, primarily due to lower segment revenue. Segment profit margin decreased by 5.2 percentage
points to 36.5% during fiscal year 2017 from 41.7% during fiscal year 2016, primarily due to relatively flat operating expenses on lower revenues.

Other  segment  profit  increased  by  $3.1  million,  or  8.2%,  primarily  due  to  higher  gross  margin,  offset  in  part  by  lower  revenue.  Higher  gross  margin  was
primarily driven by the timing of product and licensing revenue. Segment profit margin increased by 6.2 percentage points to 31.1% during fiscal year 2017
from 24.9% during fiscal year 2016.

Liquidity

LIQUIDITY AND CAPITAL RESOURCES

We had cash and cash equivalents and marketable securities of $473.5 million as of September 30, 2018 , a decrease of $400.6 million from $874.1 million as of
September 30, 2017 . Our working capital, as defined by total current assets less total current liabilities, was $164.5 million as of September 30, 2018 , compared to
$216.4 million as of September 30, 2017 . Additionally, we had availability of $242.5 million under our revolving credit facility as of September 30, 2018 . We
believe  that  our  existing  sources  of  liquidity  are  sufficient  to  support  our  operating  needs,  capital  requirements  and  any  debt  service  requirements  for  the  next
twelve months.

Cash and cash equivalents and marketable securities held by our international operations totaled $112.8 million as of September 30, 2018 and $148.6 million as of
September 30, 2017 . We utilize a variety of financing strategies to ensure that our worldwide cash is available to meet our liquidity needs. We expect the cash held
overseas to be permanently invested in our international operations, and our U.S. operation to be funded through its own operating cash flows, cash and marketable
securities within the U.S., and if necessary, borrowing under our revolving credit facility.

36

Table of Contents

Corporate Transformation Program and Strategic Business Review

During  the  third  quarter  of  fiscal  year  2018,  we  commenced  a  strategic  and  operational  review  of  our  business  with  the  goal  of  improving  our  focuses  on
leveraging our core strengths in key vertical markets and sustaining our long-term growth and profitability.

In connection with the business review, we commenced a wind-down of our Mobile Operator Services and Devices businesses during the fourth quarter of fiscal
year 2018. On November 11, 2018, we entered into a definitive stock purchase agreement, pursuant to which we agreed to sell our Imaging business and associated
assets for a total cash consideration of approximately $400 million. The transaction, which is subject to regulatory review and other customary closing conditions,
is expected to close by the end of the second quarter of fiscal year 2019. Additionally, on November 19, 2018, we announced our intent to spin off our Automotive
business into an independent publicly-traded company through a pro rata distribution to our common stock holders. Completion of the proposed spin-off is subject
to certain conditions, including final approval by our Board of Directors. We are targeting to compete the separation of the business by the end of fiscal year 2019.

We expect to spend $50 million to $75 million to effect the separation and stand-up of the businesses in fiscal year 2019. In addition, as part of the transformation
initiatives, we incurred approximately $4.8 million expense related to the assessment of operational efficiency and the establishment of the program during fiscal
year 2018. We expect to incur $60 million to $70 million of restructuring related expenditures in fiscal year 2019.

Cash provided by operating activities

Fiscal
Year
2018
Compared
with
Fiscal
Year
2017

Cash provided by operating activities for fiscal year 2018 was $444.4 million , an increase of $65.6 million , or 17% , from $378.9 million for fiscal year 2017 .
The net increase was primarily due to:

•

•

An increase of $25.0 million  driven by favorable changes in working capital, primarily due to the timing of billing and collections; and

An  increase  in  cash  inflows  of  $39.3  million  from  deferred  revenue.  Deferred  revenue  contributed  cash  inflow  of  $86.2  million  in  fiscal  year  2018,  as
compared  to  $46.9  million  in  fiscal  year  2017,  primarily  driven  by  continued  growth  of  our  Automotive  connected  solutions  and  Healthcare  bundled
offerings.

Fiscal
Year
2017
Compared
to
Fiscal
Year
2016

Cash provided by operating activities for fiscal year 2017 was $378.9 million, a decrease of $186.9 million, or 33%, from $565.8 million for fiscal year 2016. The
net decrease was primarily due to:

•
•
•

A decrease of $77.1 million in cash flows resulting from a higher net loss, exclusive of non-cash adjustment items;
A decrease of $95.0 million in cash flows resulting from unfavorable changes in working capital, excluding deferred revenue; and
A  decrease  in  cash  inflows  of  $14.9  million  from  deferred  revenue.  Deferred  revenue  contributed  cash  inflow  of  $46.9  million  in  fiscal  year  2017,  as
compared to $61.7 million in fiscal year 2016. The deferred revenue growth in fiscal year 2017 was driven primarily by our hosting solutions in automotive
connected services within our Mobile segment and bundled offerings within our Healthcare segment.

Cash used in investing activities

Fiscal
Year
2018
Compared
with
Fiscal
Year
2017

Cash used in investing activities for fiscal year 2018 was $37.3 million , a decrease of $296.9 million , or 89% , from $334.2 million for fiscal year 2017 . The net
decrease was primarily due to:

•
•

An increase of $280.3 million in net proceeds from the sale and purchase of marketable securities and other investments; and
A decrease of $13.0 million in capital expenditures.

Fiscal
Year
2017
Compared
to
Fiscal
Year
2016

Cash used in investing activities for fiscal year 2017 was $334.2 million, an increase of $71.2 million, or 27%, from $263.0 million for fiscal year 2016. The net
increase was primarily due to:

37

Table of Contents

•
•
•

An increase in cash outflows of $214.8 million for payments of marketable securities and other investments, offset in part by;
An increase in cash inflows of $91.6 million for proceeds from marketable securities and other investment; and
A decrease in cash outflows of $59.0 million for business and technology acquisitions.

Cash (used in) provided by financing activities

Fiscal
Year
2018
Compared
with
Fiscal
Year
2017

Cash used by financing activities for fiscal year 2018 was $680.3 million , an increase of $747.4 million , or 1,115% , from cash provided by financing activities of
$67.1 million for fiscal year 2017 . The net increase was primarily due to:

•

•

•
•

A decrease in cash inflows of $837.5 million from debt issuance. During fiscal year 2017, the cash inflows from debt activities includes $495.0 million net
proceeds  from  the  issuance  of  5.625%  Senior  Notes  due  2026;  and  $343.6  million  net  proceeds  from  the  issuance  of  our  1.25%  2025  Convertible
Debentures;
An increase in cash outflows of $37.0 million related to share repurchases. During fiscal year 2018 and 2017, we repurchased 9.7 million shares and 5.8
million shares for $136.1 million and $99.1 million , respectively; and
An increase in cash outflows of $24.8 million related to acquisition payments with extended payment terms, offset in part by,
A  decrease  in  cash  outflows  of  $152.9  million  from  the  redemption  and  repayment  of  debt.  During  fiscal  year  2018,  holders  of  approximately  $331.2
million in aggregate principal amount of the 2.75% 2031 Debentures exercised their right to require us to repurchase such debentures, and we repurchased
$150.0  million  in  aggregate  principal  amount  of  our  2020  Senior  Notes.  During  fiscal  year  2017,  we  repurchased  $600.0  million  in  aggregate  principal
amount of our 2020 Senior Notes and $17.8 million in aggregate principal amount of our 2031 Convertible Debentures.

Fiscal
Year
2017
Compared
to
Fiscal
Year
2016

Cash used in financing activities for fiscal year 2017 was $67.1 million, an increase of $372.2 million, or 122%, from cash used in financing activities of $305.1
million for fiscal year 2016. The net increase was primarily due to:

•

•

•

A decrease in cash outflows of $600.4 million related to share repurchases. We repurchased 5.8 million shares of our common stock for $99.1 million in
fiscal year 2017 as compared to 9.4 million shares repurchased  under our share repurchase program and 26.3 million shares repurchased from the Icahn
Group for total cash outflow of $699.5 million in fiscal year 2016;
A decrease in net cash inflows of $244.1 million from debt activities. The fiscal year 2017 activity included approximately$495.0 million net proceeds from
the  issuance  of  our  2026  Senior  Notes,  approximately  $343.6  million  net  proceeds  from  the  issuance  of  our  1.25%  2025  Debentures,  offset  by  the
repurchases of $600.0 million in aggregate principal of our 2020 Senior Notes and $17.8 million in aggregate principal of our 2031 Convertible Debentures.
The  fiscal  year  2016  activity  included  proceeds  of  $663.8  million,  net  of  issuance  costs,  from  the  issuance  of  our  1.0%  2035  Debentures  offset  by  the
repurchase of $38.3 million in aggregate principal on our 2.75% Senior Convertible Debentures due in 2031 and repayment of $472.5 million on our term
loan under the amended and restated credit agreement; and
An increase in cash outflows of $14.5 million as a result of higher cash payments required to net share settle employee equity awards due to the increase in
the intrinsic value of shares vested during fiscal year 2017 as compared to fiscal year 2016.

Debt

For a detailed description of the terms and restrictions of the debt and revolving credit facility, see Note 9 to the accompanying consolidated financial statements. 

We expect to incur cash interest payment on outstanding debt of $78.8 million in fiscal year 2019 , based on the outstanding balance as of September 30, 2018 and
the holders' right of redemption discussed above. We expect to fund our debt service requirements  through existing sources of liquidity and our operating cash
flows.

Share Repurchases

On April 29, 2013, our Board of Directors approved a share repurchase program for up to $500.0 million, which was increased by $500.0 million on April 29,
2015. On August 1, 2018, our Board of Directors approved additional $500.0 million under our share repurchase program. Under the terms of the share repurchase
program, we have the ability to repurchase shares through a variety of methods, which may include open market purchases, privately negotiated transactions, block
trades, accelerated

38

Table of Contents

stock repurchase transactions, or any combination of such methods. The share repurchase program does not require us to acquire any specific number of shares and
may be modified, suspended, extended or terminated by us at any time without prior notice. The timing and the amount of any purchases will be determined by
management based on an evaluation of market conditions, capital allocation alternatives, and other factors.

We spent $136.1 million , $99.1 million and $197.5 million on share repurchases during the fiscal years 2018, 2017 and 2016 , respectively. Approximately $557.3
million remained available for share repurchases as of September 30, 2018 pursuant to our share repurchase program.

Off-Balance Sheet Arrangements, Contractual Obligations, Contingent Liabilities and Commitments

Contractual
Obligations

The following table outlines our contractual payment obligations as of September 30, 2018 (dollars in millions):

Payments Due by Fiscal Year Ended September 30,

Total

2019

2020 and 2021

2022 and 2023

Thereafter

  $

Contractual Obligations
Convertible Debentures (1)
Senior Notes
Interest payable on long-term debt   (2)
Letter of Credit (3)
Lease obligations and other liabilities:

Operating leases
Operating leases under restructuring (4)

Purchase commitments for inventory, property and

equipment   (5)

1,337.0   $

1,100.0  

458.7  

6.9  

165.0  

60.9  

32.6  

Total contractual cash obligations

  $

3,161.1   $

—   $

—   $

987.0   $

—  

78.8  

6.8  

29.1  

10.1  

8.0  

132.8   $

300.0  

141.0  

0.1  

39.5  

17.9  

13.8  

—  

113.8  

—  

32.0  

17.2  

10.8  

512.3   $

1,160.8   $

350.0

800.0

125.1

—

64.4

15.7

—

1,355.2

(1)   Pursuant to the terms of each convertible instrument, holders have the right to redeem the debt on specific dates prior to maturity. The repayment schedule above assumes

(2)  

that payment is due on the next redemption date after  September 30, 2018 .
Interest per annum is due and payable semi-annually and is determined based on the outstanding principal as of  September 30, 2018 , the stated interest rate of each debt
instrument and the assumed redemption dates discussed above.

(3)   Letters of Credit are in place primarily to secure future operating lease payments.
(4)   Obligations include contractual lease commitments related to facilities that were part of restructuring plans. As of September 30, 2018 , we have subleased certain of the

facilities with total sublease income of $42.8 million through fiscal year 2027 .

(5)   These  amounts  include  non-cancelable  purchase  commitments  for  property  and  equipment  as  well  as  inventory  in  the  normal  course  of  business  to  fulfill  customer

backlog.

The summary above does not include unrecognized tax benefits of $30.4 million and the one-time mandatory repatriation tax of $5.8 million as of September 30,
2018 . We do not expect a significant change in the amount of unrecognized tax benefits within the next 12 months. We estimate that none of this amount will be
paid within the next year and we are currently unable to reasonably estimate the timing of payments for the remainder of the liability.

Contingent
Liabilities
and
Commitments

Certain acquisition payments to selling stockholders were contingent upon the achievement of pre-determined performance targets over a period of time after the
acquisition.  Such  contingent  payments  were  recorded  at  estimated  fair  values  upon  the  acquisition  and  re-measured  in  subsequent  reporting  periods.  As  of
September 30, 2018 , we may be required to pay the selling stockholders up to $12.4 million contingent upon achieving specified performance goals, including the
achievement of future bookings and sales targets related to the products of the acquired entities. In addition, certain deferred compensation payments to selling
stockholders  contingent  upon  their  continued  employment  after  the  acquisition  were  recorded  as  compensation  expense  over  the  requisite  service  period.
Additionally, as of September 30, 2018 , the remaining deferred payment obligations of $19.9 million to certain former stockholders, which are contingent upon
their continued employment, will be recognized ratably as compensation expense over the remaining requisite service periods.

39

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
   
   
   
   
 
 
 
 
Table of Contents

Financial
Instruments

We use financial  instruments to manage our foreign exchange risk. We operate our business in countries throughout the world and transact business in various
foreign currencies. Our foreign currency exposures typically arise from transactions denominated in currencies other than the functional currency of our operations.
We have a program that primarily utilizes foreign currency forward contracts to offset the risks associated with the effect of certain foreign currency exposures.
Our program is designed so that increases or decreases in our foreign currency exposures are offset by gains or losses on the foreign currency forward contracts in
order to mitigate the risks and volatility associated with our foreign currency transactions. Generally, we enter into such contracts for less than 90 days and have no
cash requirements until maturity. At September 30, 2018 and 2017 , we had outstanding contracts with a total notional value of $117.1 million and $69.0 million ,
respectively.

Defined Benefit Plans

We  sponsor  certain  defined  benefit  plans  that  are  offered  primarily  by  certain  of  our  foreign  subsidiaries.  Many  of  these  plans  were  assumed  through  our
acquisitions  or  are  required  by  local  regulatory  requirements.  We  may  deposit  funds  for  these  plans  with  insurance  companies,  third  party  trustees,  or  into
government-managed accounts consistent with local regulatory requirements, as applicable. Our total defined benefit plan pension expenses were $0.3 million ,
$0.4  million  and $0.1  million  for  fiscal  years  2018 , 2017 and 2016 ,  respectively.  The  aggregate  projected  benefit  obligation  as  of  September  30,  2018  and
September  30,  2017  was $34.7 million and $37.2 million ,  respectively.  The  aggregate  net  liability  of  our  defined  benefit  plans  as  of  September  30,  2018  and
September 30, 2017 was $11.1 million and $13.2 million , respectively.

Off-Balance Sheet Arrangements

Through September 30, 2018 , we have not entered into any off-balance sheet arrangements or material transactions with unconsolidated entities or other persons.

CRITICAL ACCOUNTING POLICIES, JUDGMENTS AND ESTIMATES

The preparation of financial statements in conformity with U.S. generally accepted accounting principles, requires management to make estimates and assumptions
that  affect  the  reported  amounts  of  assets  and  liabilities,  and  the  disclosure  of  contingent  assets  and  liabilities  at  the  date  of  the  financial  statements,  and  the
reported  amounts  of  revenue  and  expenses  during  the  reporting  period.  On an  ongoing  basis,  we  evaluate  our  estimates,  assumptions  and  judgments,  including
those related to revenue recognition; allowance for doubtful accounts and sales returns; accounting for deferred costs; accounting for internally developed software;
the  valuation  of  goodwill  and  intangible  assets;  accounting  for  business  combinations,  including  contingent  consideration;  accounting  for  stock-based
compensation;  accounting  for  derivative  instruments;  accounting  for  income  taxes  and  related  valuation  allowances;  and  loss  contingencies.  Our  management
bases its estimates on historical experience, market participant fair value considerations, projected future cash flows and various other factors that are believed to
be reasonable under the circumstances. Actual results could differ from these estimates.

We believe the following critical accounting policies most significantly affect the portrayal of our financial condition and results of operations and require our most
difficult and subjective judgments.

Revenue Recognition.  We  derive  revenue  from  the  following  sources:  (1)  software  license  agreements,  including  royalty  and  other  usage-based  arrangements,
(2) professional  services,  (3) hosting services  and (4) post-contract  customer  support ("PCS"). Our hosting services  are  generally  provided  through on-demand,
usage-based or per transaction fee arrangements. Our revenue recognition policies for these revenue streams are discussed below.

The sale and/or  license  of software  solutions and technology  is deemed  to have occurred  when a customer  either  has taken possession of or has access to take
immediate possession of the software or technology. In select situations, we sell or license intellectual property in conjunction with, or in place of, embedding our
intellectual property in software. We also have non-software arrangements including hosting services where the customer does not take possession of the software
at the outset of the arrangement either because they have no contractual right to do so or because significant penalties preclude them from doing so. Generally, we
recognize revenue when (i) persuasive evidence of an arrangement exists, (ii) delivery has occurred, (iii) the fee is fixed or determinable and (iv) collectibility is
probable.

Revenue from royalties on sales of our software products by original equipment manufacturers  (“OEMs”), where no services are included, is recognized in the
quarter earned so long as we have been notified by the OEM that such royalties are due, and provided that all other revenue recognition criteria are met.

40

Table of Contents

Software arrangements generally include PCS, which includes telephone support and the right to receive unspecified upgrades/enhancements on a when-and-if-
available  basis,  typically  for  one to five years.  Revenue  from  PCS  is  recognized  ratably  on  a  straight-line  basis  over  the  term  that  the  maintenance  service  is
provided. When PCS renews automatically, we provide a reserve based on historical experience for contracts expected to be canceled for non-payment. All known
and estimated cancellations are recorded as a reduction to revenue and accounts receivable.

For our software and software-related multiple element arrangements, where customers purchase both software related products and software related services, we
use vendor-specific objective evidence (“VSOE”) of fair value for software and software-related services to separate the elements and account for them separately.
VSOE exists when a company can support the fair value of its software and/or software-related services based on evidence of the prices charged when the same
elements are sold separately. For the undelivered elements, VSOE of fair value is required in order to separate the accounting for various elements in a software
and related services arrangement. We have established VSOE of fair value for the majority of our PCS, professional services, and training.

When we provide professional services considered essential to the functionality of the software, we recognize revenue from the professional services as well as any
related software licenses on a percentage-of-completion basis whereby the arrangement consideration is recognized as the services are performed, as measured by
an observable input. In these circumstances, we separate license revenue from professional service revenue for income statement presentation by allocating VSOE
of  fair  value  of  the  professional  services  as  professional  services  and  hosting  revenue  and  the  residual  portion  as  product  and  licensing  revenue.  We  generally
determine  the  percentage-of-completion  by  comparing  the  labor  hours  incurred  to-date  to  the  estimated  total  labor  hours  required  to  complete  the  project.  We
consider labor hours to be the most reliable, available measure of progress on these projects. Adjustments to estimates to complete are made in the periods in which
facts  resulting  in  a  change  become  known.  When  the  estimate  indicates  that  a  loss  will  be  incurred,  such  loss  is  recorded  in  the  period  identified.  Significant
judgments and estimates are involved in determining the percent complete of each contract. Different assumptions could yield materially different results.

We offer some of our products via a Software-as-a-Service ("SaaS") model also known as a hosted model. In this type of arrangement, we are compensated in three
ways: (1) fees for up-front setup of the service environment, (2) fees charged on a usage or per transaction basis, and (3) fees charged for on-demand service. Our
up-front  setup  fees  are  nonrefundable.  We  recognize  the  up-front  setup  fees  ratably  over  the  longer  of  the  contract  lives,  or  the  expected  lives  of  the  customer
relationships. The usage-based or per transaction fees are due and payable as each individual transaction is processed through the hosting service and is recognized
as revenue in the period the services are provided. The on-demand service fees are recognized ratably over our estimate of the useful life of devices on which the
hosting service is provided.

We  enter  into  multiple-element  arrangements  that  may  include  a  combination  of  our  various  software  related  and  non-software  related  products  and  services
offerings  including  software  licenses,  post  contract  support  ("PCS"),  professional  services,  and  our  hosting  services.  In  such  arrangements,  we  allocate  total
arrangement consideration to software or software-related elements and any non-software element separately based on the selling price hierarchy group following
our policies. Where determined we determine the selling price for each deliverable using VSOE of selling price, if it exists, or Third Party Evidence (“TPE”) of
selling price. Typically, we are unable to determine TPE of selling price. Therefore, when neither VSOE nor TPE of selling price exist for a deliverable, we use our
Estimate of Selling Price (“ESP”) for the purposes of allocating the arrangement consideration. We determine ESP for a product or service by considering multiple
factors including, but not limited to, major project groupings, market conditions, competitive landscape, price list and discounting practices. Revenue allocated to
each element is then recognized when the basic revenue recognition criteria are met for each element.

When products are sold through distributors or resellers, title and risk of loss generally passes upon shipment, at which time the transaction is invoiced and the
payment is due. Shipments to distributors and resellers without right of return are recognized as revenue upon shipment, provided all other revenue recognition
criteria  are  met.  Certain  distributors  and  resellers  have  been  granted  rights  of  return  for  as  long  as  the  distributors  or  resellers  hold  the  inventory.  We  cannot
estimate historical returns from these distributors and resellers; and therefore, cannot use such estimates as the basis upon which to estimate future sales returns. As
a result, we recognize revenue from sales to these distributors and resellers when the products are sold through to retailers and end-users.

When products are sold directly to retailers or end-users, we make an estimate of sales returns based on historical experience. The provision for these estimated
returns is recorded as a reduction of revenue and accounts receivable at the time that the related revenue is recorded. If actual returns differ significantly from our
estimates, such differences could have a material impact on our results of operations for the period in which the actual returns become known.

41

Table of Contents

We record consideration given to a reseller as a reduction of revenue to the extent we have recorded cumulative revenue from the customer or reseller. However,
when we receive an identifiable benefit in exchange for the consideration and can reasonably estimate the fair value of the benefit received, the consideration is
recorded as an operating expense.

We record reimbursements  received for out-of-pocket expenses as revenue, with offsetting costs recorded as cost of revenue. Out-of-pocket expenses generally
include, but are not limited to, expenses related to transportation, lodging and meals. We record shipping and handling costs billed to customers as revenue with
offsetting costs recorded as cost of revenue.

Our  revenue  recognition  policies  require  management  to  make  significant  estimates.  Management  analyzes  various  factors,  including  a  review  of  specific
transactions,  historical  experience,  creditworthiness  of  customers  and  current  market  and  economic  conditions.  Changes  in  judgments  based  upon  these  factors
could impact the timing and amount of revenue and cost recognized and thus affects our results of operations and financial condition.

Business  Combinations.     We  determine  and  allocate  the  purchase  price  of  an  acquired  company  to  the  tangible  and  intangible  assets  acquired  and  liabilities
assumed as of the business combination date. The purchase price allocation process requires us to use significant estimates and assumptions, including fair value
estimates, as of the business acquisition date, including:

•

•

•

•

•

•

estimated fair values of intangible assets;

estimated fair market values of legal performance commitments to customers, assumed from the acquiree under existing contractual obligations (classified
as deferred revenue) at the date of acquisition;

estimated fair market values of stock awards assumed from the acquiree that are included in the purchase price;

estimated fair market value of required payments under contingent consideration provisions;

estimated income tax assets and liabilities assumed from the acquiree; and

estimated fair value of pre-acquisition contingencies assumed from the acquiree.

While we use our best estimates and assumptions to determine the fair values of assets acquired and liabilities assumed at the date of acquisition, our estimates and
assumptions  are  inherently  uncertain  and  subject  to  refinement.  As  a  result,  within  the  measurement  period,  which  is  generally  one  year  from  the  date  of
acquisition, we record adjustments to the assets acquired and liabilities assumed against goodwill in the period the amounts are determined. Adjustments identified
subsequent to the measurement period are recorded within Acquisition-related costs, net.

Although we believe the assumptions and estimates we have made in the past have been reasonable and appropriate, they are based in part on historical experience
and information obtained from the management of the acquired companies and are inherently uncertain. Examples of critical estimates in valuing certain of the
intangible assets we have acquired or may acquire in the future include but are not limited to:

•

•

•

•

future expected cash flows from software license sales, support agreements, consulting contracts, hosting services, other customer contracts and acquired
developed technologies and patents;

expected costs to develop in-process research and development projects into commercially viable products and the estimated cash flows from the projects
when completed;

the acquired company’s brand and competitive position, as well as assumptions about the period during which the acquired brand will continue to be used in
the combined company’s product portfolio; and

discount rates.

Unanticipated events and circumstances may occur which may affect the accuracy or validity of such assumptions, estimates or actual results.

In connection with the purchase price allocations for our acquisitions, we estimate the fair market value of legal performance commitments to customers, which are
classified as deferred revenue. The estimated fair market value of these obligations is determined and recorded as of the acquisition date.

42

Table of Contents

We may identify certain pre-acquisition contingencies. If, during the purchase price allocation period, we are able to determine the fair values of a pre-acquisition
contingencies, we will include that amount in the purchase price allocation. If we are unable to determine the fair value of a pre-acquisition contingency at the end
of the measurement period, we will evaluate whether to include an amount in the purchase price allocation based on whether it is probable a liability had been
incurred and whether an amount can be reasonably estimated. Subsequent to the end of the measurement period, any adjustment to amounts recorded for a pre-
acquisition contingency will be included within acquisition-related cost, net in the period in which the adjustment is determined.

Goodwill Impairment Analysis. Goodwill represents the excess of the purchase price in a business combination over the fair value of net tangible and intangible
assets acquired. Goodwill and intangible assets with indefinite lives are not amortized, but rather the carrying amounts of these assets are assessed for impairment
at least annually or whenever events or changes in circumstances indicate that the carrying value of these assets may not be recoverable. Goodwill is tested for
impairment annually on July 1, the first day of the fourth quarter of the fiscal year. In fiscal year 2017, we elected to early adopt ASU 2017-04, “Simplifying the
Test for Goodwill Impairment” for its annual goodwill impairment test. ASU 2017-04 removes Step 2 of the goodwill impairment test requiring a hypothetical
purchase  price  allocation.  Goodwill  impairment,  if  any,  is  determined  by  comparing  the  reporting  unit's  fair  value  to  its  carrying  value.  An  impairment  loss  is
recognized in an amount equal to the excess of the reporting unit's carrying value over its fair value, up to the amount of goodwill allocated to the reporting unit.
There  is  no  goodwill  impairment  for  fiscal  years  2017  and  2016.  See  Note  4  to  the  accompanying  consolidated  financial  statements  for  the  impairment  losses
recorded in fiscal year 2018.

For the purpose of testing goodwill for impairment, all goodwill acquired in a business combination is assigned to one or more reporting units. A reporting unit
represents an operating segment or a component within an operating segment for which discrete financial information is available and is regularly reviewed by
segment management for performance assessment and resource allocation. Components of similar economic characteristics are aggregated into one reporting unit
for the purpose of goodwill impairment assessment. Reporting units are identified annually and re-assessed periodically for recent acquisitions or any changes in
segment reporting structure.

Corporate  assets  and  liabilities  are  allocated  to  each  reporting  unit  based  on  the  reporting  unit’s  revenue,  total  operating  expenses  or  operating  income  as  a
percentage of the consolidated amounts. Corporate debt and other financial liabilities that are not directly attributable to the reporting unit's operations and would
not be transferred to hypothetical purchasers of the reporting units are excluded from a reporting unit's carrying amount.

The fair value of a reporting unit is generally determined using a combination of the income approach and the market approach. For the income approach, fair
value  is  determined  based  on  the  present  value  of  estimated  future  after-tax  cash  flows,  discounted  at  an  appropriate  risk-adjusted  rate.  We  use  our  internal
forecasts to estimate future after-tax cash flows and estimate the long-term growth rates based on our most recent views of the long-term outlook for each reporting
unit. Actual results may differ from those assumed in our forecasts. We derive our discount rates using a capital asset pricing model and analyzing published rates
for industries relevant to our reporting units to estimate the weighted average cost of capital. We adjust the discount rates for the risks and uncertainty inherent in
the respective businesses and in our internally developed forecasts. For the market approach, we use a valuation technique in which values are derived based on
valuation multiples of comparable publicly traded companies. We assess each valuation methodology based upon the relevance and availability of the data at the
time we perform the valuation and weight the methodologies appropriately.

Long-Lived Assets with Definite-Lives.  Our  long-lived  assets  consist  principally  of  technology,  customer  relationships,  internally  developed  software,  land,  and
building  and  equipment.  Customer  relationships  are  amortized  over  their  estimated  economic  lives  based  on  the  pattern  of  economic  benefits  expected  to  be
generated from the use of the asset. Other definite-lived assets are amortized over their estimated economic lives using the straight-line method. The remaining
useful  lives  of  long-lived  assets  are  re-assessed  periodically  at  the  asset  group  level  for  any  events  and  circumstances  that  may  change  the  future  cash  flows
expected to be generated from the long-lived asset or asset group.

43

Table of Contents

Internally developed software consists of capitalized costs incurred during the application development stage, which include costs related design of the software
configuration and interfaces, coding, installation and testing. Costs incurred during the preliminary project stage and post-implementation stage are expensed as
incurred. Internally developed software is amortized over the estimated  useful life, commencing on the date when the asset is ready for its intended use. Land,
building and equipment are stated at cost and depreciated over their estimated useful lives. Leasehold improvements are depreciated over the shorter of the related
lease term or the estimated useful life. Depreciation is computed using the straight-line method. Repair and maintenance costs are expensed as incurred. The cost
and related accumulated depreciation of sold or retired assets are removed from the accounts and any gain or loss is included in the results of operations for the
period.

Long-lived assets with definite lives are tested for impairment whenever events or changes in circumstances indicate the carrying value of a specific asset or asset
group may not be recoverable. We assess the recoverability of long-lived assets with definite-lives at the asset group level. Asset groups are determined based upon
the lowest level for which identifiable cash flows are largely independent of the cash flows of other assets and liabilities. When the asset group is also a reporting
unit, goodwill assigned to the reporting unit is also included in the carrying amount of the asset group. For the purpose of the recoverability test, we compare the
total undiscounted future cash flows from the use and disposition of the assets with its net carrying amount. When the carrying value of the asset group exceeds the
undiscounted future cash flows, the asset group is deemed to be impaired. The amount of the impairment loss represents the excess of the asset or asset group’s
carrying  value  over  its  estimated  fair  value,  which  is  generally  determined  based  upon  the  present  value  of  estimated  future  pre-tax  cash  flows  that  a  market
participant would expect from use and disposition of the long-lived asset or asset group. See Note 4 for the impairment charges recorded in fiscal year 2018.

Accounting for Stock-Based Compensation.   We recognize stock-based compensation expense over the requisite service period, based on the grant date fair value
of  the  awards  and  the  number  of  the  awards  expected  to  be  vested  based  upon  service  and  performance  conditions.  The  fair  value  of  restricted  stock  units  is
determined based on the number of shares granted and the quoted price of our common stock, and the fair value of stock options is estimated on the date of grant
using the Black-Scholes model. Determining the fair value of share-based awards at the grant date requires judgment, including estimating expected dividends,
share price volatility, forfeiture rates and the number of performance-based restricted stock units expected to be granted. If actual results differ significantly from
these estimates, the actual stock-based compensation expense may significantly differ from our estimates.

Income  Taxes.  Deferred  tax  assets  and  liabilities  are  recognized  for  the  estimated  future  tax  consequences  attributable  to  differences  between  the  financial
statement  carrying  amounts  of  assets  and  liabilities  and  their  respective  tax  bases.  This  method  also  requires  the  recognition  of  future  tax  benefits  such  as  net
operating loss carryforwards, to the extent that realization of such benefits is more likely than not after consideration of all available evidence. As the income tax
returns are not due and filed until after the completion of our annual financial reporting requirements, the amounts recorded for the current period reflect estimates
for the tax-based activity for the period. In addition, estimates are often required with respect to, among other things, the appropriate state and foreign income tax
rates  to  use,  the  potential  utilization  of  operating  loss  carry-forwards  and  valuation  allowances  required,  if  any,  for  tax  assets  that  may  not  be  realizable  in  the
future.  Tax  laws  and  tax  rates  vary  substantially  in  these  jurisdictions,  and  are  subject  to  change  given  the  political  and  economic  climate.  We  report  and  pay
income tax based on operational results and applicable law. Our tax provision contemplates tax rates currently in effect to determine both our current and deferred
tax provisions.

Any significant fluctuation in rates or changes in tax laws could cause our estimates of taxes we anticipate either paying or recovering in the future to change. Such
changes could lead to either increases or decreases in our effective tax rate.

We  have  historically  estimated  the  future  tax  consequence  of  certain  items,  including  bad  debts,  inventory  valuation,  and  accruals  that  cannot  be  deducted  for
income tax purposes until such expenses are paid or the related assets are disposed. We believe the procedures and estimates used in our accounting for income
taxes are reasonable and in accordance with established tax law. The income tax estimates used have not resulted in material adjustments to income tax expense in
subsequent periods when the estimates are adjusted to the actual filed tax return amounts.

Deferred tax assets and liabilities are measured using enacted tax rates expected to apply to taxable income in the fiscal years in which those temporary differences
are expected to be recovered or settled. With respect to earnings expected to be indefinitely reinvested offshore, we do not accrue tax for the repatriation of such
foreign earnings.

We  regularly  review  our  deferred  tax  assets  for  recoverability  considering  historical  profitability,  projected  future  taxable  income,  the  expected  timing  of  the
reversals of existing temporary differences  and tax planning strategies. In assessing the need for a valuation allowance,  we consider both positive and negative
evidence related to the likelihood of realization of the deferred tax assets. The weight given to the positive and negative evidence is commensurate with the extent
to which the evidence may be objectively verified. If positive evidence regarding projected future taxable income, exclusive of reversing taxable temporary

44

Table of Contents

differences, existed it would be difficult for it to outweigh objective negative evidence of recent financial reporting losses. Generally, cumulative loss in recent
years is a significant piece of negative evidence that is difficult to overcome in determining that a valuation allowance is not needed.

As of September 30, 2018 , we have $183.3 million of valuation allowances recorded against all U.S. deferred tax assets and certain foreign deferred tax assets. If
we are subsequently able to utilize all or a portion of the deferred tax assets for which the remaining valuation allowance has been established, then we may be
required to recognize these deferred tax assets through the reduction of the valuation allowance which could result in a material benefit to our results of operations
in the period in which the benefit is determined.

We  recognize  tax  benefits  from  uncertain  tax  positions  only  if  it  is  more  likely  than  not  that  the  tax  position  will  be  sustained  on  examination  by  the  taxing
authorities, based on the technical merits of the position. The tax benefits recognized in the financial statements from such positions are then measured based on
the largest benefit which is more likely than not to be realized upon ultimate settlement.

Loss Contingencies.   We are subject to legal proceedings, lawsuits and other claims relating to labor, service and other matters arising in the ordinary course of
business, as discussed in Note  16 of Notes to our Consolidated Financial Statements. On a quarterly basis, we review the status of each significant matter and
assess our potential financial exposure. If the potential loss from any claim or legal proceeding is considered probable and the amount can be reasonably estimated,
we  accrue  a  liability  for  the  estimated  loss.  Significant  judgments  are  required  for  the  determination  of  probability  and  the  range  of  the  outcomes.  Due  to  the
inherent  uncertainties,  estimates  are  based  only  on  the  best  information  available  at  the  time.  Actual  outcomes  may  differ  from  our  estimates.  As  additional
information becomes available, we reassess the potential liability related to our pending claims and litigation and may revise our estimates. Such revisions may
have a material impact on our results of operations and financial position.

See Note 2 to the accompanying consolidated financial statements for a description of recently adopted accounting standards.

RECENTLY ADOPTED ACCOUNTING STANDARDS

See Note 2 to the accompanying consolidated financial statements for a description of certain issued accounting standards that have not been adopted and may
impact our financial statements in future reporting periods.

ISSUED ACCOUNTING STANDARDS NOT YET ADOPTED

Item 7A. 

Quantitative
and
Qualitative
Disclosures
about
Market
Risk

We  are  exposed  to  market  risk from  changes  in  foreign  currency  exchange  rates,  interest  rates  and  equity  prices  which  could  affect  operating  results,  financial
position and cash flows. We manage our exposure to these market risks through our regular operating and financing activities and, when appropriate, through the
use of derivative financial instruments.

Exchange Rate Sensitivity

We are exposed to changes in foreign currency exchange rates. Any foreign currency transaction, defined as a transaction denominated in a currency other than the
local functional currency, will be reported in the functional currency at the applicable exchange rate in effect at the time of the transaction. A change in the value of
the functional currency compared to the foreign currency of the transaction will have either a positive or negative impact on our financial position and results of
operations.

Assets and liabilities of our foreign entities are translated into U.S. dollars at exchange rates in effect at the balance sheet date and income and expense items are
translated at average rates for the applicable period. Therefore, the change in the value of the U.S. dollar compared to foreign currencies will have either a positive
or negative effect on our financial position and results of operations. Historically, our primary exposure has related to transactions denominated in the euro, British
pound, Brazilian real, Canadian dollar, Japanese yen, Indian rupee and Hungarian forint.

A hypothetical change of 10% in appreciation or depreciation in foreign currency exchange rates from the quoted foreign currency exchange rates at September 30,
2018 would not have a material impact on our revenue, operating results or cash flows in the coming year.

45

Table of Contents

Periodically, we enter into forward exchange contracts to hedge against foreign currency fluctuations. These contracts may or may not be designated as cash flow
hedges for accounting purposes. We have in place a program which primarily uses forward contracts to offset the risks associated with foreign currency exposures
that arise from transactions denominated in currencies other than the functional currencies of our worldwide operations. The program is designed so that increases
or decreases in our foreign currency exposures are offset by gains or losses on the foreign currency forward contracts. The outstanding contracts are not designated
as  cash  flow  hedges  and  generally  are  for  periods  less  than  90  days.  The  notional  contract  amount  of  outstanding  foreign  currency  exchange  contracts  not
designated  as  cash  flow  hedges  was  $117.1 million at September  30, 2018  .  Based  on  the  nature  of  the  transactions  for  which  the  contracts  were  purchased,  a
hypothetical change of 10% in exchange rates would not have a material impact on our financial results.

Interest Rate Sensitivity

We are exposed to interest rate risk as a result of our cash and cash equivalents and marketable securities.

At September 30, 2018 , we held approximately $473.5 million of cash and cash equivalents and marketable securities consisting of cash, money-market funds,
bank deposits and a separately managed investment portfolio. Assuming a one percentage point increase in interest rates, our interest income on our investments
classified  as  cash  and  cash  equivalents  and  marketable  securities  would  increase  by  approximately  $3.7  million  per  annum,  based  on  the  September  30,  2018
reported balances of our investment accounts.

At September 30, 2018 , we had no outstanding debt exposed to variable interest rates.

Convertible
Debentures

The fair values of our convertible debentures are dependent on the price and volatility of our common stock as well as movements in interest rates. The fair market
values of these debentures will generally increase as the market price of our common stock increases and will decrease as the market price of our common stock
decreases. The fair market values of these debentures will generally increase as interest rates fall and decrease as interest rates rise. The market value and interest
rate changes affect the fair market values of these debentures, but do not impact our financial position, results of operations or cash flows due to the fixed nature of
the  debt  obligations.  However,  increases  in  the  value  of  our  common  stock  above  the  stated  trigger  price  for  each  issuance  for  a  specified  period  of  time  may
provide the holders of these debentures the right to convert each bond using a conversion ratio and payment method as defined in the debenture agreement.

The following tables summarizes the fair value and conversion value of our convertible debentures, and the estimated increase in the fair value and conversion
value with a hypothetical 10% increase in the stock price of $17.32 as of September 30, 2018 (dollars in millions):

2.75% 2031 Debentures

1.5% 2035 Debentures

1.0% 2035 Debentures

1.25 % 2025 Debentures

Item 8.

Financial
Statements
and
Supplementary
Data

Nuance Communications, Inc. Consolidated Financial Statements

46

September 30, 2018

Conversion
value
$25.0

$196.5

$430.4

$272.9

Increase to
fair value
$0.1

$9.7

$19.9

$19.1

Increase to
conversion
value
$2.5

$19.7

$43.0

$27.3

Fair value
$46.4

$267.8

$634.1

$361.0

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Table of Contents

NUANCE COMMUNICATIONS, INC.
INDEX TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

Reports of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm

Consolidated Statements of Operations

Consolidated Statements of Comprehensive Loss

Consolidated Balance Sheets

Consolidated Statements of Stockholders’ Equity

Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

47

Page
48

50

51

52

53

54

55

 
REPORT OF INDEPENDENT REGISTERED PUBLIC ACCOUNTING FIRM

Stockholders and Board of Directors
Nuance Communications, Inc.
Burlington, Massachusetts

Opinion on the Consolidated Financial Statements

We have audited the accompanying consolidated balance sheets of Nuance Communications, Inc. (the “Company”) and subsidiaries as of September 30, 2018 and
2017 , the related  consolidated  statements  of operations  and  comprehensive  loss, stockholders’  equity,  and  cash flows  for  each  of the  three  years  in the  period
ended September 30, 2018 , and the related notes (collectively referred to as the “consolidated financial statements”). In our opinion, the consolidated financial
statements present fairly, in all material respects, the financial position of the Company and subsidiaries at September 30, 2018 and 2017 , and the results of their
operations and their cash flows for each of the three years in the period ended September 30, 2018 , in conformity with accounting principles generally accepted in
the United States of America.

We also have audited, in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States) (“PCAOB”), the Company's internal
control  over  financial  reporting  as  of  September  30,  2018  ,  based  on  criteria  established  in  Internal  Control  -  Integrated  Framework  (2013)  issued  by  the
Committee  of  Sponsoring  Organizations  of  the  Treadway  Commission  (“COSO”)  and  our  report  dated  November  20,  2018  expressed  an  unqualified  opinion
thereon.

Basis for Opinion

These  consolidated  financial  statements  are  the  responsibility  of  the  Company’s  management.  Our  responsibility  is  to  express  an  opinion  on  the  Company’s
consolidated  financial  statements  based  on  our  audits.  We  are  a  public  accounting  firm  registered  with  the  PCAOB”  and  are  required  to  be  independent  with
respect to the Company in accordance with the U.S. federal securities laws and the applicable rules and regulations of the Securities and Exchange Commission
and the PCAOB.

We  conducted  our  audits  in  accordance  with  the  standards  of  the  PCAOB.  Those  standards  require  that  we  plan  and  perform  the  audit  to  obtain  reasonable
assurance about whether the consolidated financial statements are free of material misstatement, whether due to error or fraud.

Our audits included performing procedures to assess the risks of material misstatement of the consolidated financial statements, whether due to error or fraud, and
performing  procedures  that  respond  to those risks. Such procedures  included  examining,  on a test  basis, evidence  regarding  the  amounts  and disclosures  in the
consolidated financial statements. Our audits also included evaluating the accounting principles used and significant estimates made by management, as well as
evaluating the overall presentation of the consolidated financial statements. We believe that our audits provide a reasonable basis for our opinion.

We have served as the Company's auditor since 2004.

Boston, Massachusetts
November 20, 2018

BDO USA, LLP

48

 
 
 
REPORT OF INDEPENDENT REGISTERED PUBLIC ACCOUNTING FIRM

Stockholders and Board of Directors
Nuance Communications, Inc.
Burlington, Massachusetts

Opinion on Internal Control over Financial Reporting

We  have  audited  Nuance  Communication,  Inc.’s  (the  “Company’s”)  internal  control  over  financial  reporting  as  of  September  30,  2018  ,  based  on  criteria
established in Internal Control - Integrated Framework (2013) issued by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission (the “COSO
criteria”). In our opinion, the Company maintained, in all material respects, effective internal control over financial reporting as of September 30, 2018 based on
the COSO criteria.

We also have audited, in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States) (“PCAOB”), the consolidated balance
sheets of the Company as of September 30, 2018 and 2017 , the related consolidated statements of operations and comprehensive loss, stockholders’ equity, and
cash  flows  for  each  of  the  three  years  in  the  period  ended  September  30, 2018  ,  and  the  related  notes  and  our  report  dated  November  20,  2018  expressed an
unqualified opinion thereon.

Basis for Opinion

The Company’s management is responsible for maintaining effective internal control over financial reporting and for its assessment of the effectiveness of internal
control over financial reporting, included in the accompanying Item 9A, Management’s Report on Internal Control over Financial Reporting. Our responsibility is
to express an opinion on the Company’s internal control over financial reporting based on our audit. We are a public accounting firm registered with the PCAOB
and are required to be independent with respect to the Company in accordance with U.S. federal securities laws and the applicable rules and regulations of the
Securities and Exchange Commission and the PCAOB.

We  conducted  our  audit  of  internal  control  over  financial  reporting  in  accordance  with  the  standards  of  the  PCAOB. Those  standards  require  that  we plan  and
perform the audit to obtain reasonable assurance about whether effective internal control over financial reporting was maintained in all material respects. Our audit
included obtaining an understanding of internal control over financial reporting, assessing the risk that a material weakness exists, and testing and evaluating the
design  and  operating  effectiveness  of  internal  control  based  on  the  assessed  risk.  Our  audit  also  included  performing  such  other  procedures  as  we  considered
necessary in the circumstances. We believe that our audit provides a reasonable basis for our opinion.

Definition and Limitations of Internal Control over Financial Reporting
A company’s internal control over financial reporting is a process designed to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the
preparation of financial statements for external purposes in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles. A company’s internal control over financial
reporting  includes  those  policies  and  procedures  that  (1)  pertain  to  the  maintenance  of  records  that,  in  reasonable  detail,  accurately  and  fairly  reflect  the
transactions and dispositions of the assets of the company; (2) provide reasonable assurance that transactions are recorded as necessary to permit preparation of
financial  statements  in  accordance  with  generally  accepted  accounting  principles,  and  that  receipts  and  expenditures  of  the  company  are  being  made  only  in
accordance with authorizations of management and directors of the company; and (3) provide reasonable assurance regarding prevention or timely detection of
unauthorized acquisition, use, or disposition of the company’s assets that could have a material effect on the financial statements.

Because  of  its  inherent  limitations,  internal  control  over  financial  reporting  may  not  prevent  or  detect  misstatements.  Also,  projections  of  any  evaluation  of
effectiveness to future periods are subject to the risk that controls may become inadequate because of changes in conditions, or that the degree of compliance with
the policies or procedures may deteriorate.

Boston, Massachusetts
November 20, 2018

BDO USA, LLP

49

 
 
 
Table of Contents

NUANCE COMMUNICATIONS, INC.
CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF OPERATIONS

Revenues:

Professional services and hosting

Product and licensing

Maintenance and support

Total revenues

Cost of revenues:

Professional services and hosting

Product and licensing

Maintenance and support

Amortization of intangible assets

Total cost of revenues

Gross profit

Operating expenses:

Research and development

Sales and marketing

General and administrative

Amortization of intangible assets

Acquisition-related costs, net

Restructuring and other charges, net

Impairment of goodwill and other intangible assets

Total operating expenses

(Loss) income from operations

Other income (expense):

Interest income

Interest expense

Other expense, net

(Loss) income before income taxes

(Benefit) provision for income taxes

Net loss

Net loss per share:

Basic

Diluted

Weighted average common shares outstanding:

Basic

Diluted

Year Ended September 30,

2018

2017

2016

(In thousands, except per share amounts)

$

1,049,448   $

976,893   $

684,230  

317,983  

635,391  

327,078  

955,329

669,227

324,347

2,051,661  

1,939,362  

1,948,903

681,516  

77,086  

58,095  

56,873  

873,570  

1,178,091  

305,323  

388,305  

229,774  

91,093  

16,101  

63,498  

170,941  

1,265,035  

(86,944)  

9,327  

(137,253)  

(1,865)  

(216,735)  

(56,807)  

660,849  

74,004  

54,094  

64,853  

853,800  

1,085,562  

266,097  

398,130  

166,677  

113,895  

27,740  

61,054  

—  

1,033,593  

51,969  

6,922  

(156,889)  

(21,017)  

(119,015)  

31,981  

$

$

$

(159,928)   $

(150,996)   $

(0.55)   $

(0.55)   $

(0.52)   $

(0.52)   $

291,318  

291,318  

289,348  

289,348  

626,168

86,379

54,077

62,876

829,500

1,119,403

271,130

390,866

168,473

108,021

17,166

25,224

—

980,880

138,523

4,438

(132,732)

(8,490)

1,739

14,197

(12,458)

(0.04)

(0.04)

292,129

292,129

See accompanying notes.

50

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Table of Contents

NUANCE COMMUNICATIONS, INC.
CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF COMPREHENSIVE LOSS

Net loss

Other comprehensive income (loss):

Foreign currency translation adjustment

Pension adjustments

Unrealized (loss) gain on marketable securities

Total other comprehensive (loss) income, net

Comprehensive loss

Year Ended September 30,

2018

2017

(In thousands)

2016

$

(159,928)   $

(150,996)   $

(12,458)

(23,973)  

2,644  

(192)  

(21,521)  

13,027  

1,774  

(9)  

14,792  

2,421

(1,741)

131

811

$

(181,449)   $

(136,204)   $

(11,647)

See accompanying notes.

51

 
 
 
 
 
 
   
   
Table of Contents

NUANCE COMMUNICATIONS, INC.
CONSOLIDATED BALANCE SHEETS

Current assets:

Cash and cash equivalents

Marketable securities

Accounts receivable, less allowances for doubtful accounts of $11,724 and $14,333

ASSETS

Prepaid expenses and other current assets

Total current assets

Marketable securities

Land, building and equipment, net

Goodwill

Intangible assets, net

Other assets

Total assets

Current liabilities:

Current portion of long-term debt

Contingent and deferred acquisition payments

LIABILITIES AND STOCKHOLDERS’ EQUITY

Accounts payable (including $416 due to a related party as of September 30, 2018, as more fully described in Note

19)

Accrued expenses and other current liabilities

Deferred revenue

Total current liabilities

Long-term debt

Deferred revenue, net of current portion

Deferred tax liabilities

Other liabilities

Total liabilities

Commitments and contingencies (Note 16)

Stockholders’ equity:

Common stock, $0.001 par value per share; 560,000 shares authorized; 291,504 and 293,938 shares issued and

287,753 and 290,187 shares outstanding, respectively

Additional paid-in capital

Treasury stock, at cost (3,751 shares)

Accumulated other comprehensive loss

Accumulated deficit

Total stockholders’ equity

Total liabilities and stockholders’ equity

See accompanying notes.

52

September 30, 2018

  September 30, 2017

(In thousands, except
per share amounts)

$

315,963   $

135,579  

378,832  

98,257  

928,631  

21,932  

155,894  

3,504,457  

549,508  

141,957  

592,299

251,981

395,392

88,269

1,327,941

29,844

176,548

3,590,608

664,474

142,508

$

$

5,302,379   $

5,931,923

—   $

14,211  

84,516  

281,644  

383,793  

764,164  

2,185,361  

489,177  

49,931  

96,250  

376,121

28,860

94,604

245,901

366,042

1,111,528

2,241,283

423,929

131,320

92,481

3,584,883  

4,000,541

291  

294

2,597,693  

2,629,245

(16,788)  

(122,863)  

(740,837)  

1,717,496  

$

5,302,379   $

(16,788)

(101,342)

(580,027)

1,931,382

5,931,923

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Table of Contents

NUANCE COMMUNICATIONS, INC.
CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF STOCKHOLDERS’ EQUITY

Common Stock

Shares

  Amount  

  Additional
Paid-In
Capital

Treasury Stock
  Shares   Amount

  Accumulated    
Other
Comprehensive
Loss

Accumulated
Deficit

Total
Stockholders'
Equity

Balance at September 30, 2015

313,531   $

(In thousands)
314   $2,815,244   3,751   $(16,788)   $

(116,945)   $ (416,573)   $ 2,265,252

Issuance of common stock under employee
stock plans

Cancellation of restricted stock, and
repurchase of common stock at cost for
employee tax withholding

Stock-based compensation

Repurchase and retirement of common
stock

Net issuance of common stock in
connection with acquisitions and
collaboration agreements

Equity portion of convertible debt
issuance/retirement, net of tax effect

Net loss

Other comprehensive loss

11,131  

11  

16,839  

—  

—  

—  

—  

16,850

(3,619)  

—  

(4)  

—  

(68,666)  

162,884  

—  

—  

—  

—  

(35,753)  

(36)  

(698,658)  

—  

—  

—  

—  

—  

—  

—  

(68,670)

162,884

—  

(698,694)

6,094  

6  

89,785  

—  

—  

—  

—  

89,791

—  

—  

—  

—  

—  

—  

175,564  

—  

—  

—  

—  

—  

—  

—  

—  

—  

—  

811  

—  

175,564

(12,458)  

(12,458)

—  

811

Balance at September 30, 2016

291,384  

291   2,492,992   3,751  

(16,788)  

(116,134)  

(429,031)  

1,931,330

Issuance of common stock under employee
stock plans

Cancellation of restricted stock, and
repurchase of common stock at cost for
employee tax withholding

Stock-based compensation

Repurchase and retirement of common
stock

Net issuance of common stock in
connection with acquisitions and charitable
contributions

Equity portion of convertible debt
issuance/retirement, net of tax effect

Net loss

Other comprehensive income

10,709  

11  

17,372  

—  

—  

—  

—  

17,383

(3,377)  

—  

(3)  

—  

(55,129)  

160,575  

—  

—  

—  

—  

(5,797)  

(6)  

(99,071)  

—  

—  

1,019  

1  

16,346  

—  

—  

—  

—  

—  

—  

—  

—  

96,160  

—  

—  

—  

—  

—  

—  

—  

—  

—  

—  

—  

—  

—  

—  

—  

—  

(55,132)

160,575

—  

(99,077)

—  

16,347

—  

96,160

(150,996)  

(150,996)

14,792  

—  

14,792

Balance at September 30, 2017

293,938  

294   2,629,245   3,751  

(16,788)  

(101,342)  

(580,027)  

1,931,382

Prior period adjustment related to early
adoption of ASU 2016-16

Issuance of common stock under employee
stock plans

Cancellation of restricted stock, and
repurchase of common stock at cost for
employee tax withholding

Stock-based compensation

Repurchase and retirement of common
stock

Net loss

Other comprehensive income

—  

—    

—  

—  

—  

(882)  

(882)

10,568  

10  

18,374  

—  

—  

—  

—  

18,384

(3,304)  

—  

(3)  

—  

(52,333)  

138,487  

(9,698)  

(10)  

(136,080)  

—  

—  

—  

—  

—  

—  

—  

—  

—  

—  

—  

—  

—  

—  

—  

—  

—  

—  

—  

—  

—  

—  

(52,336)

138,487

—  

(136,090)

(159,928)  

(159,928)

(21,521)  

—  

(21,521)

Balance at September 30, 2018

291,504   $

291   $2,597,693   3,751   $(16,788)   $

(122,863)   $ (740,837)   $ 1,717,496

See accompanying notes.

53

 
 
   
   
   
   
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Table of Contents

NUANCE COMMUNICATIONS, INC.
CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS

Cash flows from operating activities:

Net loss

Adjustments to reconcile net loss to net cash provided by operating activities:

Depreciation and amortization

Stock-based compensation

Non-cash interest expense

Deferred tax (benefit) provision

(Gain) loss on extinguishment of debt

Impairment of goodwill and other intangible assets

Impairment of fixed assets

Other

Changes in operating assets and liabilities, excluding effects of acquisitions:

Accounts receivable

Prepaid expenses and other assets

Accounts payable

Accrued expenses and other liabilities

Deferred revenue

Net cash provided by operating activities

Cash flows from investing activities:

Capital expenditures

Payments for business and technology acquisitions, net of cash acquired (including cash payments of

$5,725 to a related party for fiscal 2018, see Note 19)

Purchases of marketable securities and other investments

Proceeds from sales and maturities of marketable securities and other investments

Net cash used in investing activities

Cash flows from financing activities:

Repayment and redemption of debt

Proceeds from issuance of long-term debt, net of issuance costs

Payments for repurchase of common stock

Acquisition payments with extended payment terms

Proceeds from issuance of common stock from employee stock plans

Payments for taxes related to net share settlement of equity awards

Other financing activities

Net cash (used in) provided by financing activities

Effects of exchange rate changes on cash and cash equivalents

Net (decrease) increase in cash and cash equivalents

Cash and cash equivalents at beginning of year

Cash and cash equivalents at end of year

Year Ended September 30,

2018

2017

(In thousands)

2016

$

(159,928)   $

(150,996)   $

(12,458)

210,316  

150,785  

49,091  

(87,217)  

(348)  

170,941  

10,550  

2,230  

19,641  

(20,389)  

(14,315)  

26,847  

86,222  

444,426  

234,413  

154,272  

59,295  

4,855  

18,565  

—  

16,351  

8,403  

(6,349)  

(14,661)  

(1,207)  

9,040  

46,886  

378,867  

231,474

163,828

47,105

(12,014)

4,851

—

2,480

(3,055)

25,450

(9,645)

38,206

27,826

61,747

565,795

(48,845)  

(61,835)  

(54,883)

(110,170)  

(201,995)  

323,695  

(37,315)  

(481,172)  

—  

(136,090)  

(24,842)  

18,384  

(55,396)  

(1,232)  

(680,348)  

(3,099)  

(276,336)  

592,299  

(113,769)  

(332,470)  

173,864  

(334,210)  

(634,055)  

837,482  

(99,077)  

—  

17,383  

(54,099)  

(583)  

67,051  

(1,029)  

110,679  

481,620  

$

315,963   $

592,299   $

(172,763)

(117,640)

82,285

(263,001)

(511,844)

959,358

(699,472)

—

16,850

(68,636)

(1,371)

(305,115)

4,492

2,171

479,449

481,620

See accompanying notes.

54

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Table of Contents

1. Organization and Presentation

NUANCE COMMUNICATIONS, INC.
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

Nuance Communications, Inc. (“we,” “Nuance,” or “the Company”) is a leading provider of voice recognition and natural language understanding solutions. We
work with companies around the world, from banks and hospitals to airlines, telecommunications carriers, and automotive manufacturers and suppliers, who use
our  solutions  and  technologies  to  create  better  experiences  for  their  customers  and  their  users  by  enhancing  the  users'  experience,  increasing  productivity  and
customer  satisfaction.  We  offer  our  customers  high  accuracy  in  automated  speech  recognition,  capabilities  for  natural  language  understanding,  dialog  and
information  management,  biometric  speaker  authentication,  text-to-speech,  optical  character  recognition  capabilities,  and  domain  knowledge,  along  with
professional services and implementation support. Using advanced analytics and algorithms, our technologies create personalized experiences and transform the
way  people  interact  with  information  and  the  technology  around  them.  We  market  and  sell  our  solutions  and  technologies  around  the  world  directly  through  a
dedicated sales force, through our e-commerce website and also through a global network of resellers, including system integrators, independent software vendors,
value-added  resellers,  distributors,  hardware  vendors,  and  telecommunications  carriers.  We  have  five  reportable  segments:  Healthcare,  Enterprise,  Automotive,
Imaging and Other. See Note 20 for a description of each of these segments.

2. Summary of Significant Accounting Policies

Use
of
Estimates

The consolidated financial statements are prepared in accordance with United States ("U.S.") generally accepted accounting principles ("GAAP"), which requires
management to make estimates and assumptions. These estimates, judgments and assumptions can affect the reported amounts in the financial statements and the
footnotes  thereto.  Actual  results  could  differ  materially  from  these  estimates.  On  an  ongoing  basis,  we  evaluate  our  estimates,  assumptions  and  judgments.
Significant  estimates  inherent  to  the  preparation  of  financial  statements  include:  revenue  recognition;  the  allowances  for  doubtful  accounts  and  sales  returns;
accounting for deferred costs; accounting for internally developed software; the valuation of goodwill and intangible assets; accounting for business combinations,
including  contingent  consideration;  accounting  for  stock-based  compensation;  accounting  for  derivative  instruments;  accounting  for  income  taxes  and  related
valuation allowances; and loss contingencies. We base our estimates on historical experience, market participant fair value considerations, projected future cash
flows, and various other factors that are believed to be reasonable under the circumstances. Actual amounts could differ significantly from these estimates.

Basis
of
Consolidation

The  consolidated  financial  statements  include  our  accounts  and  those  of  our  wholly-owned  domestic  and  foreign  subsidiaries.  Intercompany  transactions  and
balances have been eliminated.

Revenue
Recognition

We derive revenue from the following sources: (1) software license agreements, including royalty and other usage-based arrangements, (2) professional services,
(3)  hosting  services  and  (4)  post-contract  customer  support  ("PCS").  Our  hosting  services  are  generally  provided  through  on-demand,  usage-based  or  per
transaction fee arrangements. Generally, we recognize revenue when (i) persuasive evidence of an arrangement exists, (ii) delivery has occurred, (iii) the fee is
fixed or determinable and (iv) collectibility is probable. Our revenue recognition policies for these revenue streams are discussed below.

The sale and/or  license  of software  solutions and technology  is deemed  to have occurred  when a customer  either  has taken possession of or has access to take
immediate possession of the software or technology. In select situations, we sell or license intellectual property in conjunction with, or in place of, embedding our
intellectual property in software. We also have non-software arrangements including hosting services where the customer does not take possession of the software
at the outset of the arrangement either because they have no contractual right to do so or because significant penalties preclude them from doing so.

Revenue from royalties on sales of our software products by original equipment manufacturers  (“OEMs”), where no services are included, is recognized in the
quarter earned so long as we have been notified by the OEM that such royalties are due, and provided that all other revenue recognition criteria are met.

Software arrangements generally include PCS, which includes telephone support and the right to receive unspecified upgrades/enhancements on a when-and-if-
available basis, typically for one to five years. Revenue from PCS is generally recognized ratably on a straight-line basis over the term that the maintenance service
is  provided.  When  PCS  renews  automatically,  we  provide  a  reserve  based  on  historical  experience  for  contracts  expected  to  be  canceled  for  non-payment.  All
known and estimated cancellations are recorded as a reduction to revenue and accounts receivable.

55

Table of Contents

NUANCE COMMUNICATIONS, INC.
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)

For our software and software-related multiple element arrangements, where customers purchase both software related products and software related services, we
use vendor-specific objective evidence (“VSOE”) of fair value for software and software-related services to separate the elements and account for them separately.
VSOE exists when a company can support the fair value of its software and/or software-related services based on evidence of the prices charged when the same
elements are sold separately. For the undelivered elements, VSOE of fair value is required in order to separate the accounting for various elements in a software
and related services arrangement. We have established VSOE of fair value for the majority of our PCS, professional services, and training.

When we provide professional services considered essential to the functionality of the software, we recognize revenue from the professional services as well as any
related software licenses on a percentage-of-completion basis whereby the arrangement consideration is recognized as the services are performed, as measured by
an observable input. In these circumstances, we separate license revenue from professional service revenue for income statement presentation by allocating VSOE
of fair value of the professional  services as professional services  and hosting revenue and the residual portion as product and licensing  revenue  . We generally
determine  the  percentage-of-completion  by  comparing  the  labor  hours  incurred  to-date  to  the  estimated  total  labor  hours  required  to  complete  the  project.  We
consider labor hours to be the most reliable, available measure of progress on these projects. Adjustments to estimates to complete are made in the periods in which
facts  resulting  in  a  change  become  known.  When  the  estimate  indicates  that  a  loss  will  be  incurred,  such  loss  is  recorded  in  the  period  identified.  Significant
judgments and estimates are involved in determining the percentage of completion of each contract. Different assumptions could yield materially different results.

We offer some of our products via a Software-as-a-Service ("SaaS") model also known as a hosting model. In this type of arrangement, we are compensated in
three ways: (1) fees for up-front setup of the service environment, (2) fees charged on a usage or per transaction basis, and (3) fees charged for on-demand service.
Our up-front setup fees are nonrefundable. We recognize the up-front setup fees ratably over the longer of the contract lives or the expected lives of the customer
relationships. The usage-based or per transaction fees are due and payable as each individual transaction is processed through the hosting service and is recognized
as revenue in the period the services are provided. The on-demand service fees are recognized ratably over our estimate of the useful life of devices on which the
hosting service is provided.

We  enter  into  multiple-element  arrangements  that  may  include  a  combination  of  our  various  software  related  and  non-software  related  products  and  services
offerings including software licenses, PCS, professional services, and our hosting services. In such arrangements, we allocate total arrangement consideration to
software or software-related elements and any non-software element separately based on the selling price hierarchy group following our policies. Where possible,
we determine the selling price for each deliverable using VSOE of selling price, if it exists, or Third Party Evidence (“TPE”) of selling price. Typically, we are
unable to determine TPE of selling price.  Therefore, when neither  VSOE nor TPE of selling  price exist for a deliverable,  we use our Estimate of Selling Price
(“ESP”) for the purposes of allocating the arrangement consideration. We determine ESP for a product or service by considering multiple factors including, but not
limited  to,  major  project  groupings,  market  conditions,  competitive  landscape,  price  list  and  discounting  practices.  Revenue  allocated  to  each  element  is  then
recognized when the basic revenue recognition criteria are met for each element.

When products are sold through distributors or resellers, title and risk of loss generally passes upon shipment, at which time the transaction is invoiced and the
payment is due. Shipments to distributors and resellers without right of return are recognized as revenue upon shipment, provided all other revenue recognition
criteria are met. Certain distributors and resellers have been granted rights of return for as long as the distributors or resellers hold the inventory. We cannot use
historical returns from these distributors and resellers as a basis upon which to estimate future sales returns. As a result, we recognize revenue from sales to these
distributors and resellers when the products are sold through to retailers and end-users.

When products are sold directly to retailers or end-users, we make an estimate of sales returns based on historical experience. The provision for these estimated
returns is recorded as a reduction of revenue and accounts receivable at the time that the related revenue is recorded. If actual returns differ significantly from our
estimates, such differences could have a material impact on our results of operations for the period in which the actual returns become known.

We record consideration given to a reseller as a reduction of revenue to the extent we have recorded cumulative revenue from the customer or reseller. However,
when we receive an identifiable benefit in exchange for the consideration, and can reasonably estimate the fair value of the benefit received, the consideration is
recorded as an operating expense.

56

Table of Contents

NUANCE COMMUNICATIONS, INC.
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)

We record reimbursements  received for out-of-pocket expenses as revenue, with offsetting costs recorded as cost of revenue. Out-of-pocket expenses generally
include, but are not limited to, expenses related to transportation, lodging and meals. We record shipping and handling costs billed to customers as revenue with
offsetting costs recorded as cost of revenue.

Business
Combinations

We  determine  and  allocate  the  purchase  price  of  an  acquired  company  to  the  tangible  and  intangible  assets  acquired  and  liabilities  assumed  as  of  the  date  of
acquisition.  Results  of  operations  and  cash  flows  of  acquired  companies  are  included  in  our  operating  results  from  the  date  of  acquisition.  The  purchase  price
allocation process requires us to use significant estimates and assumptions, which include:

•

•

•

•

•

•

estimated fair values of intangible assets;

estimated  fair  values  of  legal  performance  commitments  to  customers,  assumed  from  the  acquiree  under  existing  contractual  obligations  (classified  as
deferred revenue);

estimated fair values of stock awards assumed from the acquiree that are included in the purchase price;

estimated fair value of required payments under contingent consideration provisions;

estimated income tax assets and liabilities assumed from the acquiree; and

estimated fair value of pre-acquisition contingencies assumed from the acquiree.

The fair value of any contingent consideration is established at the acquisition date and included in the total purchase price. The contingent consideration is then
adjusted  to  fair  value,  with  any  measurement-period  adjustment  recorded  against  goodwill.  Adjustments  identified  subsequent  to  the  measurement  period  are
recorded within Acquisition-related costs, net.

While we use our best estimates and assumptions as part of the purchase price allocation process to accurately value assets acquired and liabilities assumed at the
business combination date, our estimates and assumptions are inherently uncertain and subject to refinement. As a result, during the measurement period, which is
generally one year from the acquisition date, any adjustment to the assets acquired and liabilities assumed is recorded against goodwill in the period in which the
amount  is  determined.  Any  adjustment  identified  subsequent  to  the  measurement  period  is  included  in  operating  results  in  the  period  in  which  the  amount  is
determined.

Goodwill

Goodwill represents the excess of the purchase price in a business combination over the fair value of net tangible and intangible assets acquired. Goodwill and
intangible assets with indefinite lives are not amortized, but rather the carrying amounts of these assets are assessed for impairment at least annually or whenever
events or changes in circumstances indicate that the carrying value of these assets may not be recoverable. Goodwill is tested for impairment annually on July 1,
the first day of the fourth quarter of the fiscal year. In fiscal year 2017, we elected to early adopt ASU 2017-04, “Simplifying the Test for Goodwill Impairment”
for its annual goodwill impairment test. ASU 2017-04 removes Step 2 of the goodwill impairment test requiring a hypothetical purchase price allocation. Goodwill
impairment, if any, is determined by comparing the reporting unit's fair value to its carrying value. An impairment loss is recognized in an amount equal to the
excess of the reporting unit's carrying value over its fair value, up to the amount of goodwill allocated to the reporting unit. There is no goodwill impairment for
fiscal years 2017 and 2016. See Note 4 for the impairment charges recorded in fiscal year 2018.

For the purpose of testing goodwill for impairment, all goodwill acquired in a business combination is assigned to one or more reporting units. A reporting unit
represents an operating segment or a component within an operating segment for which discrete financial information is available and is regularly reviewed by
segment management for performance assessment and resource allocation. Components of similar economic characteristics are aggregated into one reporting unit
for the purpose of goodwill impairment assessment. Reporting units are identified annually and re-assessed periodically for recent acquisitions or any changes in
segment reporting structure.

Corporate  assets  and  liabilities  are  allocated  to  each  reporting  unit  based  on  the  reporting  unit’  revenue,  total  operating  expenses  or  operating  income  as  a
percentage of the consolidated amounts. Corporate debt and other financial liabilities that are not directly attributable to the reporting unit's operations and would
not be transferred to hypothetical purchasers of the reporting units are excluded from a reporting unit's carrying amount.

The fair value of a reporting unit is generally determined using a combination of the income approach and the market approach. For the income approach, fair
value is determined based on the present value of estimated future after-tax cash flows, discounted

57

Table of Contents

NUANCE COMMUNICATIONS, INC.
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)

at an appropriate risk-adjusted rate. We use our internal forecasts to estimate future after-tax cash flows and estimate the long-term growth rates based on our most
recent views of the long-term outlook for each reporting unit. Actual results may differ from those assumed in our forecasts. We derive our discount rates using a
capital asset pricing model and analyzing published rates for industries relevant to our reporting units to estimate the weighted average cost of capital. We adjust
the discount rates for the risks and uncertainty inherent in the respective businesses and in our internally developed forecasts. For the market approach, we use a
valuation technique in which values are derived based on valuation multiples of comparable publicly traded companies. We assess each valuation methodology
based upon the relevance and availability of the data at the time we perform the valuation and weight the methodologies appropriately.

Long-Lived
Assets
with
Definite-Lives

Our  long-lived  assets  consist  principally  of  technology,  customer  relationships,  internally  developed  software,  land,  and  building  and  equipment.  Customer
relationships are amortized over their estimated economic lives based on the pattern of economic benefits expected to be generated from the use of the asset. Other
definite-lived  assets  are  amortized  over  their  estimated  economic  lives  using  the  straight-line  method.  The  remaining  useful  lives  of  long-lived  assets  are  re-
assessed periodically for any events and circumstances that may change the future cash flows expected to be generated from the long-lived asset or asset group.

Internally developed software consists of capitalized costs incurred during the application development stage, which include costs related design of the software
configuration and interfaces, coding, installation and testing. Costs incurred during the preliminary project stage and post-implementation stage are expensed as
incurred. Internally developed software is amortized over the estimated  useful life, commencing on the date when the asset is ready for its intended use. Land,
building and equipment are stated at cost and depreciated over their estimated useful lives. Leasehold improvements are depreciated over the shorter of the related
lease term or the estimated useful life. Depreciation is computed using the straight-line method. Repair and maintenance costs are expensed as incurred. The cost
and related accumulated depreciation of sold or retired assets are removed from the accounts and any gain or loss is included in the results of operations for the
period.

Long-lived assets with definite lives are tested for impairment whenever events or changes in circumstances indicate the carrying value of a specific asset or asset
group may not be recoverable. We assess the recoverability of long-lived assets with definite-lives at the asset group level. Asset groups are determined based upon
the lowest level for which identifiable cash flows are largely independent of the cash flows of other assets and liabilities. When the asset group is also a reporting
unit, goodwill assigned to the reporting unit is also included in the carrying amount of the asset group. For the purpose of the recoverability test, we compare the
total undiscounted future cash flows from the use and disposition of the assets with its net carrying amount. When the carrying value of the asset group exceeds the
undiscounted future cash flows, the asset group is deemed to be impaired. The amount of the impairment loss represents the excess of the asset or asset group’s
carrying  value  over  its  estimated  fair  value,  which  is  generally  determined  based  upon  the  present  value  of  estimated  future  pre-tax  cash  flows  that  a  market
participant would expect from use and disposition of the long-lived asset or asset group. See Note 4 for the impairment charges recorded in fiscal year 2018.

Cash
and
Cash
Equivalents

Cash and cash equivalents consists of cash on hand, including money market funds and time deposits with original maturities of 90 days or less.

Marketable
Securities

Marketable securities consist of time deposits and high-quality corporate debt instruments with stated maturities of more than 90 days. Investments are classified as
available-for-sale  and  are  recorded  on  the  balance  sheet  at  fair  value  with  unrealized  gains  or  losses  reported  as  a  separate  component  of  accumulated  other
comprehensive income (loss), net of tax.

Accounts
Receivable
Allowances

Allowances  for  Doubtful  Accounts:     We  record  allowances  for  doubtful  accounts  for  the  estimated  probable  losses  on  uncollectible  accounts  receivable.  The
allowance is based upon the credit worthiness of our customers, our historical experience, the age of the receivable and current market and economic conditions.
Receivables are written off against these allowances in the period they are determined to be uncollectible.

Allowances  for  Sales  Returns:     We  record  allowances  for  sales  returns  from  customers  for  which  we  have  the  ability  to  estimate  returns  based  on  historical
experience. The returns allowance is recorded as a reduction to revenue and accounts receivable at the time the related revenue is recorded. Receivables are written
off against the allowance in the period the return is received.

58

Table of Contents

NUANCE COMMUNICATIONS, INC.
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)

For the years ended September 30, 2018 , 2017 and 2016 , the activity related to accounts receivable allowances was as follows (dollars in thousands):

Balance at September 30, 2015

Bad debt provision

Write-offs, net of recoveries

Revenue adjustments, net

Balance at September 30, 2016

Bad debt provisions

Write-offs, net of recoveries
Revenue adjustments, net (a)

Balance at September 30, 2017

Bad debt provisions

Write-offs, net of recoveries
Revenue adjustments, net (b)

Balance at September 30, 2018

Allowance for
Doubtful Accounts

$

9,184   $

3,103  

(1,249)  

—  

11,038  

3,792  

(497)  

—  

14,333  

2,666  

(5,275)  

—  

$

11,724   $

Allowance
for Sales
Returns

8,172

—

—

(616)

7,556

—

—

27,750

35,306

—

—

(23,982)

11,324

(a) The increase in provisions primarily relates to accommodations made to our customers in connection with our Healthcare transcription service interruption due to the global

NotPetya malware incident (the "2017 Malware Incident")

(b) The decrease in provisions was primarily due to the resolution of the reserves related to the 2017 Malware Incident.

Inventories

Inventories  are stated at the lower of cost, computed  using the first-in,  first-out  method, or market  value and are included in other current  assets. We regularly
review  inventory  quantities  on  hand  and  record  a  provision  for  excess  and/or  obsolete  inventory  primarily  based  on  future  purchase  commitments  with  our
suppliers, and the estimated utility of our inventory as well as other factors including technological changes and new product development. Inventories are included
within Prepaid expenses and other current assets on the Consolidated balance sheets.

Inventories, net of allowances, consisted of the following (dollars in thousands):

Components and parts

Finished products

Total Inventories

Research
and
Development
Expenses

September 30, 
2018

September 30, 
2017

$

$

6,948   $

610  

7,558   $

5,684

404

6,088

Research and development costs related to software that is or will be sold or licensed externally to third-parties, or for which a substantive plan exists to sell or
license  such  software  in  the  future,  incurred  subsequent  to  the  establishment  of  technological  feasibility,  but  prior  to  the  general  release  of  the  product,  are
capitalized and amortized to cost of revenue over the estimated useful life of the related products. We have determined that technological feasibility is reached
shortly before the general release of our software products. Costs incurred after technological feasibility is established have not been material. We expense research
and development costs as incurred.

Acquisition-Related
Costs,
net

Acquisition-related  costs  include  costs  related  to  business  and  other  acquisitions,  including  potential  acquisitions.  These  costs  consist  of  (i)  transition  and
integration costs, including retention payments, transitional employee costs and earn-out payments, and other costs related to integration activities; (ii) professional
service fees, including financial advisory, legal, accounting, and

59

 
 
                         
 
 
Table of Contents

NUANCE COMMUNICATIONS, INC.
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)

other  outside  services  incurred  in  connection  with  acquisition  activities,  and  disputes  and  regulatory  matters  related  to  acquired  entities;  and  (iii)  fair  value
adjustments to acquisition-related contingencies.

The components of acquisition-related costs, net are as follows (dollars in thousands):

Transition and integration costs

Professional service fees

Acquisition-related adjustments

Total

Advertising
Costs

2018

2017

2016

16,067   $

15,224   $

3,450  

(3,416)  

12,622  

(106)  

16,101   $

27,740   $

6,070

10,876

220

17,166

$

$

Advertising costs are expensed as incurred and recorded within sales and marketing expenses. The advertising costs capitalized as of September 30, 2018 and 2017
are de minimis. We incurred advertising costs of $ 19.5 million , $ 22.8 million and $ 27.8 million for fiscal years 2018 , 2017 and 2016 , respectively.

Convertible
Debt

We bifurcate the debt and equity (the contingently convertible feature) components of our convertible debt instruments in a manner that reflects our nonconvertible
debt borrowing rate at the time of issuance. The equity components of our convertible debt instruments are recorded within stockholders’ equity with an allocated
issuance  premium  or  discount.  The  debt  issuance  premium  or  discount  is  amortized  to  interest  expense  in  our  consolidated  statement  of  operations  using  the
effective interest method over the expected term of the convertible debt.

Income
Taxes

Deferred tax assets and liabilities are recognized for the estimated future tax consequences attributable to differences between the carrying amounts of assets and
liabilities and their respective tax bases. This method also requires the recognition of future tax benefits related to net operating loss carryforwards, to the extent
that  realization  of  such  benefits  is  more  likely  than  not  after  consideration  of  all  available  evidence.  Deferred  tax  assets  and  liabilities  are  measured  using  the
expected enacted tax rates applicable to the taxable income in the future periods in which those temporary differences are expected to be recovered or settled. We
do not accrue income taxes for foreign earnings that are expected to be indefinitely reinvested.

We  regularly  review  our  deferred  tax  assets  for  recoverability  considering  historical  profitability,  projected  future  taxable  income,  the  expected  timing  of  the
reversals of existing temporary differences  and tax planning strategies. In assessing the need for a valuation allowance,  we consider both positive and negative
evidence related to the likelihood of realization of the deferred tax assets. The weights assigned to the positive and negative evidences are commensurate with the
extent to which the evidence may be objectively verified. If positive evidence regarding projected future taxable income, exclusive of reversing taxable temporary
differences, existed it would be difficult for it to outweigh objective negative evidence of recent financial reporting losses. Generally, cumulative loss in recent
years is a significant piece of negative evidence that is difficult to overcome in determining that a valuation allowance is not needed.

As of September 30, 2018 and 2017 , valuation allowances have been established for all U.S. and for certain foreign deferred tax assets which we believe do not
meet  the  “more  likely  than  not”  criteria  for  recognition.  If  we  are  subsequently  able  to  utilize  all  or  a  portion  of  the  deferred  tax  assets  for  which  a  valuation
allowance has been established, then we may be required to recognize these deferred tax assets through the reduction of the valuation allowance which could result
in a material benefit to our results of operations in the period in which the benefit is determined.

60

 
 
 
Table of Contents

NUANCE COMMUNICATIONS, INC.
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)

Accumulated
Other
Comprehensive
Loss

The components of accumulated other comprehensive loss, reflected in the consolidated statements of stockholders’ equity, consisted of the following (dollars in
thousands):

Foreign currency translation adjustment

Unrealized (losses) gains on marketable securities

Net unrealized losses on post-retirement benefits

Accumulated other comprehensive loss

2018

2017

2016

(118,220)   $

(94,247)   $

(107,274)

(115)  

(4,528)  

77  

(7,172)  

(122,863)   $

(101,342)   $

86

(8,946)

(116,134)

$

$

No income tax provisions or benefits is recorded for foreign currency translation adjustment as the undistributed earnings in our foreign subsidiaries are expected
to be indefinitely reinvested.

Concentration
of
Risk

Financial instruments that are potentially subject to significant concentrations of credit risk principally consist of cash, cash equivalents, marketable securities and
trade accounts receivable. We place our cash and cash equivalents and marketable securities with financial institutions with high credit ratings. As part of our cash
and investment management processes, we perform periodic evaluations of the credit standing of the financial institutions with whom we maintain deposits, and
have not recorded any credit losses to-date. For trade accounts receivable, we perform ongoing credit evaluations of our customers’ financial condition and limit
the amount of credit extended when deemed appropriate. No customer accounted for more than 10% of our net accounts receivable balance at September 30, 2018
and 2017 or 10% of our revenue for fiscal years 2018 , 2017 or 2016 .

Foreign
Currency
Translation

The functional currency of a foreign subsidiary is generally the local currency. We translate the financial statements of foreign subsidiaries to U.S. dollars using
month-end exchange rates for assets and liabilities, and average rates for the reporting period for revenues, costs, and expenses. We record translation gains and
losses in accumulated  other comprehensive  loss as a component  of stockholders’  equity. We record net foreign  exchange  transaction  gains and losses resulting
from the conversion of the transaction currency to the functional currency within in other expense, net . Foreign currency transaction losses for fiscal years 2018 ,
2017 and 2016 were $1.1 million , $1.4 million and $1.5 million , respectively.

Financial
Instruments
and
Hedging
Activities

We use forward currency exchange contracts to manage our exposure to fluctuations in foreign currency for certain transactions. In order for instruments to be
designated  as  hedges,  specific  criteria  must  be  met,  including  (i)  formal  documentation  must  exist  for  both  the  hedging  relationship  and  our  risk  management
objectives  and  strategies  for  undertaking  the  hedging  activities,  (ii)  at  the  inception  and  on  an  ongoing  basis,  the  hedging  relationship  is  expected  to  be  highly
effective in offsetting changes in fair value attributed to the hedged risk during the period that the hedge is designated, and (iii) an assessment of effectiveness is
required whenever financial statements or earnings are reported.

The  effective  portion  of  changes  in  the  fair  values  of  contracts  designated  as  cash  flow  hedges  is  recorded  in  equity  as  a  component  of  accumulated  other
comprehensive income (loss) until the hedged item effects earnings. Once the underlying forecasted transaction is realized, the changes of fair vales of instruments
designated as hedges reclassified from accumulated other comprehensive loss to the statement of operations, in the appropriate income statement line items. Any
ineffective  portion  of  the  instruments  designated  as  cash  flow  hedges  is  recognized  in  current  earnings.  We  report  cash  flows  arising  from  derivative  financial
instruments designated as fair value or cash flow hedges consistent with the classification of the cash flows from the underlying hedged items that these derivatives
are hedging.

No  forward  exchange  contracts  are  designated  as  hedges  for  fiscal  year  2018 , 2017 ,  or  2016 .  Changes  in  the  fair  values  of  the  forward  currency  exchange
contracts are recorded within other expense, net . Cash flows related to investments and settlements of forward currency exchange contracts are included within
cash flows from investing activities.

61

 
 
 
Table of Contents

Stock-Based
Compensation

NUANCE COMMUNICATIONS, INC.
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)

We recognize stock-based compensation expense over the requisite service period, based on the grant date fair value of the awards and the number of the awards
expected to be vested based upon service and performance conditions, net of forfeitures. The fair value of restricted stock units is determined based on the number
of shares granted and the quoted price of our common stock, and the fair value of stock options is estimated on the date of grant using the Black-Scholes model.
Historically, we recognized excess tax benefit within Additional Paid-in Capital to the extent that the benefit was utilized to reduce current tax payables. We record
any  tax  effect  related  to  stock-based  awards  through  the  consolidated  statements  of  operations.  Excess  tax  benefits  are  recognized  as  deferred  tax  assets  upon
settlement and are subject to regular review for valuation allowance.

Net
Loss
Per
Share

Basic net loss or income per share is computed using the weighted-average number of common shares outstanding during the period. Diluted net income per share
is  computed  using  the  weighted-average  number  of  common  shares,  giving  effect  to  potentially  dilutive  securities  outstanding  during  the  period.  Potentially
dilutive  securities  consist  of  stock  options,  restricted  stock  units,  contingently  issuable  shares  under  earn-out  agreements,  and  potential  issuance  of  stock  upon
conversion of our convertible debentures, as more fully described in Note 9 . In the event of conversion, each convertible debenture entitles the holder to receive in
cash the principal amount with any accrued interest, and in cash or common stock, at our election, any excess of conversion value over the principal amount plus
accrued interest. Therefore, only the shares of common stock potentially issuable upon conversion, if any, are considered dilutive to the weighted average common
shares calculation.

For fiscal year 2018 , 2017 and 2016 , respectively, 9.1 million , 7.8 million , and 8.8 million shares of common stock equivalent securities were excluded from the
computation of diluted net loss per share as the inclusion would be anti-dilutive due to the net loss reported for these periods.

Recently
Adopted
Accounting
Standards

In October 2016, the Financial Accounting Standards Board ("FASB") issued Accounting Standards Update ("ASU") 2016-16, "Income Taxes (Topic 740): Intra-
Entity  Transfers  of  Assets  Other  Than  Inventory"  ("ASU  2016-16"),  which  requires  income  tax  consequences  of  inter-company  transfers  of  assets  other  than
inventory to be recognized when the transfer occurs. ASU 2016-16 is effective for fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2017, with early adoption permitted.
We early adopted the guidance during the first quarter of fiscal year 2018. As a result, deferred tax liabilities of $0.9 million arising from inter-company transfers
in  prior  years  were  recognized  and  recorded  against  the  beginning  balance  of  accumulated  deficit  in  the  first  quarter  of  fiscal  year  2018.  The  adoption  of  the
guidance did not have a material impact on our consolidated financial statements for any period presented.

Issued
Accounting
Standards
Not
Yet
Adopted

From time to time, new accounting pronouncements are issued by the FASB and are adopted by us as of the specified effective dates. Unless otherwise discussed,
such pronouncements did not have or will not have a significant impact on our consolidated financial position, results of operations or cash flows, or do not apply
to our operations.

Revenue Recognition

In May 2014, the FASB issued ASU No. 2014-09, "Revenue from Contracts with Customers: Topic 606" ("ASU 2014-09"), under which revenue is recognized
when a customer obtains control of promised goods or services in an amount that reflects the consideration the entity expects to receive for those goods or services.
ASU 2014-09 defines a five-step process to achieve this core principle and, in doing so, it is possible more judgment and estimates may be required within the
revenue  recognition  process  than  required  under  existing  U.S.  GAAP  including  identifying  performance  obligations  in  the  contract,  estimating  the  amount  of
variable consideration to include in the transaction price and allocating the transaction price to each separate performance obligation. ASU 2014-09 permits two
methods of adoption: (i) retrospective to each prior reporting period presented; or (ii) retrospective with the cumulative effect of initially applying the guidance
recognized  at  the  date  of  initial  application.  In  August  2015,  the  FASB  issued  ASU  No.  2015-14,  Revenue  from  Contracts  with  Customers:  Deferral  of  the
Effective Date, which deferred the effective date of the new revenue standard for periods beginning after December 15, 2016 to December 15, 2017, with early
adoption permitted but not earlier than the original effective date.  ASU 2014-09 is effective for us beginning on October 1, 2018 and we plan to adopt ASU 2014-
09 using the cumulative catch-up transition method, with a cumulative adjustment to retained earnings as opposed to retrospectively adjusting prior periods.

62

Table of Contents

NUANCE COMMUNICATIONS, INC.
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)

In the first quarter of fiscal 2017, we commenced a project to assess the potential impact of the new standard on our consolidated financial statements and related
disclosures. This project also included the assessment and enhancement of our internal processes, controls and systems to address the new standard. 

While  we  are  continuing  to  assess  all  potential  impacts  of  ASU  2014-09,  we  currently  believe  the  most  significant  impact  relates  to  our  accounting  for
arrangements  that  include  term-based  software  licenses  bundled  with other  performance  obligations  including  (i)  maintenance  and support and (ii)  professional
services.  A  significant  number  of  our  Healthcare  and  Imaging  customer  contracts  include  term-based  software  licenses  bundled  with  other  performance
obligations.  Under  current  GAAP,  the  revenue  attributable  to  these  software  licenses  is  recognized  ratably  over  the  term  of  the  arrangement  because  vendor-
specific objective evidence ("VSOE") does not exist for the undelivered maintenance and support element as it is not sold separately. Under ASU 2014-09, the
requirement to have VSOE for undelivered elements to enable the separation of revenue for the delivered software licenses is eliminated. Accordingly, under the
new standard we will be required to recognize term-based software revenue as control is transferred and based upon the amount proportionally allocated to the
term-based software license from the contract transaction price. We do not currently expect ASU 2014-09 to have a significant effect on the timing of revenue
related to our renewal maintenance, professional services and cloud offerings.

We currently expect to record a pre-tax cumulative adjustment to decrease deferred revenues by approximately $80 million to $110 million upon the adoption. The
adjustment primarily relates to the timing of revenue recognition, as noted above, and the allocation of the transaction price to the performance obligations on a
relative standalone selling price basis.

Additionally, the new guidance requires direct and incremental costs to acquire a contract be capitalized and amortized over the pattern of transfer of the goods and
services  to  which  the  asset  relates,  whereas  we  expense  sales  commissions  as  incurred  under  the  existing  guidance.  We  expect  to  record  a  pre-tax  cumulative
adjustment to capitalize sales commission costs of approximately $35 million to $45 million upon the adoption, with a corresponding decrease to retained earnings.
The tax effect of the adjustments have not been reflected in the amounts. We expect to complete our analysis for the impact of the implementation by December
31, 2018.

Leases

In February 2016, the FASB issued ASU No. 2016-02, "Leases" ("ASU 2016-02"), which will become effective for fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2018
and interim periods therein, with early adoption permitted. The guidance requires lessees to recognize on the balance sheet a right-of-use asset, representing its
right to use the underlying asset for the lease term, and a lease liability for all leases with terms greater than 12 months. The accounting applied by the lessor is
largely unchanged from that applied under the existing lease standard. The guidance also requires qualitative and quantitative disclosures designed to assess the
amount, timing, and uncertainty of cash flows arising from leases. The guidance requires the use of a modified retrospective transition approach, which includes a
number  of  optional  practical  expedients  that  entities  may  elect  to  apply.  We  are  currently  evaluating  the  impact  of  the  guidance  on  our  consolidated  financial
statements and related processes and internal controls. While we expect the implementation to result in the recognition of right-of-use assets and lease liabilities for
most of our operating lease commitments, we do not expect the guidance to have material impact on our consolidated statements of cash flows.

In August 2018, the FASB issued Accounting Standards Updates ("ASU") 2018-15, "Intangibles—Goodwill and Other—Internal-Use Software (Subtopic 350-40):
Customer’s  Accounting  for  Implementation  Costs  Incurred  in  a  Cloud  Computing  Arrangement  That  Is  a  Service  Contract",  which  is  effective  for  fiscal  year
beginning after December 15, 2019, and interim periods within those fiscal years, with early adoption permitted. The guidance requires that implementation costs
related  to  a  hosting  arrangement  that  is  a  service  contract  be  capitalized  and  amortized  over  the  term  of  the  hosting  arrangement,  starting  when  the  module  or
component of the hosting arrangement is ready for its intended use. The guidance will be applied retrospectively to each period presented. We do not expect the
implementation to have a material impact on our consolidated financial statements.

Other Accounting Pronouncements

In January 2018, the FASB issued ASU 2018-02, "Income Statement - Reporting Comprehensive Income (Topic 220): Reclassification of Certain Tax Effects from
Accumulated  Other  Comprehensive  Income  ("AOCI"),  which  is  effective  for  fiscal  years  beginning  after  December  15,  2018  and  interim  periods  therein,  with
early adoption permitted. The guidance gives entities the option to reclassify to retained earnings the tax effects resulting from the Tax Cuts and Jobs Act ("TCJA")
related to items in AOCI. The new guidance may be applied retrospectively to each period in which the effect of the Act is recognized in the period of adoption.
We do not expect the implementation to have a material impact on our consolidated financial statements.

63

Table of Contents

NUANCE COMMUNICATIONS, INC.
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)

In August 2016, the FASB issued ASU 2016-15, "Statement of Cash Flows (Topic 230): Classification of Certain Cash Receipts and Cash Payments" ("ASU 2016-
15"), which is effective for fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2017 and the interim periods therein, with early adoption permitted. The guidance requires
cash flows with multiple characteristics to be classified using a three-step process, including (i) determining whether explicit guidance is applicable, (ii) separating
each identifiable source or use of cash flows, and (iii) determining the predominant source or use of cash flows when the source or use of cash flows cannot be
separately identifiable. The guidance will be applied retrospectively to each period presented. We do not expect the implementation to have a material impact on
our consolidated financial statements.

In January 2016, the FASB issued ASU No. 2016-01, "Recognition and Measurement of Financial Assets and Financial Liabilities" ("ASU 2016-01"). ASU 2016-
01 amends the guidance on the classification and measurement of financial instruments. Although ASU 2016-01 retains many current requirements, it significantly
revises accounting related to the classification and measurement of investments in equity securities and the presentation of certain fair value changes for financial
liabilities measured at fair value. ASU 2016-01 also amends certain disclosure requirements associated with the fair value of financial instruments and is effective
for us in the first quarter of fiscal year 2019. Based on the composition of our investment portfolio, we do not believe the adoption of ASU 2016-01 will have a
material impact on our consolidated financial statements.

3. Business Acquisitions

As part of our business strategy, we have acquired, and may acquire in the future, certain businesses and technologies primarily to expand our products and service
offerings.

Fiscal
Year
2018
Acquisitions

In fiscal year 2018, we completed several acquisitions in our Healthcare and Automotive segments for a total consideration of $129.5 million , including $114.6
million in cash, $2.0 million estimated fair value for future contingent payments, and effective settlement of preexisting relationship with the acquiree of $12.9
million . As a result, we recognized goodwill of $62.9 million , including immaterial measurement-period  adjustments through September 30, 2018 , and other
intangible assets of $60.8 million , with a weighted average life of 6.0 years .

We are still finalizing the fair value estimates of assets acquired and liabilities assumed in these acquisitions. These fair value estimates are subject to change as we
obtain additional information during the measurement periods up to one year from the acquisitions. There were no significant changes to the fair value estimates
during fiscal year 2018.

We have not furnished pro forma financial information or the acquired entities' results of operations for the post-acquisition periods, as such acquisitions were not
material, individually or in the aggregate, to our consolidated financial statements.

Fiscal
Year
2017
Acquisitions

In fiscal year 2017, we acquired several businesses in our Enterprise, Healthcare and Other segments for a total consideration of $97.4 million , including $75.7
million in cash, issuance of 0.8 million shares of our common stock valued at $13.4 million , and $8.3 million estimated fair value for future contingent payments.
As  a  result,  we  recognized  goodwill  of  $62.3  million  and  other  intangible  assets  of  $39.1  million  ,  with  a  weighted  average  life  of  5.9  years  .  The  results  of
operations  of  the  acquired  entities  have  been  included  within  our  consolidated  results  of  operations  from  the  acquisition  dates.  Such  acquisitions  were  not
significant individually or in the aggregate to our consolidated financial statements.

Fiscal
Year
2016
Acquisitions

Acquisition
of
TouchCommerce,
Inc.


In August 2016, we acquired all of the outstanding stock of TouchCommerce. TouchCommerce is a provider of omni-channel solutions to engage their customers
on  any  device  through  online  chat,  guides,  personalized  content,  and  other  automated  tools,  resulting  in  enhanced  customer  experience,  increased  revenue  and
reduced support costs. We expected this acquisition to expand our customer care solutions with a range of new digital engagement offerings, including live chat,
customer analytics and personalization solutions within our Enterprise segment. We expected to be able to provide an end-to-end engagement platform that merges
intelligent  self-service  with  assisted  service  to  increase  customer  satisfaction,  strengthen  customer  loyalty  and  improve  business  results.  The  aggregate
consideration for this transaction was $217.5 million , which included $132.5 million paid in cash and $85.0 million paid in our common stock. The acquisition
was a stock purchase and the goodwill resulting from this acquisition is not deductible for tax purposes. The results of operations of TouchCommerce was included
within our Enterprise segment from the acquisition date.

64

Table of Contents

NUANCE COMMUNICATIONS, INC.
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)

A summary of the final allocation of the purchase consideration for our TouchCommerce acquisition is as follows (dollars in thousands):

TouchCommerce

Purchase consideration:

Cash
Common stock (a)
Deferred acquisition payment

Total purchase consideration

Allocation of the purchase consideration:

Cash
Accounts receivable (b)
Goodwill
Identifiable intangible assets (c)
Other assets

Total assets acquired

Current liabilities

Deferred tax liability

Deferred revenue

Other long-term liabilities

Total liabilities assumed

Net assets acquired

$

$

$

$

113,008

85,000

19,458

217,466

137

14,897

117,576

110,800

1,521

244,931

(4,134)

(19,913)

(2,784)

(634)

(27,465)

217,466

5,749,807 shares of our common stock valued at $14.78 per share were issued at closing.
Accounts receivable have been recorded at their estimated fair values and the fair value reserve was not material.

(a) 
(b) 
(c)   The  following  are  the  identifiable  intangible  assets  acquired  and  their  respective  weighted  average  useful  lives,  as  determined  based  on  preliminary

valuations (dollars in thousands):

Core and completed technology

Customer relationships

Trade names

Total

TouchCommerce

Weighted
Average
Life
(Years)

6.0

10.0

5.0

Amount

26,000  

81,600  

3,200  

110,800    

$

$

Other
Fiscal
Year
2016
Acquisitions

During fiscal year 2016, we acquired several businesses in our Healthcare segment for a total consideration of $50.4 million , including an estimated fair value for
future contingent payments. The results of operations of these acquisitions have been included in our financial results since their respective acquisition dates. Such
acquisitions were not significant individually or in the aggregate to our consolidated financial statements.

65

 
 
 
 
 
                        
 
 
 
Table of Contents

4. Goodwill and Intangible Assets

NUANCE COMMUNICATIONS, INC.
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)

The changes in the carrying amount of goodwill for our reportable segments for fiscal years 2018 and 2017 were as follows (in thousands):

Healthcare

Enterprise

Imaging

Balance as of September 30, 2016

$

1,381,076   $

653,368   $

257,038   $

Acquisitions

Purchase accounting adjustments

Effect of foreign currency translation

32,985  

14,415  

(49)  

4,322  

(463)  

6,152  

—  

—  

754  

Mobile
1,217,397   $

13,660  

—  

9,953  

Balance as of September 30, 2017

1,418,334  

673,472  

257,792  

1,241,010  

Acquisitions

Purchase accounting adjustments

Effect of foreign currency translation

Reorganization (Note 19)
Impairment charge (a)

14,936  

(705)  

(2,240)  

—  

—  

—  

—  

(2,116)  

11,991  

—  

—  

—  

(440)  

—  

—  

—  

2,697  

5,344  

Automotive

Other

—   $

—   $

—  

—  

—  

—  

50,193  

(3,275)  

(7,424)  

—  

—  

—  

—  

—  

—  

(1,340)  

Total
3,508,879

61,060

(512)

21,181

3,590,608

65,129

(1,283)

(8,216)

—

(1,249,051)  

1,080,453  

156,607  

—  

—  

(141,781)  

(141,781)

Balance as of September 30, 2018

$

1,430,325   $

683,347   $

257,352   $

—   $

1,119,947   $

13,486   $

3,504,457

(a) Represents accumulated impairment charge as of September 30, 2018 .

Intangible assets consist of the following as of September 30, 2018 and 2017 , which includes licensed technology with a net book value of $47.6 million and $67.3
million , respectively (dollars in thousands):

September 30, 2018

Customer relationships

Technology and patents

Trade names, trademarks, and other

Total

$

$

765,571   $

327,695  

57,809  

(372,121)   $

(189,344)  

(40,102)  

1,151,075   $

(601,567)   $

Gross Carrying
Amount

Accumulated
Amortization

  Net Carrying Amount
393,450  

 (a)

138,351  

17,707  

549,508  

Weighted Average
Remaining Life
(Years)

6.3

3.8

2.2

(a) As  more  fully  described  below,  the  balance  as  of  September  30,  2018  reflected  impairment  charges of  $29.2 million related  to  Mobile  Operator  Services  and  Devices

intangible assets that we recorded during the fourth quarter of fiscal year 2018.

September 30, 2017

Customer relationships

Technology and patents

Trade names, trademarks, and other

Total

$

$

790,846   $

447,119  

58,923  

(338,511)   $

(264,562)  

(29,341)  

1,296,888   $

(632,414)   $

Gross Carrying
Amount

Accumulated
Amortization

  Net Carrying Amount  
452,335  

182,557  

29,582  

664,474  

Weighted Average
Remaining Life
(Years)

7.2

4.6

2.9

6.3

Amortization expense for acquired technology and patents is included in the cost of revenue in the accompanying statements of operations and was $56.9 million ,
$64.9 million and $62.9 million in fiscal 2018 , 2017 and 2016 , respectively. Amortization expense for customer relationships, trade names, trademarks, and other,
and non-competition  agreements is included in operating expenses and was $91.1 million , $113.9 million and $108.0 million in fiscal 2018 , 2017 and 2016 ,
respectively.

66

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
                   
 
 
 
 
                   
 
 
 
Table of Contents

NUANCE COMMUNICATIONS, INC.
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)

Estimated amortization expense for each of the five succeeding years as of September 30, 2018 , is as follows (in thousands):

Year Ending September 30,
2019

2020

2021

2022

2023

Thereafter

Total

Interim Impairment Analysis

Cost of Revenue

Other Operating
Expenses

Total

  $

41,444   $

82,384   $

36,303  

27,960  

19,466  

10,131  

3,047  

74,500  

68,156  

61,854  

48,701  

75,562  

123,828

110,803

96,116

81,320

58,832

78,609

  $

138,351   $

411,157   $

549,508

Effective  in  the  second  quarter  of  fiscal  year  2018,  our  Automotive  business,  which  was  previously  included  within  our  former  Mobile  segment,  became  a
standalone operating segment. In addition, we moved our Dragon TV business from our former Mobile operating segment into our Enterprise operating segment.

As a result of the reorganization, the original Mobile reporting unit was separated into three discrete lines of business - Automotive, Dragon TV, and Devices. We
assigned $1,080.5 million , $12.0 million , and $36.0 million of goodwill to Automotive, Dragon TV and Devices, respectively, based on their relative fair values
as of March 31, 2018, and assessed the assigned goodwill for impairment by comparing each component’s fair value to its carrying amount. The fair values of
Automotive and Dragon TV significantly exceeded their carrying amounts. However, the carrying value of Devices exceeded its fair value by $35.1 million due to
the standalone multi-year operating plan reflecting the ongoing consolidation of our handset manufacturer customer base and continued erosion of our penetration
of the remaining market. As a result, we recorded a $35.1 million goodwill impairment  for the second quarter of fiscal 2018. After the impairment  charge, the
goodwill assigned to Devices as of March 31, 2018 was immaterial. The reorganization did not result in any impairment charge of other intangible assets.

Also during the second quarter of fiscal 2018, our Subscriber Revenue Services ("SRS") reporting unit, originally included within our former Mobile operating
segment, recorded significantly lower revenue and profitability due to market disruptions in certain markets that we serve. Our SRS business provides value-added
services  to  mobile  operators  in  emerging  markets,  primarily  in  India  and  Brazil.  These  markets  had  experienced  dramatic  disruption  as  a  result  of  accelerated
change  in  competition  and  business  models  for  our  mobile  operator  customers.  Specifically,  the  rapid  shift  away  from  a  model  where  voice,  data  and  text  are
offered separately toward unlimited bundled services at considerably lower costs has significantly reduced mobile operators’ demand for our services. This reduced
demand materially impacted our future expectations for SRS revenues. As a result, executive management performed an updated strategic assessment and reduced
the  long-term  growth  rates  and  profitability  contemplated  in  SRS's  multi-year  operating  plan.  We  concluded  that  these  financial  results  coupled  with  the  rapid
market shifts being experienced in the industry were factors that represented impairment indicators, triggering a review of goodwill and indefinite-lived intangible
assets for impairment during the second quarter of fiscal 2018. Based on the result of the impairment assessment, the carrying value of SRS exceeded its fair value
by $94.3 million . In addition, we recorded an $8.5 million deferred  tax benefit  related  to SRS’s goodwill, which is amortized  over time for tax purposes, and
therefore increased the impairment charge by the same amount. As a result, we recorded a goodwill impairment charge of $102.8 million related to SRS for the
second quarter of fiscal 2018. After the impairment charge, goodwill assigned to SRS was $17.8 million as of March 31, 2018. The assessment did not result in any
impairment charge of other intangible assets.

The fair value of a reporting unit is generally determined using a combination of the income approach and the market approach, where the income approach is
weighted 50% and the market approach 50%. The fair values of Devices and Dragon TV, however, were determined solely based upon the income approach due to
the lack of comparable public companies or comparable acquisitions.

Wind-down of Devices and Mobile Operator Services and Annual Goodwill Impairment Analysis

During the fourth quarter of fiscal 2018, in connection with our strategic business review announced in our earnings release issued on May 9, 2018, we restructured
our SRS business by separating the voicemail transcription services business (“Voice-to-Text”), which will continue to operate as part of the Other Segment, and
commenced a wind-down of the SRS Mobile Operator Services in India and Brazil, and our Devices businesses. As a result, we revised our multi-year operating
plans of Mobile Operator Services and Devices, as part of our fiscal 2019 budgeting process, to reflect a significant decline in revenue and operating income. The
wind-down decision has resulted in significantly lower estimated future cash flows over a considerably shorter time horizon, which triggered a review of goodwill
and long-lived asset groups for impairment.

67

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Table of Contents

NUANCE COMMUNICATIONS, INC.
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)

We first assessed the long-lived asset groups within the businesses for impairment, and then compared a reporting unit’s carrying amount after the long-lived asset
group impairment, if any, with its estimated fair value. Mobile Operator Services and Voicemail-to-Text, which were included within the former SRS reporting
unit, were assessed for the impairment of goodwill and long-lived asset groups separately. For the purpose of the goodwill impairment assessment, total goodwill
of the former SRS reporting unit was assigned to Mobile Operator Services and Voice-to-text services based on their relative fair values as of July 1, 2018. As a
result, $3.4 million of goodwill was assigned to Mobile Operator Services and $13.5 million goodwill was assigned to Voicemail-to-Text.

As a result of the impairment review, we recorded $15.0 million impairment charge for Devices for the fourth quarter of fiscal year 2018, including $7.6 million
related to acquired trade names and customer relationships, $0.8 million related to acquired technology assets, $6.2 million related to fixed assets, and $0.4 million
related to its remaining goodwill; additionally, we recorded $25.1 million impairment charge for our Mobile Operator Services for the fourth quarter of fiscal year
2018, including $12.9 million related to acquired trade names and customer relationships, $7.9 million related to acquired technology assets, $0.9 million related to
fixed assets, and $3.4 million related to goodwill.

For  the  annual  goodwill  impairment  analysis,  the  estimated  fair  value  of  each  of  Healthcare,  Enterprise,  Automotive,  Imaging  and  Voice-to-Text  significantly
exceeded their carrying amounts. The fair value of a reporting unit is generally determined using a combination of the income approach and the market approach,
where the income approach is weighted 50% and the market approach 50%.

Determining the fair value of a long-lived asset group or a reporting unit requires the use of significant estimates and assumptions, all of which we believe are
reasonable but nevertheless inherently uncertain. These estimates and assumptions include revenue growth rates and operating margins used to estimate future cash
flows, risk-adjusted discount rates, future economic and market conditions, and the use of market comparables. Also, if we experience lower-than-expected growth
or  fail  to  sustain  our  profitability  due  to  changing  market  dynamics,  competition  or  technological  obsolescence,  it  could  adversely  impact  the  long-term
assumptions used in our impairment analysis. Such changes in assumptions and estimates may result in additional impairment of our goodwill and/or other long-
lived assets, which could materially impact our future results of operations and financial conditions. Additionally, as we continue our product portfolio review and
implement organizational changes to better align with our long-term strategies, decisions from such efforts may trigger additional impairment reviews of goodwill
and other long-lived assets, which may result in additional impairment charges in the future periods.

5. Accounts Receivable

Accounts receivable, net consisted of the following (in thousands):

Trade accounts receivable

Unbilled accounts receivable under long-term contracts

Gross accounts receivable

Less: allowance for doubtful accounts

Less: allowance for sales returns

Accounts receivable, net

68

September 30, 2018

$

$

368,467   $

33,413  

401,880  

(11,724)  

(11,324)  

378,832   $

September 30, 2017
417,516

27,515

445,031

(14,333)

(35,306)

395,392

 
 
Table of Contents

NUANCE COMMUNICATIONS, INC.
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)

6. Land, Building and Equipment, Net

Land, building and equipment, net consisted of the following (dollars in thousands):

Land

Building

Machinery and equipment

Computers, software and equipment

Leasehold improvements

Furniture and fixtures

Construction in progress

    Subtotal

Less: accumulated depreciation

  Land, building and equipment, net

Useful Life (In
Years)

September 30, 2018

—   $

30  

3-5  

3-5  

2-15  

5-7  

—  

2,400   $

5,409  

164,089  

183,904  

37,393  

18,322  

2,088  

413,605  

(257,711)  

  $

155,894   $

September 30, 2017
2,400

5,456

144,130

187,732

34,478

19,171

9,121

402,488

(225,940)

176,548

As of September 30, 2018 and 2017 , the net book value of capitalized internal-use software costs was $14.5 million and $27.0 million , respectively, which are
included within computers, software and equipment and construction in progress.

Depreciation  expense  for  fiscal  years  2018 , 2017 and 2016 was $62.4  million  , $55.7  million  and $60.6  million  ,  respectively,  which  included  amortization
expense of $11.0 million , $11.9 million and $12.7 million , respectively, for internally developed software costs.

7. Accrued Expenses and Other Current Liabilities

Accrued expenses and other current liabilities consisted of the following (in thousands):

Compensation

Accrued interest payable

Cost of revenue related liabilities

Consulting and professional fees

Facilities related liabilities

Sales and marketing incentives

Sales and other taxes payable

Other

Total

September 30, 2018

$

181,992   $

September 30, 2017
159,951

21,326  

32,667  

21,441  

5,340  

2,904  

6,602  

9,372  

$

281,644   $

26,285

20,124

12,649

7,158

3,655

3,125

12,954

245,901

69

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Table of Contents

8. Deferred Revenue

NUANCE COMMUNICATIONS, INC.
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)

Deferred maintenance revenue consists of prepaid fees received for post-contract customer support for our products, including telephone support and the right to
receive  unspecified  upgrades/updates  on  a  when-and-if-available  basis.  Unearned  revenue  includes  fees  for  up-front  set-up  of  the  service  environment;  fees
charged for on-demand service; certain software arrangements for which we do not have fair value of post-contract customer support, resulting in ratable revenue
recognition for the entire arrangement on a straight-line basis; and fees in excess of estimated earnings on percentage-of-completion service contracts.

Deferred revenue consisted of the following (dollars in thousands):

Current Liabilities:

Deferred maintenance revenue

Unearned revenue

Total current deferred revenue

Long-term Liabilities:

Deferred maintenance revenue

Unearned revenue

Total long-term deferred revenue

9. Debt

At September 30, 2018 and 2017 , we had the following borrowing obligations (dollars in thousands):

5.625% Senior Notes due 2026, net of deferred issuance costs of $5.1 million and $5.7 million, respectively.

Effective interest rate 5.625%.

5.375% Senior Notes due 2020, net of deferred issuance costs of $1.2 million and $2.3 million, respectively, and

unamortized premium of $- and $1.0 million, respectively. Effective interest rate 5.375%.

6.000% Senior Notes due 2024, net of deferred issuance costs of $1.8 million and $2.1 million, respectively.

Effective interest rate 6.000%.

1.00% Convertible Debentures due 2035, net of unamortized discount of $116.9 million and $140.9 million,

respectively, and deferred issuance costs of $5.6 million and $6.9 million, respectively. Effective interest rate
5.622%.

September 30, 
2018

September 30, 
2017

$

$

$

$

160,146   $

223,647  

383,793   $

59,800   $

429,377  

489,177   $

162,958

203,084

366,042

60,298

363,631

423,929

September 30, 2018
494,915

$

  September 30, 2017
494,298

$

298,759

298,220

553,973

448,630

297,910

528,690

376,121

253,054

2.75% Convertible Debentures due 2031, net of unamortized discount of $1.5 million and deferred issuance costs

46,568

of $0.1 million as of September 30, 2017. Effective interest rate 7.432%.

1.25% Convertible Debentures due 2025, net of unamortized discount of $82.4 million and $92.7 million,

263,863

respectively, and deferred issuance costs of $3.7 million and $4.3 million, respectively. Effective interest rate
5.578%.

1.50% Convertible Debentures due 2035, net of unamortized discount of $32.8 million and $42.5 million,

229,906

219,875

respectively, and deferred issuance costs of $1.1 million and $1.5 million, respectively. Effective interest rate
5.394%.

Deferred issuance costs related to our Revolving Credit Facility

Total debt

Less: current portion

Total long-term debt

(843)  

2,185,361  

—  

$

2,185,361   $

(1,174)

2,617,404

376,121

2,241,283

70

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Table of Contents

NUANCE COMMUNICATIONS, INC.
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)

The following table summarizes the maturities of our borrowing obligations as of September 30, 2018 (dollars in thousands):

Fiscal Year
2019

2020

2021

2022

2023

Thereafter

Total before unamortized discount

Less: unamortized discount and issuance costs

Total long-term debt

  $

Convertible
Debentures (1)

Senior Notes

Total

—   $

—  

—  

310,463  

676,488  

350,000  

1,336,951  

(242,641)  

—   $

300,000  

—  

—  

—  

800,000  

1,100,000

(8,949)  

—

300,000

—

310,463

676,488

1,150,000

2,436,951

(251,590)

  $

1,094,310   $

1,091,051

$

2,185,361

(1)   Pursuant to the terms of each convertible instrument, holders have the right to redeem the debt on specific dates prior to maturity. The repayment schedule above assumes

that payment is due on the next redemption date after  September 30, 2018 .

5.625%
Senior
Notes
due
2026

In December 2016, we issued $500.0 million aggregate principal amount of 5.625% Senior Notes due on December 15, 2026 (the "2026 Senior Notes") in a private
placement. The proceeds from the 2026 Senior Notes were approximately $493.8 million , net of issuance costs, and we used the proceeds to repurchase a portion
of our 2020 Senior Notes. The 2026 Senior Notes bear interest at 5.625% per year, payable in cash semi-annually in arrears.

The  2026  Senior  Notes  are  unsecured  senior  obligations  and  are  guaranteed  on  an  unsecured  senior  basis  by  certain  of  our  domestic  subsidiaries  ("Subsidiary
Guarantors").  The  2026  Senior  Notes  and  the  guarantees  rank  equally  in  right  of  payment  with  all  of  our  and  the  Subsidiary  Guarantors’  existing  and  future
unsecured senior debt and rank senior in right of payment to all of our and the Subsidiary Guarantors’ future unsecured subordinated debt. The 2026 Senior Notes
and guarantees effectively rank junior to all our secured debt and that of the Subsidiary Guarantors to the extent of the value of the collateral securing such debt
and to all liabilities, including trade payables, of our subsidiaries that have not guaranteed the 2026 Senior Notes.

At any time before December 15, 2021, we may redeem all or a portion of the 2026 Senior Notes at a redemption price equal to 100% of the aggregate principal
amount of the 2026 Senior Notes to be redeemed, plus a “make-whole” premium and accrued and unpaid interest to, but excluding, the redemption date. At any
time on or after December 15, 2021, we may redeem all or a portion of the 2026 Senior Notes at certain redemption prices expressed as percentages of the principal
amount, plus accrued and unpaid interest to, but excluding, the redemption date. At any time and from time to time before December 15, 2021, we may redeem up
to 35% of the aggregate outstanding principal amount of the 2026 Senior Notes with the net cash proceeds received by us from certain equity offerings at a price
equal to 105.625% of the aggregate principal amount, plus accrued and unpaid interest to, but excluding, the redemption date, provided that the redemption occurs
no later than 120 days after the closing of the related equity offering, and at least 50% of the original aggregate principal amount of the 2026 Senior Notes remains
outstanding immediately thereafter.

Upon the occurrence of certain asset sales or a change in control, we must offer to repurchase the 2026 Senior Notes at a price equal to 100% in the case of an asset
sale, or 101% in the case of a change of control, of the principal amount plus accrued and unpaid interest to, but excluding, the repurchase date.

5.375%
Senior
Notes
due
2020

On August  14,  2012  ,  we  issued  $700.0  million  aggregate  principal  amount  of  5.375%  Senior  Notes  due  on  August  15,  2020  in  a  private  placement.  The  net
proceeds were approximately $689.1 million , net of issuance costs, and bear interest at 5.375% per year, payable in cash semi-annually in arrears. On October 22,
2012, we issued, in a private placement, an additional $350.0 million aggregate principal amount of our 5.375% Senior Notes due 2020 (collectively the "Notes").
The Notes were issued pursuant to the indenture agreement dated August 14, 2012. Total proceeds received, net of issuance costs, were $351.7 million .

The Notes are our unsecured senior obligations and are guaranteed (the “Guarantees”) on an unsecured senior basis by Subsidiary

71

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
                        
Table of Contents

NUANCE COMMUNICATIONS, INC.
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)

Guarantors. The Notes and Guarantees rank equally in right of payment with all of our and the Subsidiary Guarantors' existing and future unsecured senior debt
and rank senior in right of payment to all of our and the Subsidiary Guarantors' future unsecured subordinated debt. The Notes and Guarantees effectively rank
junior to all secured debt of our and the Subsidiary Guarantors to the extent of the value of the collateral securing such debt and to all liabilities, including trade
payables, of our subsidiaries that have not guaranteed the Notes.

At any time, we may redeem all or a portion of the Notes at certain redemption prices expressed as percentages of the principal amount, plus accrued and unpaid
interest to, but excluding, the redemption date.

Upon the occurrence of certain asset sales or a change in control, we must offer to repurchase the Notes at a price equal to 100% , in the case of an asset sale, or
101% , in the case of a change of control, of the principal amount plus accrued and unpaid interest to, but excluding, the repurchase date.

In January 2017, we repurchased $600.0 million in aggregate principal amount of our 2020 Senior Notes using cash and cash equivalents and the net proceeds from
our 2026 Senior Notes issued in December 2016. As a result, we recorded an extinguishment loss of $18.6 million in fiscal year 2017.

In  September  2018,  we  repurchased  $150.0  million  in  aggregate  principal  amount  of  our  2020  Senior  Notes  at  par.  As  a  result,  we  wrote  off  the  remaining
unamortized premium and deferred issuance costs related to the repayment and recorded an extinguishment gain of $0.3 million in fiscal year 2018. Following this
activity, $300.0 million in aggregate principal amount of our 2020 Senior Notes remains outstanding as of September 30, 2018 .

6.0%

Senior
Notes
due
2024

In June 2016 , we issued $300.0 million aggregate principal amount of 6.0% Senior Notes due on July 1, 2024 (the "2024 Senior Notes") in a private placement.
The proceeds from the 2024 Senior Notes were approximately $297.5 million , net of issuance costs. The 2024 Senior Notes bear interest at 6.0% per year, payable
in cash semi-annually in arrears.

The 2024 Senior Notes are unsecured senior obligations and are guaranteed on an unsecured senior basis by our Subsidiary Guarantors. The 2024 Senior Notes and
the guarantees rank equally in right of payment with all of our and the Subsidiary Guarantors’ existing and future unsecured senior debt, including our obligations
and those of each such Subsidiary Guarantor under our senior credit facility, and rank senior in right of payment to all of our and the Subsidiary Guarantors’ future
unsecured subordinated debt. The 2024 Senior Notes and guarantees effectively rank junior to all our secured debt and that of the Subsidiary Guarantors to the
extent of the value of the collateral securing such debt and to all liabilities, including trade payables, of our subsidiaries that have not guaranteed the 2024 Senior
Notes.

At any time before July 1, 2019 , we may redeem all or a portion of the 2024 Senior Notes at a redemption price equal to 100% of the aggregate principal amount
of the 2024 Senior Notes to be redeemed, plus a “make-whole” premium and accrued and unpaid interest to, but excluding, the redemption date. At any time on or
after July 1, 2019 , we may redeem all or a portion of the 2024 Senior Notes at certain redemption prices expressed as percentages of the principal amount, plus
accrued  and unpaid interest  to, but excluding,  the redemption  date. At any time and from time  to time  before July 1, 2019 , we may redeem up to 35% of the
aggregate outstanding principal amount of the 2024 Senior Notes with the net cash proceeds received by us from certain equity offerings at a price equal to 106%
of the aggregate principal amount, plus accrued and unpaid interest to, but excluding, the redemption date, provided that the redemption occurs no later than 120
days after  the closing  of the related  equity  offering,  and at least  50% of the original  aggregate  principal  amount of the 2024 Senior Notes remains  outstanding
immediately thereafter.

Upon the occurrence of certain asset sales or a change in control, we must offer to repurchase the 2024 Senior Notes at a price equal to 100% in the case of an asset
sale, or 101% in the case of a change of control, of the principal amount plus accrued and unpaid interest to, but excluding, the repurchase date.

1.0%

Convertible
Debentures
due
2035

In December 2015, we issued $676.5 million in aggregate principal amount of 1.0% Senior Convertible Debentures due in 2035 (the “1.0% 2035 Debentures”).
Total  proceeds  were  $663.8  million  ,  net  of  issuance  costs,  and  we  used  a  portion  to  repurchase  $38.3  million  in  aggregate  principal  on  our  2.75%  Senior
Convertible Debentures due in 2031 (the “2031 Debentures”) and to repay the aggregate principal balance of $472.5 million on our term loan under the amended
and restated credit agreement. The 1.0% 2035 Debentures bear interest at 1.0% per year, payable in cash semi-annually in arrears. In addition to ordinary interest
and  default  additional  interest,  beginning  with  the  semi-annual  interest  period  commencing  on  December  15,  2022,  contingent  interest  will  accrue  during  any
regular semi-annual interest period where the average trading price of our 1.0% 2035 Debentures

72

Table of Contents

NUANCE COMMUNICATIONS, INC.
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)

for the ten trading day period immediately preceding the first day of such semi-annual period is greater than or equal to $1,200 per $1,000 principal amount of our
1.0% 2035  Debentures,  in  which  case,  contingent  interest  will  accrue  at  a  rate  of  0.50%  per  annum  of  such  average  trading  price.  The  1.0%  2035  Debentures
mature on December 15, 2035 , subject to the right of the holders to require us to redeem the 1.0% 2035 Debentures on December 15, 2022, 2027, or 2032 . The
1.0% 2035 Debentures are general senior unsecured obligations and rank equally in right of payment with all of our existing and future unsecured, unsubordinated
indebtedness and senior in right of payment to any indebtedness that is contractually subordinated to the 1.0% 2035 Debentures. The 1.0% 2035 Debentures will be
effectively subordinated to indebtedness and other liabilities of our subsidiaries.

We  account  separately  for  the  liability  and  equity  components  of  the  1.0%  2035  Debentures  in  accordance  with  authoritative  guidance  for  convertible  debt
instruments that may be settled in cash upon conversion. The guidance requires the carrying amount of the liability component to be estimated by measuring the
fair  value  of  a  similar  liability  that  does  not  have  an  associated  conversion  feature  and  record  the  remainder  in  stockholders’  equity.  At  issuance,  we  allocated
$495.4  million  to  long-term  debt,  and  $181.1  million  has  been  recorded  as  additional  paid-in  capital,  which  is  being  amortized  to  interest  expense  using  the
effective interest rate method through December 2022.

If converted, the principal amount of the 1.0% 2035 Debentures is payable in cash and any amounts payable in excess of the principal amount will (based on an
initial  conversion  rate,  which  represents  an  initial  conversion  price  of  approximately  $27.22 per  share,  subject  to  adjustment)  be  paid  in  cash  or  shares  of  our
common stock, at our election, only in the following circumstances and to the following extent: (i) prior to June 15, 2035, on any date during any fiscal quarter
(and only during such fiscal quarter) if the closing sale price of our common stock was more than 130% of the then current conversion price for at least 20 trading
days in the period of the 30 consecutive trading days ending on the last trading day of the previous fiscal quarter; (ii) during the five consecutive business-day
period following any five consecutive trading-day period in which the trading price for $1,000 principal amount of the 1.0% 2035 Debentures for each day during
such  five  trading-day  period  was  less  than  98% of  the  closing  sale  price  of  our  common  stock  multiplied  by  the  then  current  conversion  rate;  (iii)  upon  the
occurrence of specified corporate transactions, as described in the indenture for the 1.0% 2035 Debentures; or (iv) at the option of the holder at any time on or after
June 15, 2035. Additionally, we may redeem the 1.0% 2035 Debentures, in whole or in part, on or after December 20, 2022 for cash at a price equal to 100% of the
principal  amount  of  the  1.0% 2035  Debentures  to  be  purchased  plus  any  accrued  and  unpaid  interest,  including  any  additional  interest  to,  but  excluding,  the
repurchase date. Each holder shall have the right, at such holder’s option, to require us to repurchase all or any portion of the 1.0% 2035 Debentures held by such
holder on December 15, 2022, December 15, 2027, or December 15, 2032 at par plus accrued and unpaid interest. If we undergo a fundamental change or non-
stock change of control (as described in the indenture for the 1.0% 2035 Debentures) prior to maturity, holders will have the option to require us to repurchase all
or any portion of their debentures for cash at a price equal to 100% of the principal amount of the 1.0% 2035 Debentures to be purchased plus any accrued and
unpaid interest, including any additional interest to, but excluding, the repurchase date. As of September 30, 2018 , none of the conversion criteria were met for the
1.0% 2035  Debentures.  If  the  conversion  criteria  were  met,  we  could  be  required  to  repay  all  or  some  of  the  aggregate  principal  amount  in  cash  prior  to  the
maturity date.

2.75%

Convertible
Debentures
due
2031

On October 24, 2011 , we sold $690.0 million of 2.75%  Convertible Debentures due in 2031 in a private placement. Total proceeds, net of issuance costs, were
$676.1 million . The 2031 Debentures bear interest at 2.75%  per year, payable in cash semi-annually in arrears. The  2031 Debentures mature on November 1,
2031 , subject to the right of the holders to require us to redeem the 2031 Debentures on November 1, 2017, 2021, and 2026 . The 2031 Debentures are general
senior unsecured obligations and rank equally in right of payment with all of our existing and future unsecured, unsubordinated indebtedness and senior in right of
payment to any indebtedness that is contractually subordinated to the 2031 Debentures. The 2031 Debentures will be effectively subordinated to indebtedness and
other liabilities of our subsidiaries.

We account separately for the liability and equity components of the 2031 Debentures in accordance with authoritative guidance for convertible debt instruments
that may be settled in cash upon conversion. At issuance, we allocated $533.6 million to long-term debt, and $156.4 million has been recorded as additional paid-in
capital, which was amortized to interest expense using the effective interest rate method through November 2017.

In June 2015, we entered into separate privately negotiated agreements with certain holders of our 2031 Debentures to exchange, in a private placement, $256.2
million in aggregate principal amount of our 2031 Debentures for approximately $263.9 million in aggregate principal amount of our 1.5% 2035 Debentures. Upon
repurchase we recorded an extinguishment loss of $17.7 million in other expense, net , in the accompanying consolidated statements of operations. In December
2015, we entered into separate privately negotiated agreements with certain holders of our 2031 Debentures to repurchase $38.3 million in aggregate principal with
proceeds received from the issuance of our 1.0% 2035 Debentures. Upon repurchase we recorded an extinguishment

73

Table of Contents

NUANCE COMMUNICATIONS, INC.
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)

loss  of  $2.4  million  in  other  expense,  net  ,  in  the  accompanying  consolidated  statements  of  operations.  In  accordance  with  the  authoritative  guidance  for
convertible debt instruments, a loss on extinguishment is equal to the difference between the reacquisition price and the net carrying amount of the extinguished
debt for our 2031 Debentures, including any unamortized debt discount or issuance costs. Following this activity, $395.5 million in aggregate principal amount of
our 2031 Debentures remain outstanding. The aggregate debt discount was amortized to interest expense using the effective interest rate method through November
2017 .

If converted, the principal amount of the 2031 Debentures is payable in cash and any amounts payable in excess of the principal amount will (based on an initial
conversion rate, which represents an initial conversion price of approximately $32.30 per share, subject to adjustment) be paid in cash or shares of our common
stock, at our election, only in the following circumstances and to the following extent: (i) on any date during any fiscal quarter (and only during such fiscal quarter)
if  the  closing  sale  price  of  our  common  stock  was  more  than  130% of  the  then  current  conversion  price  for  at  least  20 trading  days  in  the  period  of  the  30
consecutive  trading  days  ending  on  the  last  trading  day  of  the  previous  fiscal  quarter;  (ii)  during  the  five consecutive  business-day  period  following  any  five
consecutive trading-day period in which the trading price for $1,000 principal amount of the 2031 Debentures for each day during such five trading-day period was
less  than  98% of  the  closing  sale  price  of  our  common  stock  multiplied  by  the  then  current  conversion  rate;  (iii)  upon  the  occurrence  of  specified  corporate
transactions, as described in the indenture for the 2031 Debentures; or (iv) at the option of the holder at any time on or after May 1, 2031 . Additionally, we may
redeem the 2031 Debentures, in whole or in part, at par plus accrued and unpaid interest. Each holder shall have the right, at such holder's option, to require us to
repurchase all or any portion of the 2031 Debentures held by such holder on  November 1, 2021 and November 1, 2026 at par plus accrued and unpaid interest. If
we undergo a fundamental change (as described in the indenture for the 2031 Debentures) prior to maturity, holders will have the option to require us to repurchase
all or any portion of their debentures for cash at a price equal to 100% of the principal amount of the debentures to be purchased plus any accrued and unpaid
interest, including any additional interest to, but excluding, the repurchase date. As of September 30, 2018 , no conversion triggers were met. If the conversion
triggers were met, we could be required to repay all or some of the aggregate principal amount in cash prior to the maturity date.

In November 2017, holders of approximately $331.2 million in aggregate principal amount of the outstanding 2031 Debentures exercised their right to require us to
repurchase  such  debentures.  Following  the  repurchase,  $46.6  million  in  aggregate  principal  amount  of  the  2031  Debentures  remains  outstanding.  On  or  after
November 6, 2017, we have the right to call for redemption of some or all of the remaining outstanding 2031 Debentures.

1.25%
Convertible
Debentures
due
2025

In March 2017, we issued $350.0 million in aggregate principal amount of 1.25% Senior Convertible Debentures due in 2025 (the “1.25% 2025 Debentures”) in a
private placement. The proceeds were approximately $343.6 million , net of issuance costs. We used a portion of the proceeds to repurchase 5.8 million shares of
our common stock for $99.1 million and $17.8 million in aggregate principal on our 2031 Debentures. The 1.25% 2025 Debentures bear interest at 1.25% per year,
payable in cash semi-annually in arrears, beginning on October 1, 2017. The 1.25% 2025 Debentures mature on April 1, 2025. The 1.25% 2025 Debentures are
general senior unsecured obligations and rank equally in right of payment with all of our existing and future unsecured, unsubordinated indebtedness and senior in
right  of  payment  to  any  indebtedness  that  is  contractually  subordinated  to  the  1.25%  2025  Debentures.  The  1.25%  2025  Debentures  will  be  effectively
subordinated to indebtedness and other liabilities of our subsidiaries.

We  account  separately  for  the  liability  and  equity  components  of  the  1.25%  2025  Debentures  in  accordance  with  authoritative  guidance  for  convertible  debt
instruments that may be settled in cash upon conversion. The guidance requires the carrying amount of the liability component to be estimated by measuring the
fair  value  of  a  similar  liability  that  does  not  have  an  associated  conversion  feature  and  record  the  remainder  in  stockholders’  equity.  At  issuance,  we  allocated
$252.1 million to long-term debt, and $97.9 million has been recorded as additional paid-in capital, which is being amortized to interest expense using the effective
interest rate method through April 1, 2025.

If converted, the principal amount of the 1.25% 2025 Debentures is payable in cash and any amounts payable in excess of the principal amount will (based on an
initial conversion rate, which represents an initial conversion price of approximately $22.22 per share, subject to adjustment under certain circumstances) be paid
in cash or shares of our common stock, at our election, only in the following circumstances and to the following extent: (i) prior to October 1, 2024, on any date
during any fiscal quarter (and only during such fiscal quarter) if the closing sale price of our common stock was more than 130% of the then current conversion
price for at least 20 trading days in the period of the 30 consecutive trading days ending on the last trading day of the previous fiscal quarter; (ii) at any time on or
after October 1, 2024, (iii) during the five consecutive business-day period immediately following any five consecutive trading-day period in which the trading
price for $1,000 principal amount of the 1.25% 2025 Debentures for each day during such five trading-day period was less than 98% of the closing sale price of our
common stock

74

Table of Contents

NUANCE COMMUNICATIONS, INC.
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)

multiplied by the then current conversion rate; or (iv) upon the occurrence of specified corporate transactions, as described in the indenture for the 1.25% 2025
Debentures. We may not redeem the 1.25% 2025 Debentures prior to the maturity date. If we undergo a fundamental change or non-stock change of control (as
described in the indenture for the 1.25% 2025 Debentures) prior to maturity, holders will have the option to require us to repurchase all or any portion of their
debentures for cash at a price equal to 100% of the principal amount of the 1.25% 2025 Debentures to be purchased plus any accrued and unpaid interest, including
any additional interest to, but excluding, the repurchase date. As of September 30, 2018 , none of the conversion criteria were met for the 1.25% 2025 Debentures.
If the conversion criteria were met, we could be required to repay all or some of the aggregate principal amount in cash prior to the maturity date.

1.50%

Convertible
Debentures
due
2035

In  June  2015,  we  issued  $263.9  million  in  aggregate  principal  amount  of  1.50% Senior  Convertible  Debentures  due  in  2035  (the  “1.5%  2035  Debentures”)  in
exchange for $256.2 million in aggregate principal amount of our 2031 Debentures. Total proceeds, net of issuance costs, were $253.2 million . The 1.5% 2035
Debentures were issued at 97.09% of the principal amount, which resulted in a discount of $7.7 million . The 1.5% 2035 Debentures bear interest at 1.50% per
year,  payable  in  cash  semi-annually  in  arrears.  In  addition  to  ordinary  interest  and  default  additional  interest,  beginning  with  the  semi-annual  interest  period
commencing  on November  1, 2021, contingent  interest  will accrue  during any regular  semi-annual  interest  period  where the average  trading  price  of our 1.5%
2035  Debentures  for  the  ten  trading  day  period  immediately  preceding  the  first  day  of  such  semi-annual  period  is  greater  than  or  equal  to  $1,200  per  $1,000
principal amount of our 1.5% 2035 Debentures, in which case, contingent interest will accrue at a rate of 0.50% per annum of such average trading price. The 1.5%
2035 Debentures mature on November 1, 2035, subject to the right of the holders to require us to redeem the 1.5% 2035 Debentures on November 1, 2021, 2026,
or 2031. The 1.5% 2035 Debentures are general senior unsecured obligations and rank equally in right of payment with all of our existing and future unsecured,
unsubordinated indebtedness and senior in right of payment to any indebtedness that is contractually subordinated to the 1.5% 2035 Debentures. The 1.5% 2035
Debentures will be effectively subordinated to indebtedness and other liabilities of our subsidiaries.

We  account  separately  for  the  liability  and  equity  components  of  the  1.5%  2035  Debentures  in  accordance  with  authoritative  guidance  for  convertible  debt
instruments  that  may  be  settled  in  cash  upon  conversion.  At  issuance,  we  allocated  $208.6  million  to  long-term  debt,  and  $55.3  million  has  been  recorded  as
additional paid-in capital, which is being amortized to interest expense using the effective interest rate method through November 2021.

If converted, the principal amount of the 1.5% 2035 Debentures is payable in cash and any amounts payable in excess of the principal amount, will (based on an
initial  conversion  rate,  which  represents  an  initial  conversion  price  of  approximately  $23.26 per  share,  subject  to  adjustment)  be  paid  in  cash  or  shares  of  our
common stock, at our election, only in the following circumstances and to the following extent: (i) prior to May 1, 2035, on any date during any fiscal quarter
beginning after September 30, 2015 (and only during such fiscal quarter) if the closing sale price of our common stock was more than 130% of the then current
conversion price for at least 20 trading days in the period of the 30 consecutive trading days ending on the last trading day of the previous fiscal quarter; (ii) during
the five  consecutive  business-day  period  following  any  five consecutive trading-day period in which the trading price for $1,000 principal  amount of the 1.5%
2035 Debentures for each day during such five trading-day period was less than 98% of the closing sale price of our common stock multiplied by the then current
conversion rate; (iii) upon the occurrence of specified corporate transactions, as described in the indenture for the 1.5% 2035 Debentures; or (iv) at the option of
the holder at any time on or after May 1, 2035. Additionally, we may redeem the 1.5% 2035 Debentures, in whole or in part, on or after November 5, 2021 for cash
at a price equal to 100% of  the  principal  amount  of  the  1.5%  2035  Debentures  to  be  purchased  plus  any  accrued  and  unpaid  interest,  including  any  additional
interest to, but excluding, the repurchase date. Each holder shall have the right, at such holder’s option, to require us to repurchase all or any portion of the 1.5%
2035 Debentures held by such holder on November 1, 2021, November 1, 2026, or November 1, 2031 at par plus accrued and unpaid interest. Upon repurchase, we
will  pay  the  principal  amount  in  cash  and  any  amounts  payable  in  excess  of  the  principal  amount  will  be  paid  in  cash  or  shares  of  our  common  stock,  at  our
election, with the exception that we may not elect to pay cash in lieu of more than 80% of the number of our common shares we would be obligated to deliver. If
we undergo a fundamental  change (as described in the indenture for the 1.5% 2035 Debentures) prior to maturity, holders will have the option to require us to
repurchase all or any portion of their debentures for cash at a price equal to 100% of the principal amount of the 1.5% 2035 Debentures to be purchased plus any
accrued and unpaid interest, including any additional interest to, but excluding, the repurchase date. As of September 30, 2018 , none of the conversion criteria
were met for the 1.5% 2035 Debentures. If the conversion criteria were met, we could be required to repay all or some of the aggregate principal amount in cash
prior to the maturity date.

75

Table of Contents

Revolving
Credit
Facility

NUANCE COMMUNICATIONS, INC.
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)

Our  revolving  credit  agreement  (the  “Revolving  Credit  Facility”),  which  expires  on  April  15,  2021,  provides  for  aggregate  borrowing  commitments  of  $242.5
million ,  including  the  revolving  facility  loans,  the  swingline  loans  and  issuance  of  letters  of  credit.  As  of  September  30, 2018  ,  after  taking  into  account  the
outstanding  letters  of  credit  of  $6.9  million  ,  we  had  $235.6  million  available  for  additional  borrowing  under  the  Revolving  Credit  Facility.  The  borrowing
outstanding under the Revolving Credit Facility bears interest at either (i) LIBOR plus an applicable margin of 1.50% or 1.75% , or (ii) the alternative base rate
plus an applicable margin of 0.50% or 0.75% . The Revolving Credit Facility  is secured by substantially  all our assets. The Revolving Credit Facility  contains
customary  affirmative  and  negative  covenants  and  conditions  to  borrowing,  as  well  as  customary  events  of  default.  As  of  September  30,  2018  ,  we  are  in
compliance with all the debt covenants.

10. Financial Instruments and Hedging Activities

Derivatives
not
Designated
as
Hedges

Forward Currency Contracts

We have operations in a number of international locations, including certain developing markets where currency exchange rates can be volatile. We utilize foreign
currency  forward  contracts  to  mitigate  the  risks  associated  with  changes  in  foreign  currency  exchange  rates  so  that  our  exposure  to  foreign  currencies  will  be
mitigated or offset by the gains or losses on the foreign currency forward contracts. Generally, we enter into such contracts for less than 90 days and have no cash
requirements until maturity. As of September 30, 2018 and 2017 , we had outstanding contracts with a total notional value of $117.1 million and $69.0 million ,
respectively.

We  did  not  designate  any  forward  contracts  as  hedging  instruments  for  fiscal  years  2018,  2017  and  2016.  Therefore,  changes  in  fair  value  of  foreign  currency
forward contracts were recognized within other expense, net in our condensed consolidated statements of operations. The cash flows related to the settlement of
forward contracts not designated as hedging instruments are included in cash flows from investing activities within our condensed consolidated statement of cash
flows.

A summary of our derivative instruments is as follows (dollars in thousands):

Derivatives Not Designated as Hedges:

Balance Sheet Classification

Foreign currency contracts

Foreign currency contracts

  Prepaid expenses and other current assets

  Accrued expenses and other liabilities

September 30, 2018
143

  $

September 30, 2017
220

  $

(1,192)

(373)

A summary of gains (losses) recognized from the derivative instruments is as follows (dollars in thousands):

Derivatives Not Designated as Hedges:
Foreign currency contracts

11. Fair Value Measures

Income Statement Classification Income
(loss) recognized

2018

2017

2016

  Other expense, net

  $

(3,616)   $

6,811   $

2,021

Fair value is defined as the price that would be received to sell an asset, or paid to transfer a liability, in an orderly transaction between market participants at the
measurement  date.  Valuation  techniques  must  maximize  the  use  of  observable  inputs  and  minimize  the  use  of  unobservable  inputs.  When  determining  the  fair
value  measurements  for  assets  and  liabilities  required  to  be  recorded  at  fair  value,  we  consider  the  principal  or  most  advantageous  market  in  which  we  would
transact  and  consider  assumptions  that  market  participants  would  use  when  pricing  the  asset  or  liability,  such  as  inherent  risk,  transfer  restrictions,  and  risk  of
nonperformance.

The determination of the applicable level within the hierarchy of a particular financial asset or liability depends on the lowest level of inputs that are significant to
the fair value measurement as of the measurement date as follows:

•
•

Level 1:  Quoted prices for identical assets or liabilities in active markets.
Level 2:  Observable inputs other than those described as Level 1.

76

 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
Table of Contents

NUANCE COMMUNICATIONS, INC.
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)

•

Level 3:  Unobservable inputs that are supportable by little or no market activities and are based on significant assumptions and estimates.

Assets and liabilities measured at fair value on a recurring basis at September 30, 2018 and 2017 consisted of (in thousands):

Assets:

Money market funds  (a)
Time deposits (b)
Commercial paper, $27,194 at cost (b)
Corporate notes and bonds, $57,563 at cost (b)
Foreign currency exchange contracts (b)

Total assets at fair value

Liabilities:

Foreign currency exchange contracts (b)
Contingent acquisition payments (c)

Total liabilities at fair value

Assets:

Money market funds (a)
Time deposits (b)
Commercial paper, $41,805 at cost (b)
Corporate notes and bonds, $74,150 at cost (b)
Foreign currency exchange contracts (b)

Total assets at fair value

Liabilities:

Foreign currency exchange contracts (b)
Contingent acquisition payments (c)

Total liabilities at fair value

Level 1

Level 2

Level 3

Total

September 30, 2018

200,004   $

—   $

—   $

200,004

—  

—  

—  

—  

88,158  

27,363  

57,417  

143  

—  

—  

—  

—  

88,158

27,363

57,417

143

200,004   $

173,081   $

—   $

373,085

—   $

—  

—   $

(1,192)   $

—  

(1,192)   $

—   $

(4,000)  

(4,000)   $

(1,192)

(4,000)

(5,192)

Level 1

Level 2

Level 3

Total

September 30, 2017

381,899   $

—   $

—   $

381,899

—  

—  

—  

—  

85,570  

41,968  

74,067  

220  

—  

—  

—  

—  

85,570

41,968

74,067

220

381,899   $

201,825   $

—   $

583,724

—   $

—  

—   $

(373)   $

—  

(373)   $

—   $

(8,648)  

(8,648)   $

(373)

(8,648)

(9,021)

$

$

$

$

$

$

$

$

(a)   Money market funds and time deposits with original maturity of 90 days or less are included within cash and cash equivalents in the consolidated balance sheets and are

valued at quoted market prices in active markets.

(b) Time deposits, commercial paper, corporate notes and bonds, and foreign currency exchange contracts are recorded at fair market values, which are determined based on the
most recent observable inputs for similar instruments in active markets or quoted prices for identical or similar instruments in markets that are not active or are directly or
indirectly observable. Time deposits are generally for terms of one year or less. Commercial paper and corporate notes and bonds generally mature within three years and
had a weighted average maturity of 0.61 years as of September 30, 2018 .

(c) The fair values of our contingent consideration arrangements were determined using either the option pricing model with Monte Carlo simulation or the probability-weighted

discounted cash flow method.

As of September 30, 2017 , $80.2 million of debt securities included within marketable securities were designated as held-to-maturity investments, which had a
weighted average maturity of 0.27 years and an estimated fair value of $80.4 million based on Level 2 measurements. No debt instruments were designated as
held-to-maturity investments as of September 30, 2018 .

The estimated fair value of our long-term debt approximated $2,423.6 million (face value $2,437.0 million ) as of September 30, 2018 and $2,930.9 million (face
value $2,918.1 million ) as of September 30, 2017 , based on Level 2 measurements. The fair value of each borrowing was estimated using the average of the bid
and ask trading quotes at the end of the reporting periods. There was no balance outstanding under our revolving credit agreement as of September 30, 2018 and
September 30, 2017 .

77

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
                    
Table of Contents

NUANCE COMMUNICATIONS, INC.
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)

Additionally, contingent acquisition payments are recorded at fair values upon the acquisition, and remeasured in subsequent reporting periods with the changes in
fair  values  recorded  within  acquisition-related  costs,  net.  Such  payments  are  contingent  upon  the  achievement  of  specified  performance  targets  and  are  valued
using the option pricing model with Monte Carlo simulation or the probability-weighted discounted cash flow model (Level 3 measurement).

The following table provides a summary of changes in fair value of our Level 3 financial instruments for the years ended September 30, 2018 and 2017 (dollars in
thousands):

Balance as of September 30, 2016

Earn-out liability established at time of acquisition

Payments and foreign currency translation

Adjustments to fair value included in acquisition-related costs, net

Balance as of September 30, 2017

Earn-out liability established at time of acquisition

Payments and foreign currency translation

Adjustments to fair value included in acquisition-related costs, net

Balance as of September 30, 2018

Amount

8,240

8,253

(7,830)

(15)

8,648

2,000

(8,188)

1,540

4,000

$

$

Contingent acquisition payment liabilities are scheduled to be paid in periods through fiscal year 2021 . As of September 30, 2018 , we could be required to pay up
to $12.4 million if the specified performance targets are achieved.

12. Restructuring and Other Charges, Net

Restructuring and other charges, net include restructuring expenses as well as other charges that are unusual in nature, are the result of unplanned events, and arise
outside  the  ordinary  course  of  our  business.  Restructuring  expenses  consist  of  employee  severance  costs,  charges  for  the  closure  of  excess  facilities  and  other
contract termination costs. Other charges include litigation contingency reserves, costs related to the transition agreement of our former CEO, asset impairment
charges, expenses associated with the 2017 Malware Incident and gains or losses on the sale or disposition of certain non-strategic assets or product lines.

The components of restructuring and other charges, net are as follows:

Severance costs

Costs of consolidating duplicate facilities

Total restructuring charges

Other charges

Total restructuring and other charges, net

2018

2017

2016

36,824   $

13,297   $

5,056  

41,880  

21,618  

6,735  

20,032  

41,022  

63,498   $

61,054   $

13,133

11,606

24,739

485

25,224

$

$

78

 
 
 
 
Table of Contents

NUANCE COMMUNICATIONS, INC.
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)

The following table sets forth accrual activity relating to restructuring reserves for fiscal years 2018 , 2017 and 2016 (in thousands):

Balance at September 30, 2015

Restructuring charges, net

Non-cash adjustment

Cash payments

Balance at September 30, 2016

Restructuring charges, net

Non-cash adjustment

Cash payments

Balance at September 30, 2017

Restructuring charges, net

Non-cash adjustment

Cash payments

Balance at September 30, 2018

Restructuring and other charges, net by segment are as follows (dollars in thousands):

Personnel

Facilities

Total

$

635   $

6,222   $

13,133  

(57)  

(11,050)  

2,661  

13,297  

—  

(14,412)  

1,546  

36,824  

—  

$

(27,778)  

10,592   $

11,606  

164  

(6,860)  

11,132  

6,735  

(1,374)  

(7,334)  

9,159  

5,056  

(998)  

(5,599)  

7,618   $

6,857

24,739

107

(17,910)

13,793

20,032

(1,374)

(21,746)

10,705

41,880

(998)

(33,377)

18,210

Fiscal Year 2018

Healthcare

Enterprise

Automotive

Imaging

Other

Corporate

Total fiscal year 2018

Fiscal Year 2017

Healthcare

Enterprise

Automotive

Imaging

Other

Corporate

Total fiscal year 2017

Fiscal Year 2016

Healthcare

Enterprise

Automotive

Imaging

Other

Corporate

Total fiscal year 2016

Fiscal
Year
2018

Personnel

Facilities

  Total Restructuring  

Other Charges

Total

$

11,563   $

25   $

11,588   $

—   $

11,588

4,217  

4,160  

5,304  

1,473  

10,107  

36,824   $

4,283   $

2,141  

1,838  

744  

2,954  

1,337  

13,297   $

3,531   $

1,214  

1,967  

284  

3,870  

2,267  

2,243  

20  

1,168  

647  

953  

5,056   $

870   $

3,480  

—  

387  

(15)  

2,013  

6,735   $

1,398   $

2,782  

—  

478  

1,557  

5,391  

6,460  

4,180  

6,472  

2,120  

11,060  

41,880   $

—  

—  

—  

7,103  

14,515  

21,618   $

5,153   $

8,758   $

5,621  

1,838  

1,131  

2,939  

3,350  

—  

—  

—  

10,773  

21,491  

20,032   $

41,022   $

4,929   $

—   $

3,996  

1,967  

762  

5,427  

7,658  

—  

—  

—  

(486)  

971  

6,460

4,180

6,472

9,223

25,575

63,498

13,911

5,621

1,838

1,131

13,712

24,841

61,054

4,929

3,996

1,967

762

4,941

8,629

13,133   $

11,606   $

24,739   $

485   $

25,224

$

$

$

$

$

For  fiscal  year  2018  ,  we  recorded  restructuring  charges  of  $41.9  million  ,  which  included  $36.8  million  related  to  the  termination  of  approximately  1,495
employees and $5.1 million charge related to certain excess facilities, including adjustment to sublease assumptions associated with these facilities. These actions
were  part  of  our  strategic  initiatives  focused  on  investment  rationalization,  process  optimization  and  cost  reduction.  We  expect  the  remaining  outstanding
severance of $10.6 million to be

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
   
   
   
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
   
   
   
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
79

Table of Contents

NUANCE COMMUNICATIONS, INC.
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)

substantially paid by the end of the first quarter of fiscal year 2019 , and the remaining of $7.6 million for the excess facilities to be made through fiscal year 2027 ,
in accordance with the terms of the applicable leases.

Additionally, during fiscal year 2018, we recorded $5.7 million for costs related to the transition agreement of our former CEO, $4.8 million professional services
fees related to assessment and establishment of our corporate transformational efforts, $4.0 million related to our remediation and restoration effort after the 2017
Malware Incident, and fixed asset impairment charges of $7.1 million for SRS and Devices, as more fully described in Note 4. The cash payments associated with
the CEO transition agreement are expected to be made through fiscal year 2020.

Fiscal
Year
2017

For fiscal year 2017, we recorded restructuring charges of $20.0 million , which included $13.3 million related to the termination of approximately 807 terminated
employees and $6.7 million charge related to certain excess facilities, including adjustment to sublease assumptions associated with these facilities. These actions
were part of our initiatives to reduce costs and optimize processes.

Additionally,  during  fiscal  year  2017,  we  recorded  $8.1 million for  costs  related  to  the  transition  agreement  of  our  former  CEO,  $18.1 million of professional
services fees and $4.0 million of fixed asset and inventory write-down as a result of the 2017 Malware Incident, and an impairment charge of $10.8 million related
to an internally developed software.

Fiscal
Year
2016

For fiscal year 2016, we recorded restructuring charges of $24.7 million , which included $13.1 million related to the termination of approximately 452 employees
as part of our initiatives to reduce costs and optimize processes, and $11.6 million charge related to certain excess facility space, including adjustment to sublease
assumptions associated with these facilities.

Additionally, during fiscal year 2016, we recorded certain other charges that totaled $0.5 million for litigation contingency reserves.

13. Supplemental Cash Flow Information

Cash
paid
for
Interest
and
Income
Taxes:

Interest paid

Income taxes paid

Non-Cash
Investing
and
Financing
Activities:

Year Ended September 30,

2018

2017

2016

(Dollars in thousands)

$

$

93,121   $

20,802   $

91,718   $

24,359   $

77,010

21,068

From  time  to  time,  we  issue  shares  of  our  common  stock  in  connection  with  our  business  and  asset  acquisitions,  including  shares  issued  as  payment  for
acquisitions,  shares  initially  held  in  escrow,  and  shares  issued  as  payment  for  contingent  consideration,  which  is  discussed  in  Notes  2 and 3 .  In  addition,  in
connection with certain collaboration agreements, we issued shares of our common stock to our partners in satisfaction of our payment obligations under the terms
of the agreements, as discussed in Note  2 .

14. Stockholders' Equity

Share
Repurchases

On April 29, 2013 , our Board of Directors approved a share repurchase program for up to $500.0 million , which was increased by $500.0 million on April 29,
2015.  On  August  1,  2018  ,  our  Board  of  Directors  approved  an  additional  $500.0  million  under  our  share  repurchase  program.  Under  the  terms  of  the  share
repurchase program, we have the ability to repurchase shares from time to time through a variety of methods, which may include open market purchases, privately
negotiated  transactions,  block  trades,  accelerated  share  repurchase  transactions,  or  any  combination  of  such  methods.  The  share  repurchase  program  does  not
require us to acquire any specific number of shares and may be modified, suspended, extended or terminated by us at any time without prior notice. The timing and
the amount of any purchases will be determined by management based on an evaluation of market conditions, capital allocation alternatives, and other factors.

80

 
 
 
 
 
Table of Contents

NUANCE COMMUNICATIONS, INC.
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)

We repurchased 9.7 million shares, 5.8 million shares and 9.4 million shares for $136.1 million , $99.1 million and $197.5 million during the fiscal years ended
September 30, 2018 , 2017 and 2016 , respectively, under the program. The amount paid in excess of par value is recognized in additional paid in capital and these
shares were retired upon repurchase. Since the commencement of the program, we have repurchased 56.2 million shares for $942.7 million , including 1.0 million
shares  repurchased  from  our  Chief  Executive  Officer  in  fiscal  year  2016.  Approximately  $557.3  million  remained  available  for  share  repurchases  as  of
September 30, 2018 pursuant to our share repurchase program.

Related
Party
Share
Repurchases

In December 2015, as part of our share repurchase program, we repurchased 1.0 million shares from our former CEO, composed of 649,649 outstanding shares and
800,000 vested stock options with a net share equivalent of 350,351 shares, for an aggregate purchase price of $21.4 million , which approximated the fair value of
our common stock on the day of the repurchase.

In March 2016, our Board of Directors approved a repurchase agreement with the Icahn Group to repurchase 26.3 million shares of our common stock at a price of
$19.00  per  share,  which  approximated  the  fair  value  of  our  common  stock  on  the  day  of  the  repurchase,  for  a  total  purchase  price  of  $500.0  million  (the
"Repurchase"). At the closing of the Repurchase, we paid $375.0 million in cash and issued a promissory note in the amount of $125.0 million . The promissory
note bore interest at a rate per annum equal to approximately 2.64% and had a maturity date of June 13, 2016. On April 15, 2016, we fully repaid the promissory
note. Immediately prior to the Repurchase, the Icahn Group owned approximately 60.8 million shares, or approximately 20% , of our outstanding common stock.
In  connection  with  the  Repurchase,  David  Schechter  and  Brett  Icahn,  the  Icahn  Group  representatives  on  our  Board  of  Directors,  resigned  from  our  Board  of
Directors.

Stock
Issuances

During the year ended September 30, 2017, we issued 844,108 shares of our common stock valued at $13.4 million in connection with a business acquisition and
175,000 shares  of our common  stock  valued  at  $2.9 million associated  with charitable  contributions.  During  fiscal  year  2016,  we issued  403,325 shares of our
common stock valued at $6.5 million to our partner in a healthcare collaboration agreement as settlement for a buy-out option and 5,749,807 shares of our common
stock valued at $85.0 million as consideration for our acquisition of TouchCommerce, which are discussed in Notes 2 and 3.

Preferred
Stock

We are authorized to issue up to 40,000,000  shares of preferred stock, par value  $0.001 per share. The undesignated shares of preferred stock will have rights,
preferences, privileges and restrictions, including voting rights, dividend rights, conversion rights, redemption privileges and liquidation preferences, as shall be
determined  by  the  Board  of  Directors  upon  issuance  of  the  preferred  stock.  There  were  no  outstanding  shares  of  preferred  stock  as  of  September  30, 2018  or
September 30, 2017 .

Series A Preferred Stock

We have designated 1,000,000 shares as Series A Preferred Stock, par value $0.001 per share. The Series A Preferred Stock is entitled to receive dividends equal to
the  greater  of  $1.00 and 1,000 times  the  aggregate  per  share  amount  of  all  dividends  declared  on  our  Common  Stock.  Holders  of  each  share  of  the  Series  A
Preferred Stock are entitled to 1,000 votes  on  all  matters  submitted  to  a  vote  of  the  stockholders  of  the  Corporation,  and  shall  vote  as  one  class.  The  Series  A
Preferred Stock is not redeemable, and has the right to certain liquidation preferences over our Common Stock. The Series A Preferred Stock ranks junior to all
other  series  of  the  Preferred  Stock  as  to  the  payment  of  dividends  and  the  distribution  of  assets.  There  were  no  outstanding  shares  of  preferred  stock  as  of
September 30, 2018 or September 30, 2017.

Series B Preferred Stock

We have designated 15,000,000  shares as Series B Preferred Stock, par value $0.001 per share. The Series B Preferred Stock is convertible into shares of common
stock on a one -for- one basis and has a liquidation preference of $1.30 per share plus all declared but unpaid dividends. The holders of Series B Preferred Stock
are entitled to non-cumulative dividends at the rate of $0.05 per annum per share, payable when, and if, declared by the Board of Directors. To date, no dividends
have been declared by the Board of Directors. Holders of Series B Preferred Stock have no voting rights, except those rights provided under Delaware law. There
were no outstanding shares of preferred stock as of September 30, 2018 or September 30, 2017.

81

Table of Contents

15. Stock-Based Compensation

NUANCE COMMUNICATIONS, INC.
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)

On February 28, 2018, our stockholders approved amendments to the Company’s amended and restated 2000 Stock Plan (the “Amended and Restated 2000 Stock
Plan”). The Amended and Restated 2000 Stock Plan (i) increases the number of shares issuable by 6,400,000 to 82,250,000 shares; (ii) prohibits the payment of
dividends relating to unvested awards unless and until such awards become vested; and (iii) prohibits shares that are withheld for taxes or to pay the exercise price
of options or stock appreciation rights, or that are reacquired on the open market or otherwise using cash from option exercises, from becoming available for future
grant under the Amended and Restated 2000 Stock Plan.

As of September 30, 2018 , we had 13.4 million shares available for future grants under the Amended and Restated 2000 Stock Plan. We recognize stock-based
compensation  expenses  over  the  requisite  service  periods.  Our  share-based  awards  are  classified  within  equity.  The  amounts  included  in  the  condensed
consolidated statements of operations related to stock-based compensation are as follows (in thousands):  

Cost of professional services and hosting

Cost of product and licensing

Cost of maintenance and support

Research and development

Sales and marketing

General and administrative

Total

Stock
Options

2018

2017

2016

31,299   $

28,962   $

816  

5,126  

40,087  

39,656  

33,801  

348  

3,767  

33,061  

45,813  

42,321  

31,054

376

4,138

35,671

49,064

43,525

150,785   $

154,272   $

163,828

$

$

We have share-based award plans under which employees, officers and directors may be granted stock options to purchase our common stock, generally at the fair
market value of the grant date. Our plans do not allow for options to be granted at below fair market value, nor can they be re-priced at any time. Options granted
under our plans generally become exercisable over a period of two to four years and have a maximum term of ten years. We have also assumed options and option
plans in connection with certain of our acquisitions. These stock options are governed by the plans and agreements that they were originally issued under but are
now exercisable for shares of our common stock.

82

 
 
 
Table of Contents

NUANCE COMMUNICATIONS, INC.
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)

The table below summarizes activities related to stock options for the years ended September 30, 2018 , 2017 and 2016 :

Outstanding at September 30, 2015

Granted

Exercised

Forfeited

Expired

Outstanding at September 30, 2016

Granted
Exercised/Repurchased (b)

Forfeited

Expired

Outstanding at September 30, 2017

Granted

Exercised

Forfeited

Expired

Outstanding at September 30, 2018

Exercisable at September 30, 2018

Exercisable at September 30, 2017

Exercisable at September 30, 2016

Weighted
Average
Exercise
Price

Weighted
Average
Remaining
Contractual
Term

Aggregate
Intrinsic
Value (a)

14.01  

—  

11.96  

—  

10.42  

15.01  

—    

14.98  

—  

20.01  

15.39    

—    

2.61    

—    

15.99    

17.31  

17.31  

3.1 years   $

3.1 years   $

0.1 million

0.1 million

Number of
Shares

2,923,989   $

—   $

(955,060)   $

—   $

(3,103)   $

1,965,826   $

—   $

(1,932,286)   $

—   $

(9,733)   $

23,807   $

—   $

(2,963)   $

—   $

(1,700)   $

19,144   $

19,144   $

23,798  

1,965,817  

(a)   The aggregate intrinsic value represents any excess of the closing price of our common stock of $17.32 on September 30, 2018 over the exercise price of the underlying

options.

(b)   We repurchased 1.0 million shares owned directly or indirectly by our Chief Executive Officer, including 649,649 outstanding shares and 800,000 vested stock options with

a net share equivalent of 350,351 shares, for an aggregate purchase price of $21.4 million .

As of September 30, 2018 , there was no unamortized fair value of stock options. A summary of intrinsic value of stock options exercised is as follows:

Total intrinsic value of stock options exercised (in millions)

$

0.04   $

3.59   $

8.63

2018

2017

2016

Restricted
Awards

We  are  authorized  to  issue  equity  incentive  awards  in  the  form  of  Restricted  Awards,  including  Restricted  Units  and  Restricted  Stock,  which  are  individually
discussed below. Unvested Restricted Awards may not be sold, transferred or assigned. The fair value of the Restricted Awards is measured based upon the market
price of the underlying common stock as of the date of grant, reduced by the purchase price of $0.001 per share of the awards. Restricted Awards generally vest
over a period of two to four years. We also issued certain Restricted Awards with vesting solely dependent on the achievement of specified performance targets.
The fair value of the Restricted Awards is amortized to expense over the awards’ applicable requisite service periods using the straight-line method. In the event
that  the  employees’  employment  with  us terminates,  or  in  the  case  of  awards  with  only  performance  goals, if  those  goals  are  not  met,  any  unvested  shares  are
forfeited and revert to us.

In  order  to  satisfy  our  employees’  withholding  tax  liability  as  a  result  of  the  vesting  of  Restricted  Awards,  we  have  historically  repurchased  shares  upon  the
employees’ vesting. In fiscal year 2018 , we withheld payroll taxes totaling $52.3 million related to 3.3 million shares of common stock that were repurchased or
canceled.

83

 
 
 
 
   
 
   
 
   
 
   
 
   
 
   
 
   
   
 
   
 
   
 
   
   
   
   
   
 
 
   
 
 
 
   
 
                       
 
 
 
Table of Contents

Restricted Units

NUANCE COMMUNICATIONS, INC.
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)

Restricted Units are not included in issued and outstanding common stock until the shares are vested and released. The table below summarizes activity relating to
Restricted Units:

Outstanding at September 30, 2015

Granted

Earned/released

Forfeited

Outstanding at September 30, 2016

Granted

Earned/released

Forfeited

Outstanding at September 30, 2017

Granted

Earned/released

Forfeited

Outstanding at September 30, 2018

Weighted average remaining recognition period of outstanding Restricted Units

Unrecognized stock-based compensation expense of outstanding Restricted Units
Aggregate intrinsic value of outstanding Restricted Units (1)

Number of Shares 
Underlying 
Restricted Units — 
Contingent Awards

Number of Shares 
Underlying 
Restricted Units — 
Time-Based 
Awards

4,700,210  

2,533,389  

(2,254,445)  

(754,666)  

4,224,488  

3,224,696  

(1,790,514)  

(614,739)  

5,043,931  

2,175,537  

(2,092,862)  

(2,087,038)  

3,039,568  

1.0 year

7,007,839

7,146,415

(7,243,615)

(1,026,616)

5,884,023

8,457,761

(7,150,783)

(713,837)

6,477,164

8,876,712

(7,156,468)

(1,325,321)

6,872,087

2.2 years

$33.1 million  

$52.6 million  

$82.3 million

$119.1 million

(1)   The aggregate intrinsic value represents any excess of the closing price of our common stock of $17.32 on September 30, 2018 over the exercise price of the underlying

Restricted Units.

A summary of the weighted-average grant-date fair value of Restricted Units granted, and the aggregate intrinsic value of Restricted Units vested for each fiscal
year is as follows:

Weighted-average grant-date fair value per share

Total intrinsic value of shares vested (in millions)

2018

2017

2016

$

$

15.47   $

146.5   $

16.31   $

146.0   $

18.93

179.7

84

 
 
 
                       
 
 
 
Table of Contents

Restricted Stock Awards

NUANCE COMMUNICATIONS, INC.
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)

Restricted stock awards ("Restricted Stock") are included within the issued and outstanding common stock at the date of the grant. The table below summarizes
activities related to Restricted Stock:

Outstanding at September 30, 2015

Granted

Vested

Outstanding at September 30, 2016

Granted

Vested

Outstanding at September 30, 2017

Granted

Vested

Outstanding at September 30, 2018

Number of
Shares
Underlying
Restricted Stock

Weighted
Average Grant
Date Fair
Value

250,000   $

—   $

(250,000)   $

—   $

250,000   $

(250,000)   $

—   $

—   $

—   $

—   $

15.71

—

15.71

—

15.55

15.55

—

—

—

—

A summary of the weighted-average grant-date fair value of Restricted Stock granted, and the aggregate intrinsic value of Restricted Stock vested for each fiscal
year is as follows:

Weighted-average grant-date fair value per share

Total intrinsic value of shares vested (in millions)

1995
Employee
Stock
Purchase
Plan

2018

2017

2016

—   $

15.55   $

—   $

3.9   $

—

4.3

$

$

Our 1995 Employee Stock Purchase Plan (the "Plan”), as amended and restated on January 27, 2015 , authorizes the issuance of a maximum of 20,000,000  shares
of common stock in semi-annual offerings to employees at a price equal to the lower of 85% of the closing price on the applicable offering commencement date or
85% of the closing price on the applicable offering termination date. Stock-based compensation expense for the employee stock purchase plan is recognized for the
fair  value  benefit  accorded  to  participating  employees.  At  September  30,  2018  ,  we  have  reserved  5,099,834   shares  for  future  issuance.  A  summary  of  the
weighted-average grant-date fair value, shares issued and total stock-based compensation expense recognized related to the Plan are as follows:

Weighted-average grant-date fair value per share

Total shares issued (in millions)

Total stock-based compensation expense (in millions)

2018

2017

2016

$

$

4.00   $

1.3  

5.2   $

3.84   $

1.3  

4.9   $

The fair value of the purchase rights granted under this plan was estimated on the date of grant using the Black-Scholes option-pricing model that uses the
following weighted-average assumptions, which were derived in a manner similar to those discussed above relative to stock options:

Dividend yield

Expected volatility

Average risk-free interest rate

Expected term (in years)

2018

2017

2016

0.0%  

32.1%  

2.0%  

0.5

0.0%  

29.3%  

0.9%  

0.5

85

3.97

1.2

4.8

0.0%

34.0%

0.5%

0.5

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Table of Contents

16. Commitments and Contingencies

Operating
Leases

NUANCE COMMUNICATIONS, INC.
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)

We have various operating leases for office space around the world. In connection with many of our acquisitions, we assumed facility lease obligations. Among
these  assumed  obligations  are  lease  payments  related  to  office  locations  that  were  vacated  by  certain  of  the  acquired  companies  prior  to  the  acquisition  date.
Additionally, certain of our lease obligations have been included in various restructuring charges (Note  12 ).

The following table outlines our gross future minimum payments under all non-cancelable operating leases as of September 30, 2018 (dollars in thousands):

Year Ending September 30,
2019

2020

2021

2022

2023

Thereafter

Total

Operating Leases

Operating leases under
restructuring

Total

  $

29,119   $

10,128   $

21,299  

18,216  

16,449  

15,572  

64,310  

  $

164,965   $

9,359  

8,536  

8,456  

8,734  

15,663  

60,876   $

39,247

30,658

26,752

24,905

24,306

79,973

225,841

As of September 30, 2018 , we have subleased certain office space that is included in the above table to third parties. As of September 30, 2018 , the aggregate
sublease income to be recognized during the remaining lease terms for restructured facilities is $42.8 million , with approximately $5.9 million annually for each of
the next five fiscal years and approximately $13.3 million thereafter.

Total  rent  expense,  including  rent  expense  for  our  data  centers,  was  approximately  $45.7  million  ,  $  38.5  million  and  $  38.3  million  for  the  years  ended
September 30, 2018 , 2017 and 2016 , respectively.

Litigation
and
Other
Claims

Similar to many companies in the software industry, we are involved in a variety of claims, demands, suits, investigations and proceedings that arise from time to
time relating to matters incidental to the ordinary course of our business, including actions with respect to contracts, intellectual property, employment, benefits
and securities matters. If the potential loss from any claim or legal proceeding is considered probable and the amount can be reasonably estimated, we accrue a
liability  for  the  estimated  loss.  Significant  judgments  are  required  for  the  determination  of  probability  and  the  range  of  the  outcomes.  Due  to  the  inherent
uncertainties, estimates are based only on the best information available at the time. Actual outcomes may differ from our estimates. As additional information
becomes available, we reassess the potential liability related to our pending claims and litigation and may revise our estimates. Such revisions may have a material
impact on our results of operations and financial position. As of September 30, 2018 and 2017 , accrued losses were not material  to our consolidated financial
statements, and we do not expect any pending matter to have a material impact on our consolidated financial statements.

Guarantees
and
Other

We include indemnification provisions in the contracts we enter into with customers and business partners. Generally, these provisions require us to defend claims
arising  out  of  our  products’  infringement  of  third-party  intellectual  property  rights,  breach  of  contractual  obligations  and/or  unlawful  or  otherwise  culpable
conduct. The indemnity obligations generally cover damages, costs and attorneys’ fees arising out of such claims. In most, but not all cases, our total liability under
such  provisions  is  limited  to  either  the  value  of  the  contract  or  a  specified,  agreed  upon  amount.  In  some  cases,  our  total  liability  under  such  provisions  is
unlimited.  In  many,  but  not  all  cases,  the  term  of  the  indemnity  provision  is  perpetual.  While  the  maximum  potential  amount  of  future  payments  we  could  be
required to make under all the indemnification provisions is unlimited, we believe the estimated fair value of these provisions is minimal due to the low frequency
with which these provisions have been triggered.

86

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Table of Contents

NUANCE COMMUNICATIONS, INC.
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)

We  indemnify  our  directors  and  officers  to  the  fullest  extent  permitted  by  Delaware  law,  which  provides  among  other  things,  indemnification  to  directors  and
officers  for  expenses,  judgments,  fines,  penalties  and  settlement  amounts  incurred  by  such  persons  in  their  capacity  as  a  director  or  officer  of  the  company,
regardless  of  whether  the  individual  is  serving  in  any  such  capacity  at  the  time  the  liability  or  expense  is  incurred.  Additionally,  in  connection  with  certain
acquisitions, we agreed to indemnify the former officers and members of the boards of directors of those companies, on similar terms as described above, for a
period of six years from the acquisition date. In certain cases, we purchase director and officer insurance policies related to these obligations, which fully cover the
six -year  period.  To  the  extent  that  we  do  not  purchase  a  director  and  officer  insurance  policy  for  the  full  period  of  any  contractual  indemnification,  and  such
directors and officers do not have coverage under separate insurance policies, we would be required to pay for costs incurred, if any, as described above.

17. Pension and Other Post-Retirement Benefits

Defined
Contribution
Plans

We have established a retirement savings plan under Section 401(k) of the Internal Revenue Code (the “401(k) Plan”). The 401(k) Plan covers substantially all of
our U.S. employees who meet minimum age and service requirements, and allows participants to defer a portion of their annual compensation on a pre-tax basis.
We match 50% of employee contributions up to 4% of eligible salary. Employer's contributions vest one-third annually over a three -year period. Our contributions
to the 401(k) Plan that covers substantially all of our U.S. employees who meet the minimum requirements totaled $6.7 million , $6.7 million and $6.6 million for
fiscal years 2018 , 2017 and 2016 , respectively. We make contributions to various other plans in certain of our foreign operations; total contributions to these plans
are not material.

Defined
Benefit
Plans

We sponsor certain defined benefit plans that are offered primarily by our foreign subsidiaries. Many of these plans were assumed through our acquisitions or are
required  by  local  regulatory  requirements.  We  may  deposit  funds  for  these  plans  with  insurance  companies,  third  party  trustees,  or  into  government-managed
accounts consistent with local regulatory requirements, as applicable. Our total defined benefit pension expenses were $0.3 million , $0.4 million and $0.1 million
for  fiscal  years  2018 , 2017 and 2016 ,  respectively.  The  aggregate  projected  benefit  obligation  as  of  September  30, 2018  and September  30, 2017  was $34.7
million and $37.2 million ,  respectively.  The  aggregate  net  liability  of  our  defined  benefit  plans  as  of  September  30, 2018  and September  30, 2017  was $11.1
million and $13.2 million , respectively.

18. Income Taxes

Recent
Tax
Legislation

On December 22, 2017, the Tax Cuts and Jobs Act ("TCJA") was signed into law. The TCJA significantly revises the U.S. corporate income tax by, among other
things, lowering corporate income tax rates, implementing a hybrid territorial tax system, and imposing a mandatory one-time repatriation tax on foreign cash and
earnings.

As a result of the TCJA, we remeasured certain deferred tax assets and liabilities at the lower rates and recorded approximately $92.9 million of tax benefits for
fiscal year 2018. Additionally, as of September 30, 2018 , we recorded a $5.8 million provision for the deemed repatriation of foreign cash and earnings, which is
estimated  based  upon  estimated  foreign  earnings  and  foreign  income  taxes.  We  are  in  the  process  of  finalizing  our  assessment,  which  will  be  completed  in
December 2018.

Provision
for
Income
Taxes

The components of (loss) income before income taxes are as follows (in thousands):

Domestic

Foreign

(Loss) income before income taxes

Year Ended September 30,

2018

2017

2016

$

$

(187,616)   $

(228,406)   $

(29,119)  

109,391  

(216,735)   $

(119,015)   $

(118,410)

120,149

1,739

87

 
 
 
 
Table of Contents

NUANCE COMMUNICATIONS, INC.
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)

The components of the (benefit) provision for income taxes are as follows (in thousands):

Current:

Federal

State

Foreign

Total current

Deferred:

Federal

State

Foreign

Total deferred

(Benefit) provision for income taxes

Effective income tax rate

Year Ended September 30,

2018

2017

2016

$

4,189

  $

—   $

598

25,623

30,410

(83,319)

2,303

(6,201)

(87,217)

2,185

24,941

27,126

7,291

1,133

(3,569)

4,855

$

(56,807)

  $

31,981

  $

—

3,230

22,981

26,211

(7,235)

(1,962)

(2,817)

(12,014)

14,197

26.2%  

(26.9)%  

816.4%

The (benefit) provision for income taxes differed from the amount computed by applying the federal statutory rate to our (loss) income before income taxes as
follows (in thousands):

Year Ended September 30,

2018

2017

2016

Federal tax benefit at statutory rate

State tax provision, net of federal benefit

Foreign tax rate and other foreign related tax items

Repatriated earnings, net of foreign tax credits

Stock-based compensation

Non-deductible expenditures

Change in U.S. and foreign valuation allowance

TCJA impact

Goodwill impairment

Executive compensation

Other

$

(53,165)   $

(41,655)   $

1,698  

(13,539)  

—  

3,290  

2,546  

56,557  

(87,057)  

28,640  

503  

3,720  

2,560  

(20,415)  

—  

6,934  

3,247  

72,318  

—  

—  

5,492  

3,500  

(Benefit) provision for income taxes

$

(56,807)   $

31,981   $

609

137

(25,976)

71,343

6,154

3,235

(53,079)

—

—

4,749

7,025

14,197

The effective income tax rate is based upon the income for the year, the composition of the income in different countries, changes relating to valuation allowances
for certain countries if and as necessary, and adjustments, if any, for the potential tax consequences, benefits or resolutions of audits or other tax contingencies. Our
aggregate income tax rate in foreign jurisdictions is lower than our income tax rate in the United States; the majority of our income before provision for income
taxes from foreign operations has been earned by subsidiaries in Ireland. Our effective tax rate may be adversely affected by earnings being lower than anticipated
in countries where we have lower statutory tax rates and higher than anticipated in countries where we have higher statutory tax rates.

The effective income tax rate in fiscal year 2018 differs from the U.S. federal statutory rate of 24.5% primarily due to the net tax benefits resulting from the TCJA
remeasurement  of  deferred  tax  assets  and  liabilities  at  the  lower  enacted  rate,  and  our  foreign  earnings  subject  to  lower  tax  rates,  offset  in  part  by  additional
valuation  allowance  related  to  current  period  losses,  the  tax  effect  of  goodwill  impairment  charges  that  are  not  deductible,  and  the  provision  for  the  deemed
repatriation of foreign cash and earnings.

The  effective  income  tax  rate  in  fiscal  year  2017  differs  from  the  U.S.  federal  statutory  rate  of  35% primarily  due to additional  valuation  allowance  related  to
current period losses in the United States, and an increase in deferred tax liabilities related to goodwill, partially offset by our earnings in foreign operations that
are subject to significantly lower tax rates than U.S. statutory tax rate.

88

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Table of Contents

NUANCE COMMUNICATIONS, INC.
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)

The effective income tax rates in fiscal year 2016 differs from the U.S. federal statutory rate of 35% primarily due to additional valuation allowance related to
current period losses in the United States, an increase in the deferred tax liabilities related to goodwill, and an increase in current tax provisions due to the one-time
repatriation of foreign earnings offset by the utilization of previously unbenefited domestic loss and credit carryforwards. These were offset in part by our foreign
earnings subject to significantly lower tax rates, and a $22.1 million release of domestic valuation allowance as a result of tax benefits recorded in connection with
our acquisitions during the period for which a deferred tax liability was established in purchase accounting.

As of September 30, 2018 , we have not provided taxes on $310.5 million of undistributed earnings of our foreign subsidiaries, which may be subject to foreign
withholding  taxes  upon  repatriation,  as  we  consider  these  earnings  indefinitely  reinvested.  Our  indefinite  reinvestment  determination  is  based  on  the  future
operational and capital requirements of our domestic and foreign operations. We expect our international cash and cash equivalents and marketable securities of
$112.8 million will continue to be used for our foreign operations and therefore do not anticipate repatriating these funds. As of  September 30, 2018 , it is not
practical to calculate the unrecognized deferred tax liability on these earnings due to the complexities of the utilization of foreign tax credits and other tax assets.

Deferred tax assets (liabilities) consist of the following as of September 30, 2018 and 2017 (in thousands):

Deferred tax assets:

Net operating loss carryforwards

Federal and state credit carryforwards

Accrued expenses and other reserves

Difference in timing of revenue related items

Deferred compensation

Other

Total deferred tax assets

Valuation allowance for deferred tax assets

Net deferred tax assets

Deferred tax liabilities:

Depreciation

Convertible debt

Acquired intangibles

Unremitted earnings of foreign subsidiaries

Net deferred tax liabilities

Reported as:

Other assets

Long-term deferred tax liabilities

Net deferred tax liabilities

2018

2017

$

192,017   $

46,721  

41,371  

81,647  

19,315  

13,802  

394,873  

(183,295)  

211,578  

(15,729)  

(92,452)  

(131,959)  

—  

(28,562)   $

21,369   $

(49,931)  

(28,562)   $

$

$

$

269,495

58,803

53,795

100,971

30,528

20,424

534,016

(229,449)

304,567

(36,016)

(136,609)

(221,707)

(20,850)

(110,615)

20,705

(131,320)

(110,615)

Deferred tax assets are reduced by a valuation allowance if, based on the weight of available positive and negative evidence, it is more likely than not that some
portion or all the deferred tax assets will not be realized. During fiscal year 2018 , the valuation allowance for deferred tax assets decreased by $46.2 million . This
decrease mainly relates to the remeasurement of deferred tax assets and liabilities at the TCJA lower federal tax rate of 21% and the reduction of foreign tax credit
carryforwards utilized and the TCJA mandatory repatriation of foreign earnings tax. The decrease was partially offset by reduction of deferred tax liabilities due to
intangible asset impairments, establishment of valuation allowance related to current period losses, and reversal of deferred tax liabilities on foreign earnings. As of
September 30, 2018 , we have $142.8 million and $40.5 million in valuation allowance against our net domestic and foreign deferred tax assets, respectively. As of
September 30, 2017 , we had $202.3 million and $27.1 million in valuation allowance against our net domestic and foreign deferred tax assets, respectively.

The majority of deferred tax assets relate to net operating losses, the use of which may not be available as a result of limitations on the use of acquired losses. With
respect to these operating losses, there is no assurance that they will be used given the current assessment of the limitations on their use or our current projection of
future taxable income in the entities for which these losses relate. Based on our analysis, we have concluded that it is not more likely than not that the majority of
our deferred tax assets can

89

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Table of Contents

NUANCE COMMUNICATIONS, INC.
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)

be realized and therefore a valuation allowance has been assigned to these deferred tax assets. If we are subsequently able to utilize all or a portion of the deferred
tax  assets  for  which  a  valuation  allowance  has  been  established,  then  we  may  be  required  to  recognize  these  deferred  tax  assets  through  the  reduction  of  the
valuation allowance which could result in a material benefit to our results of operations in the period in which the benefit is determined.

At September 30, 2018 and 2017 , we had U.S. federal net operating loss carryforwards of $692.9 million and $642.0 million , respectively. At September 30, 2018
and 2017 , we had state net operating loss carryforwards of $259.1 million and $262.7 million , respectively. The net operating loss and credit carryforwards are
subject  to an annual  limitation  due to the  ownership  change  limitations  provided  by the Internal  Revenue Code of 1986 and similar  state  tax provisions.  As of
September  30,  2018  and 2017 ,  we had  foreign  net  operating  loss  carryforwards  of  $164.9 million and $168.8 million , respectively.  These carryforwards  will
expire at various dates beginning in 2018 and extending up to an unlimited period.

As of September 30, 2018 and 2017 , we had federal research and development carryforwards  and foreign tax credit carryforwards of $30.2 million and $43.5
million , respectively. As of September 30, 2018 and 2017 , we had state research and development credit and investment tax credit carryforwards of $5.3 million
and $6.2 million , respectively.  As of September  30, 2018  and 2017 ,  we had  foreign  investment  tax  credit  carryforwards  of  $14.7 million and $14.8 million ,
respectively.

Uncertain
Tax
Positions

We  recognize  tax  benefits  from  uncertain  tax  positions  only  if  it  is  more  likely  than  not  that  the  tax  position  will  be  sustained  on  examination  by  the  taxing
authorities, based on the technical merits of the position. The tax benefits recognized in the financial statements from such positions are then measured based on
the largest benefit which is more likely than not to be realized upon ultimate settlement. We recognize interest and penalties related to uncertain tax positions in our
provision for income taxes line of our consolidated statements of operations.

The aggregate changes in the balance of our gross unrecognized tax benefits were as follows (in thousands):

Balance at the beginning of the year

Increases related to tax positions from prior fiscal years

Decreases related to tax positions from prior fiscal years

Increases for tax positions taken during current period

Decreases for tax settlements and lapse in statutes

Cumulative translation adjustments

Balance at the end of the year

September 30,

2018

2017

$

34,058   $

31,955

1,720  

(2,281)  

1,709  

(4,083)  

(724)  

$

30,399   $

2,745

(602)

1,676

(1,083)

(633)

34,058

As of September  30,  2018  , $30.4 million of  the  unrecognized  tax  benefits,  if  recognized,  would  impact  our  effective  tax  rate.  We  do  not  expect  a  significant
change  in  the  amount  of  unrecognized  tax  benefits  within  the  next  12  months  .  We  recognized  interest  and  penalties  related  to  uncertain  tax  positions  in  our
provision  for  income  taxes  of  $1.4  million  , $2.1  million  ,  and  $2.2  million  during  fiscal  years  2018,  2017,  and  2016,  respectively.  We  recorded  interest  and
penalties of $10.8 million and $9.9 million as of September 30, 2018 and 2017, respectively.

We are subject to U.S. federal income tax, various state and local taxes, and international income taxes in numerous jurisdictions. The federal tax returns for 1999
through 2014 remain subject to examination for the purpose of determining the amount of remaining tax NOL and other carryforwards. Additionally, the federal
tax returns for 2015 through 2018 years remain open for all purposes of examination by the IRS and other taxing authorities in material jurisdictions.

19. Related Party Transaction

In January 2018, we entered into a software and license agreement (the "License Agreement") with Magnet Systems, Inc. ("Magnet") which was pre-approved by
our Board of Directors. A member of the Magnet board of directors also served on our board of directors at the time of the transaction. Pursuant to the License
Agreement,  Magnet  granted  us  a  perpetual  software  license  to  certain  technology  for  a  one-time  payment  of  $5.0  million  in  cash,  with  $3.5  million  paid
immediately upon the effective date of the License Agreement and $1.5 million payable upon the earlier of (i) the 120-day period following the effective date of
the License Agreement or (ii) signature of a statement of work for the engineering services described below.

90

 
 
 
Table of Contents

NUANCE COMMUNICATIONS, INC.
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)

Additionally, we entered into a service agreement (the "Service Agreement") with Magnet, pursuant to which, Magnet will provide engineering services to assist in
integrating the licensed technology into certain of our Enterprise solutions. Based upon the statement of work signed on April 19, 2018, total fees under the Service
Agreement should not exceed $2.0 million and are payable within thirty days after receipt of each invoice for services performed and accepted in accordance with
the terms of the Service Agreement.

For  fiscal  year  2018,  we  made  a  total  payment  of  $5.7  million  to  Magnet,  with  $5.0  million  related  to  the  license  and  $0.7  million  related  to  the  integration
services. As of September 30, 2018, $0.4 million was included within Accounts payable.

20. Segment and Geographic Information

During  the  first  quarter  of  fiscal  year  2018,  we  commenced  a  review  of  our  segment  reporting  structure  to  better  align  our  Chief  Operating  Decision  Maker's
("CODM") long-term strategic focus with our organizational structure. During the second quarter of fiscal year 2018, we implemented a number organizational
changes to align our segment reporting structure with our long-term strategic focuses, including (i) establishing our Automotive business as a separate operating
segment,  (ii)  moving  our  Dragon  TV  business  from  our  former  Mobile  operating  segment  into  our  Enterprise  operating  segment  to  consolidate  our
telecommunications market resources, and (iii) establishing an Other segment that includes our SRS and Devices businesses, previously reported within our former
Mobile operating segment. As a result, segment information for fiscal years 2018, 2017 and 2016 has been recast to reflect the new segment reporting structure.

Our  CODM  regularly  reviews  segment  revenues  and  segment  profits  for  performance  evaluation  and  resources  allocation.  Segment  revenues  include  certain
acquisition-related adjustments for revenues that would otherwise have been recognized without the acquisition. Segment profits reflect controllable costs directly
related to each segment and the allocation of certain corporate expenses such as, corporate sales and marketing expenses and research and development project
costs that benefit multiple segments. Certain items such as stock-based compensation, amortization of intangible assets, acquisition-related costs, net, restructuring
and  other  charges,  net,  other  expenses,  net  and  certain  unallocated  corporate  expenses  are  excluded  from  segment  profits,  which  allow  for  more  meaningful
comparisons to the financial results of the historical operations for performance evaluation and resources allocation by our CODM.

•

•

•

•

•

The  Healthcare  segment  is  primarily  engaged  in  providing  clinical  speech  and  clinical  language  understanding  solutions  that  improve  the  clinical
documentation process, from capturing the complete patient record to improving clinical documentation and quality measures for reimbursement.

The  Enterprise  segment  is  primarily  engaged  in  using  speech,  natural  language  understanding,  and  artificial  intelligence  to  provide  automated  customer
solutions and services for voice, mobile, web and messaging channels.

The  Automotive  segment  is  primarily  engaged  in  providing  automotive  manufacturers  and  their  suppliers  branded  and  personalized  virtual  assistants  and
connected car services built on our voice recognition and natural language understanding technologies.

The  Imaging  segment  is  primarily  engaged  in  software  solutions  and  expertise  that  help  professionals  and  organizations  to  gain  optimal  control  of  their
document and information processes through scanning and print management.

Other segment includes our SRS and Devices businesses. Our SRS business provides value-added services to mobile operators in India and Brazil (“Mobile
Operator Services”) and voicemail transcription services to mobile operators in the rest of the world (“Voicemail-to-Text”). Our Devices business provides
speech recognition solutions and predictive text technologies for handset devices.

91

Table of Contents

NUANCE COMMUNICATIONS, INC.
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)

As we do not track our assets by operating segment, we do not include total assets or depreciation expenses by operating segment. The following table presents
segment results along with a reconciliation of segment profits to (loss) income before income taxes (in thousands):

Segment revenues:

Healthcare

Enterprise

Automotive

Imaging

Other

Total segment revenues

Acquisition related revenue adjustments (a)

Total consolidated revenue

Segment profit:

Healthcare

Enterprise

Automotive

Imaging

Other

Total segment profit

Corporate expenses and other, net

Acquisition-related revenues and costs of revenues adjustment

Stock-based compensation

Amortization of intangible assets

Acquisition-related costs, net

Restructuring and other charges, net

Impairment of goodwill and other intangible assets
Costs associated with IP collaboration agreements (b)

Other expenses, net

(Loss) income before income taxes

Year Ended September 30,

2018

2017

2016

$

984,819   $

899,341   $

483,194  

279,402  

212,903  

109,064  

2,069,382  

(17,721)  

2,051,661  

331,382  

142,422  

109,867  

67,391  

28,417  

679,479  

(199,411)  

(17,721)  

(150,785)  

(147,966)  

(16,101)  

(63,498)  

(170,941)  

—  

474,317  

252,218  

217,749  

133,766

1,977,391  

(38,029)  

1,939,362  

262,149  

135,638  

118,869  

79,512  

41,568  

637,736  

(125,924)  

(38,029)  

(154,272)  

(178,748)  

(27,740)  

(61,054)  

—  

—  

(129,791)  

(170,984)  

$

(216,735)   $

(119,015)   $

973,297

396,026

214,267

241,569

154,434

1,979,593

(30,690)

1,948,903

313,466

129,259

95,660

100,823

38,434

677,642

(128,239)

(29,765)

(163,828)

(170,897)

(17,166)

(25,224)

—

(4,000)

(136,784)

1,739

(a)   Segment revenues differ from reported revenues due to certain revenue adjustments related to acquisitions that would otherwise have been recognized but for the purchase
accounting treatment of the business combinations. These revenues are included to allow for more complete comparisons to the financial results of historical operations and
in evaluating management performance.

(b)   We  entered  into  certain  collaboration  agreements  in  order  to  gain  access  to  a  third  party’s  extensive  speech  recognition  technology,  natural  language  technology,  and
semantic processing technology. Pursuant to these agreements, we had sole rights to commercialize such intellectual property for periods ranging between two to six years.
For fiscal year 2016, we recognized $4.0 million as sales and marketing expense for the exclusive commercialization rights related to one of these collaboration agreements
in our consolidated statements of operations. No expenses were recognized for fiscal years 2018 and 2017.

No country outside of the United States provided greater than 10% of our total revenue. Revenue, classified by the major geographic areas in which our customers
are located, was as follows (dollars in thousands):

United States

International

Total

2018

1,470,669   $

580,992  

2017
1,352,039   $

587,323  

2,051,661   $

1,939,362   $

2016
1,385,265

563,638

1,948,903

$

$

92

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Table of Contents

NUANCE COMMUNICATIONS, INC.
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)

No country outside of the United States held greater than 10% of our long-lived or total assets. Our long-lived assets, including intangible assets and goodwill,
were located as follows (dollars in thousands):

United States

International

Total

21. Subsequent Event

September 30, 
2018
3,378,698   $

995,050  

4,373,748   $

$

$

September 30, 
2017

3,604,140

999,842

4,603,982

During  the  third  quarter  of  fiscal  year  2018,  we  commenced  a  strategic  and  operational  review  of  our  business  with  the  goal  of  improving  our  focuses  on
leveraging our core strengths in key vertical markets and sustaining our long-term growth and profitability.

In connection with our strategic business review, our Board of Directors approved the divestiture of our Imaging business on November 7, 2018. On November 11,
2018,  we  entered  into  a  definitive  stock  purchase  agreement,  pursuant  to  which  we  agreed  to  sell  our  Imaging  business  and  associated  assets  for  a  total  cash
consideration of approximately $400 million. The transaction, which is subject to regulatory review and other customary closing conditions, is expected to close by
the end of the second quarter of fiscal year 2019.

Additionally, on November 19, 2018, we announced our intent to spin off our Automotive business into an independent publicly-traded company through a pro rata
distribution to our common stock holders. Completion of the proposed spin-off is subject to certain conditions, including final approval by our Board of Directors.
We are targeting to compete the separation of the business by the end of fiscal year 2019.

22. Quarterly Data (Unaudited)

The following information has been derived from unaudited consolidated financial statements that, in the opinion of management, include all recurring adjustments
necessary for a fair statement of such information (dollars in thousands, except per share amounts):

2018

Total revenue

Gross profit

Net income (loss)

Net income (loss) per share:

Basic

Diluted

Weighted average common shares outstanding:

Basic

Diluted

2017

Total revenue

Gross profit

Net loss

Net loss per share:

Basic

Diluted

Weighted average common shares outstanding:

Basic

Diluted

$

$

$

$

$

$

$

$

$

$

First
Quarter

Second
Quarter

Third
Quarter

Fourth
Quarter

Fiscal Year

501,645   $

280,451   $

514,224   $

285,236   $

53,228   $

(164,053)   $

502,887   $

289,449   $

(14,037)   $

532,905   $

322,955   $

(35,066)   $

2,051,661

1,178,091

(159,928)

0.18   $

0.18   $

(0.56)   $

(0.56)   $

(0.05)   $

(0.05)   $

(0.12)   $

(0.12)   $

(0.55)

(0.55)

291,367  

295,995  

294,103  

294,103  

292,663  

292,663  

287,052  

287,052  

291,318

291,318

First
Quarter

Second
Quarter

Third
Quarter

Fourth
Quarter

Fiscal Year

487,658   $

275,248   $

(23,929)   $

499,573   $

286,155   $

(33,808)   $

486,221   $

270,008   $

(27,836)   $

465,910   $

254,151   $

(65,423)   $

1,939,362

1,085,562

(150,996)

(0.08)   $

(0.08)   $

(0.12)   $

(0.12)   $

(0.10)   $

(0.10)   $

(0.23)   $

(0.23)   $

(0.52)

(0.52)

288,953  

288,953  

291,021  

291,021  

287,856  

287,856  

288,718  

288,718  

289,348

289,348

93

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Table of Contents

Item 9.

Changes
in
and
Disagreements
with
Accountants
on
Accounting
and
Financial
Disclosure

Not applicable.

Item 9A. 

Controls
and
Procedures

Disclosure
Controls
and
Procedures

Our management, with the participation of our Chief Executive Officer and Chief Financial Officer, has evaluated the effectiveness of our disclosure controls and
procedures. Our disclosure controls and procedures are designed (i) to ensure that information required to be disclosed by us in the reports that we file or submit
under  the  Securities  Exchange  Act  of  1934,  as  amended  (the  "Exchange  Act")  is  recorded,  processed  and  summarized  and  reported  within  the  time  periods
specified  in  the  SEC’s  rules  and  forms  and  (ii)  to  ensure  that  information  required  to  be  disclosed  in  the  reports  we  file  or  submit  under  the  Exchange  Act  is
accumulated  and  communicated  to  our  management,  including  our  Chief  Executive  Officer  and  Chief  Financial  Officer,  to  allow  timely  decisions  regarding
required disclosure. Based on that evaluation, our Chief Executive Officer and Chief Financial Officer concluded that, as of September 30, 2018 , our disclosure
controls and procedures were effective.

Management
Report
on
Internal
Control
Over
Financial
Reporting

Management is responsible for establishing and maintaining adequate internal control over financial reporting, as defined in Rules 13a-15(f) and 15d-15(f) under
the Exchange Act. Our internal control over financial reporting is designed to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the
preparation of financial statements for external reporting purposes in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles. Our internal control over financial
reporting includes those policies and procedures that:

•

•

•

pertain to the maintenance of records that, in reasonable detail, accurately and fairly reflect the transactions and dispositions of our assets;

provide reasonable assurance that transactions are recorded as necessary to permit preparation of financial statements in accordance with generally accepted
accounting principles, and that our receipts and expenditures are being made only in accordance with authorizations of our management and directors; and,

provide reasonable assurance regarding prevention or timely detection of unauthorized acquisition, use or disposition of our assets that could have a material
effect on the financial statements.

Because  of  its  inherent  limitations,  internal  control  over  financial  reporting  may  not  prevent  or  detect  misstatements.  Also,  projections  of  any  evaluation  of
effectiveness to future periods are subject to the risk that controls may become inadequate because of changes in conditions and that the degree of compliance with
the policies or procedures may deteriorate.

Management  has  assessed  the  effectiveness  of  our  internal  control  over  financial  reporting  as  of  September  30,  2018  ,  utilizing  the  criteria  set  forth  by  the
Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission (“COSO”) in the 2013 Internal Control-Integrated Framework. Based on the results of this
assessment,  management  (including  our  Chief  Executive  Officer  and  our  Chief  Financial  Officer)  has  concluded  that,  as  of  September  30, 2018  ,  our  internal
control over financial reporting was effective.

The  attestation  report  concerning  the  effectiveness  of  our  internal  control  over  financial  reporting  as  of  September  30,  2018  issued  by  BDO  USA,  LLP,  an
independent registered public accounting firm, appears in Item 8 of this Annual Report on Form 10-K.

Changes
in
Internal
Controls
Over
Financial
Reporting

There have been no changes in our internal controls over financial reporting during the fourth quarter of fiscal 2018 that have materially affected, or are reasonably
likely to materially affect, our internal controls over financial reporting.

94

Table of Contents

Item 9B. Other
Information

On November 19, 2018, the Compensation Committee of the Board of Directors approved the payment of a $1 million transaction bonus to Alvaro Monserrat, the
Executive Vice President and General Manager of the Imaging business, upon and subject to the occurrence of the closing of the sale of the Imaging business, in
recognition of Mr. Monserrat’s integral role in the transaction. The Committee also approved the payment of a bonus under the Company’s annual incentive plan,
upon and subject to the closing of the transaction, to Mr. Monserrat in the amount of 100% of target in the event that the closing occurs on or before March 31,
2019, and in an amount based on the Company’s projected fiscal year forecast in the event the closing occurs after March 31, 2019, in each case pro-rated for the
portion of the fiscal year that runs to and including the closing date.  Each such bonus may be paid to Mr. Monserrat in cash or equity, at the Company’s option.
The  Committee  also  approved  the  acceleration  and  vesting  of  all  of  Mr.  Monserrat’s  outstanding  performance  stock  units,  at  target,  and  restricted  stock  units,
scheduled  to  vest  through  November  30,  2019,  such  acceleration  and  vesting  to  occur  upon  and  subject  to  the  closing  of  the  transaction.    Mr.  Monserrat  must
remain continuously employed with the Company and work diligently and in good faith through the closing of the transaction in order to be eligible for the bonuses
and accelerated vesting summarized above.

PART III

Certain  information  required  by  Part  III  is  omitted  from  this  Annual  Report  on  Form  10-K  since  we  intend  to  file  our  definitive  Proxy  Statement  for  our  next
Annual Meeting of Stockholders, pursuant to Regulation 14A of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended (the “Proxy Statement”), within 120 days of the
end of the fiscal year covered by this report, and certain information to be included in the Proxy Statement is incorporated herein by reference.

Item 10. Directors,
Executive
Officers
and
Corporate
Governance

The information required by this item concerning our directors is incorporated by reference to the information set forth in the section titled “Election of Directors”
in our Proxy Statement. Information required by this item concerning our executive officers is incorporated by reference to the information set forth in the section
entitled  “Executive  Compensation,  Management  and  Other  Information”  in  our  Proxy  Statement.  Information  regarding  Section  16  reporting  compliance  is
incorporated by reference to the information set forth in the section entitled “Section 16(a) Beneficial Ownership Reporting Compliance” in our Proxy Statement.

Our  Board  of  Directors  adopted  a  Code  of  Business  Conduct  and  Ethics  for  all  of  our  directors,  officers  and  employees  on  September  15,  2015.  Our  Code  of
Business Conduct and Ethics can be found at our website: www.nuance.com. We will provide to any person without charge, upon request, a copy of our Code of
Business  Conduct  and  Ethics.  Such  a  request  should  be  made  in  writing  and  addressed  to  Investor  Relations,  Nuance  Communications,  Inc.,  1  Wayside  Road,
Burlington, MA 01803.

To date, there have been no waivers under our Code of Business Conduct and Ethics. We will post any waivers, if and when granted, of our Code of Business
Conduct and Ethics on our website at www.nuance.com.

Item 11. Executive
Compensation

The information required by this item regarding executive compensation is incorporated by reference to the information set forth in the section titled “Executive
Compensation, Management and Other Information” in our Proxy Statement.

Item 12.

Security
Ownership
of
Certain
Beneficial
Owners
and
Management
and
Related
Stockholders
Matters

The information required by this item regarding security ownership of certain beneficial owners and management is incorporated by reference to the information
set forth in the sections titled “Security Ownership of Certain Beneficial Owners and Management” and “Equity Compensation Plan Information” in our Proxy
Statement.

95

Table of Contents

Item 13. Certain
Relationships
and
Related
Transactions,
and
Director
Independence

It is the policy of the Board that all transactions required to be reported pursuant to Item 404 of Regulation S-K be subject to approval by the Audit Committee of
the  Board.  In  furtherance  of  relevant  Nasdaq  rules  and  our  commitment  to  corporate  governance,  the  charter  of  the  Audit  Committee  provides  that  the  Audit
Committee shall review and approve any proposed related party transactions including, transactions required to be reported pursuant to Item 404 of Regulation S-K
for  potential  conflict  of  interest  situations.  The  Audit  Committee  reviews  the  material  facts  of  all  transactions  that  require  the  committee’s  approval  and  either
approves or disapproves of the transaction. In determining whether to approve a transaction, the Audit Committee will take into account, among other factors it
deems  appropriate,  whether  the  transaction  is  on  terms  no  less  favorable  than  terms  generally  available  to  an  unaffiliated  third-party  under  the  same  or  similar
circumstances.

The additional information required by this item regarding certain relationships and related party transactions is incorporated by reference to the information set
forth in the sections titled “Transactions with Related Persons” and “Corporate Governance-Board Independence” in our Proxy Statement.

Item 14. Principal
Accountant
Fees
and
Services

The  information  required  by  this  section  is  incorporated  by  reference  from  the  information  in  the  section  entitled  “Ratification  of  Appointment  of  Independent
Registered Public Accounting Firm” in our Proxy Statement.

Item 15. Exhibits
and
Financial
Statement
Schedules

(a) The following documents are filed as a part of this Report:

(1) Financial Statements — See Index to Financial Statements in Item 8 of this Report.

PART IV

(2) Financial  Statement  Schedules  —  All  schedules  have  been  omitted  as  the  requested  information  is  inapplicable  or  the  information  is  presented  in  the

financial statements or related notes included as part of this Report.

(3) Exhibits — See Item 15(b) of this Report below.

(b) Exhibits.

EXHIBIT INDEX

Incorporated by Reference

Exhibit
Index #  
3.1

Exhibit Description

Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation of the
Registrant.

Form  

File No.

10-Q

0-27038

Exhibit
3.2

3.2

3.3

3.4

3.5

3.6

Certificate of Amendment of the Amended and Restated Certificate
of Incorporation of the Registrant.

10-Q

0-27038

  Certificate of Ownership and Merger.

  Amended and Restated Bylaws of the Registrant.

Certificate of Amendment of the Amended and Restated Certificate
of Incorporation of the Registrant, as amended.

  8-K

  8-K

S-3

  0-27038

  0-27038

333-142182

Certificate of Elimination of the Series A Participating Preferred
Stock.

8-K

0-27038

3.1

3.1

3.1

3.3

3.1

Filing Date

Filed Herewith

5/11/2001

8/9/2004

  10/19/2005

  11/9/2018

4/18/2007

8/20/2013

X

96

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
Table of Contents

Exhibit
Index #  
3.7

Exhibit Description
Certificate of Designation of Rights, Preferences and Privileges of
Series A Participating Preferred Stock.

4.1

4.2

4.3

4.4

4.5

4.6

4.7

4.8

  Specimen Common Stock Certificate.

Indenture, dated as of October 24, 2011, by and between Nuance
Communications, Inc. and U.S. Bank National Association as
Trustee relating to 2.75% Convertible Debentures due 2031.

Indenture, dated August 14, 2012, among Nuance Communications,
Inc., the guarantors party thereto and U.S. Bank National
Association, relating to 5.375% Senior Notes due 2020.

Preferred Shares Rights Agreement, dated as of August 19, 2013,
by and between Nuance Communications, Inc. and American Stock
Transfer & Trust Company, LLC, as rights agent.

First Amendment to Preferred Shares Rights Agreement, dated as
of August 18, 2014, by and between Nuance Communications, Inc.
and American Stock Transfer & Trust Company, LLC, as rights
agent.

Indenture, dated June 16, 2015, between Nuance Communications,
Inc., and U.S. Bank National Association as Trustee, relating to
1.50% Convertible Debentures due 2035.

Indenture, dated December 7, 2015, between Nuance
Communications, Inc., and U.S. Bank National Association as
Trustee, relating to 1.00% Senior Convertible Debentures Due
2035.

Indenture, dated as of June 21, 2016, among Nuance
Communications, Inc., the guarantors party thereto and U.S. Bank
National Association as Trustee relating to 6% Senior Notes due
2024.

Incorporated by Reference

Form  

File No.

8-K

0-27038

Exhibit
3.2

Filing Date

Filed Herewith

8/20/2013

  8-A

8-K

  0-27038

0-27038

4.1

4.1

  12/6/1995

10/24/2011

8-K

0-27038

4.1

8/14/2012

8-K

0-27038

4.1

8/20/2013

8-K

001-36056

4.2

8/18/2014

8-K

001-36056

4.1

6/22/2015

8-K

001-36056

4.1

12/7/2015

8-K

001-36056

4.1

6/22/2016

10.1   Form of Indemnification Agreement.

10.2   Amended and Restated 1995 Employee Stock Purchase Plan.

10.3

10.4

10.5

10.6

Nuance Communications, Inc. 2000 Stock Plan (as amended
January 27, 2016)

Form of Restricted Stock Purchase Agreement for use under
Nuance Communications, Inc. 2000 Stock Plan.*

Form of Restricted Stock Unit Purchase Agreement for use under
Nuance Communications, Inc. 2000 Stock Plan.*

Form of Stock Option Agreement for use under Nuance
Communications, Inc. 2000 Stock Plan.*

10.7   Amended and Restated 1995 Directors Stock Plan.

10.8

Amended & Restated Employment Agreement dated November 17,
2016 between the Registrant and Paul Ricci.*

10.9   Form of Executive Officer Employment Offer Letter*

10.10

Form of Change of Control and Severance Agreement for
Executive Officers.*

  S-8

  S-8

8-K

  333-108767

  001-36056

001-36056

  5/10/2018

  2/6/2015

3/6/2018

4.2

10.1

10-K/A

0-27038

10.17

12/15/2006

10-K/A

0-27038

10.18

12/15/2006

10-K/A

0-27038

10.19

12/15/2006

  10-Q

  001-36056

8-K

0-27038

  10-K

  001-36056

10-Q

001-36056

10.3

10.1

10.9

10.2

  8/9/2018

11/17/2016

  11/22/2016

8/9/2018

97

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
   
   
   
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
   
Table of Contents

Exhibit
Index #  
10.11

10.12

10.13

10.14

10.15

10.16

10.17

10.18

Exhibit Description
Purchase Agreement, dated as of December 1, 2015 by and between
Nuance Communications, Inc. and Barclays Capital Inc. and
Morgan Stanley & Co. LLC as representatives of the several initial
purchasers listed on Schedule I thereto.

Revolving Credit Agreement, dated April 15, 2016, among Nuance
Communications, Inc., the lenders party thereto and Barclays Bank
PLC as Administrative Agent.

Guarantee and Collateral Agreement, dated April 15, 2016 among
Nuance Communications, Inc., certain Nuance subsidiaries and
Barclays Bank PLC as Administrative Agent.

Purchase Agreement, dated as of June 14, 2016, by and among
Nuance Communications, Inc., the subsidiary guarantors party
thereto and Morgan Stanley & Co. LLC and Barclays Capital Inc.,
as representatives of the several initial purchasers named therein.

Transition and Severance Agreement between Nuance
Communications, Inc. and Earl H. Devanny III dated August 31,
2016.

Incorporated by Reference

Form  

File No.

8-K

001-36056

Exhibit
10.1

Filing Date

Filed Herewith

12/2/2015

8-K

001-36056

10.1

4/19/2016

8-K

001-36056

10.2

4/19/2016

8-K

001-36056

10.1

6/17/2016

8-K

001-36056

10.1

9/7/2016

Change of Control and Severance Agreement between Nuance
Communications, Inc. and Daniel Tempesta dated August 8, 2018.

Employment Agreement between Nuance Communications, Inc.
and Mark D. Benjamin dated March 19, 2018.

Sale Agreement by and between Nuance Communications, Inc. and
Project Leopard AcquireCo Limited dated November 11, 2018

8-K

8-K

001-36056

10.1

3/22/2018

001-36056

2.1

11/14/2018

X

X

X

X

X

X

X

X

14.1   Registrant’s Code of Business Conduct and Ethics

21.1   Subsidiaries of the Registrant.

23.1   Consent of BDO USA, LLP.

24.1   Power of Attorney. (See Signature Page).

31.1

31.2

Certification of Chief Executive Officer Pursuant to Rule 13a-14(a)
or 15d-14(a).

Certification of Chief Financial Officer Pursuant to Rule 13a-14(a)
or 15d-14(a).

32.1   Certification Pursuant to 18 U.S.C. Section 1350.

101

The following materials from Nuance Communications, Inc.’s
Annual Report on Form 10-K for the fiscal year ended September
30, 2018, formatted in XBRL (Extensible Business Reporting
Language): (i) the Consolidated Statements of Operations, (ii) the
Consolidated Statements of Comprehensive Loss, (iii) the
Consolidated Balance Sheets, (iv) the Consolidated Statements of
Cash Flows, and (v) Notes to Unaudited Condensed Consolidated
Financial Statements.

*  

Denotes management compensation plan or arrangement

98

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
   
   
   
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
   
   
   
   
   
 
   
   
   
   
 
   
   
   
   
 
   
   
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
   
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
Table of Contents

Pursuant to the requirements of Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, the Registrant has duly caused this Annual Report on Form 10-K to be
signed on its behalf by the undersigned, thereunto duly authorized.

SIGNATURES

NUANCE COMMUNICATIONS, INC.

By: 

/s/ Mark Benjamin

Mark Benjamin

Chief Executive Officer

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Table of Contents

POWER OF ATTORNEY

KNOW  ALL  PERSONS BY  THESE  PRESENTS,  that  each  individual  whose  signature  appears  below  constitutes  and  appoints  Mark  Benjamin  and  Daniel  D.
Tempesta, and each of them acting individually, as his or her true and lawful attorneys-in-fact and agents, each with full power of substitution and resubstitution,
for him or her and in his or her name, place and stead, in any and all capacities, to sign any and all amendments to this Annual Report on Form 10-K and to file the
same with all exhibits thereto, and all documents in connection therewith, with the Securities and Exchange Commission, granting unto said attorneys-in-fact and
agents, and each of them, full power and authority to do and perform each and every act and thing requisite and necessary to be done, as fully to all intents and
purposes as he or she might or could do in person, and hereby ratifying and confirming all that said attorneys-in-fact and agents or any of them, or their or his
substitute or substitutes, may lawfully do or cause to be done by virtue hereof. This power of attorney may be executed in counterparts.

Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, this Annual Report on Form 10-K has been signed by the following persons in the capacities
and on the dates indicated.

                                                                                                                                                                                            
Table of Contents

Date: 11/20/2018

Date: 11/20/2018

Date: 11/20/2018

Date: 11/20/2018

Date: 11/20/2018

Date: 11/20/2018

Date: 11/20/2018

Date: 11/20/2018

Date: 11/20/2018

Date: 11/20/2018

Date: 11/20/2018

  /s/ Mark Benjamin

Mark Benjamin, Chief Executive Officer
(Principal Executive Officer)

  /s/ Daniel D. Tempesta

Daniel D. Tempesta
Executive Vice President and Chief Financial Officer (Principal Financial
Officer)

  /s/ Arthur Giterman

Arthur Giterman
Senior Vice President, Chief Accounting Officer and Corporate Controller
(Principal Accounting Officer)

  /s/ Daniel J. Brennan

  Daniel J. Brennan, Director

  /s/ Laura S. Kaiser

  Laura S. Kaiser, Director

  /s/ Lloyd A. Carney

  Lloyd A. Carney, Chairman of the Board

  /s/ Mark R. Laret

  Mark R. Laret, Director

  /s/ Michal Katz

  Michal Katz, Director

  /s/ Robert J, Finocchio, Jr

  Robert J, Finocchio, Jr., Director

  /s/ Sanjay N. Vaswani

  Sanjay N. Vaswani, Director

  /s/ Thomas D. Ebling

  Thomas D. Ebling, Director

 
 
 
   
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
   
 
 
   
 
 
   
 
 
   
 
 
   
 
 
   
 
 
   
 
 
   
 
Table of Contents

Item 16. Form
10-K
Summary

Not applicable.

Exhibit 3.4

BYLAWS

OF

NUANCE COMMUNICATIONS, INC.

(As Amended & Restated November 7, 2018)

 
 
 
TABLE OF CONTENTS

ARTICLE I OFFICES
ARTICLE II MEETINGS OF STOCKHOLDERS
ARTICLE III DIRECTORS

MEETINGS OF THE BOARD OF DIRECTORS

COMMITTEES OF DIRECTORS

COMPENSATION OF DIRECTORS

REMOVAL OF DIRECTORS

ARTICLE IV NOTICES

ARTICLE V OFFICERS

THE CHAIRMAN OF THE BOARD

THE CHIEF EXECUTIVE OFFICER, PRESIDENT AND VICE-

PRESIDENTS

THE SECRETARY AND ASSISTANT SECRETARY

THE TREASURER AND ASSISTANT TREASURERS

ARTICLE VI CERTIFICATE OF STOCK

LOST CERTIFICATES

TRANSFER OF STOCK

FIXING RECORD DATE

REGISTERED STOCKHOLDERS

ARTICLE VII GENERAL PROVISIONS

DIVIDENDS

CHECKS

FISCAL YEAR

SEAL

INDEMNIFICATION

PROHIBITION ON TOXICS

ARTICLE VIII AMENDMENTS

Page

1
1
11

12

13

13

14

14

14

15

15

15

16

16

17

17

18

18

18

18

18

19

19

19

20

21

 
 
ARTICLE I 

OFFICES

Section 1 . The registered office shall be in the City of Dover, County of Kent, State of Delaware.

Section 2 . The corporation may also have offices at such other places both within and without the State of Delaware as the

Board of Directors may from time to time determine or the business of the corporation may require.

ARTICLE II 

MEETINGS OF STOCKHOLDERS

Section 1 . All meetings of the stockholders for the election of directors shall be held at such place as may be fixed from time

to time by the Board of Directors, or at such other place either within or without the State of Delaware as shall be designated from
time to time by the Board of Directors and stated in the notice of the meeting. Meetings of stockholders for any other purpose may
be held at such time and place, within or without the State of Delaware, as shall be stated in the notice of the meeting or in a duly
executed waiver of notice thereof.

Section 2 .

(a)    Annual meetings of stockholders shall be held at such date and time as shall be designated from time to time by the
Board of Directors and stated in the notice of the meeting, at which they shall elect a board of directors, and transact such other
business as may properly be brought before the meeting.

(b)    A nominee for director shall be elected to the board of directors if the votes cast for such nominee’s election exceed the

votes against and withheld from such nominee’s election; provided, however, that directors shall be elected by a plurality of the
votes cast by the holders of the shares present in person or represented by proxy and entitled to vote on the election of directors at
any meeting of stockholders where the number of director nominees exceeds the number of directors to be elected at such meeting
and for which (i) the secretary has received a notice that a stockholder intends to nominate a person for election to the board of
directors in compliance with the notice requirements set forth in Article II, Section 11 or Section 15 of these bylaws, as applicable;
and (ii) such nomination has not been withdrawn by such stockholder on or before the fourteenth (14th) day preceding the date that
the corporation first files its definitive proxy statement for such meeting (regardless of whether or not such proxy statement is
thereafter revised or supplemented) with the Securities and Exchange Commission. If directors are to be elected by a plurality of the
votes cast, stockholders shall not be permitted to vote against a nominee. With respect to the election of directors only, “abstentions”
and “broker non-votes,” although counted for quorum purposes, shall not be included in the total number of votes cast or be counted
as votes “for” or “against” any nominee’s election.

(c)    The Nominating & Governance Committee has established procedures under which any director nominated for

reelection shall tender his or her contingent resignation to the Board of Directors. If a nominee for director fails to receive the
required number of votes for reelection, the Nominating & Governance Committee will make a recommendation to the Board of
Directors on whether to accept or reject the resignation, or whether other action should be taken. The Board of Directors will act on
the Nominating & Governance Committee’s recommendation and publicly disclose its decision and the rationale behind it within
ninety (90) days from the date of the certification of the election results.

Section 3 . Written notice of the annual meeting stating the place, date and hour of the meeting shall be given to each

stockholder entitled to vote at such meeting not less than ten (10) nor more than sixty (60) days before the date of the meeting.

Section 4 . The officer who has charge of the stock ledger of the corporation shall prepare and make, at least ten (10) days
before every meeting of stockholders, a complete list of the stockholders entitled to vote at the meeting, arranged in alphabetical
order, and showing the address of each stockholder and the number of shares registered in the name of each stockholder. Such list
shall be open to the examination of any stockholder, for any purpose germane to the meeting, during ordinary business hours, for a
period of at least ten (10) days prior to the meeting, either at a place within the city where the meeting is to be held, which place
shall be specified in the notice of the meeting, or, if not so specified, at the place where the meeting is to be held. The list shall also
be produced and kept at the time and place of the meeting during the whole time thereof, and may be inspected by any stockholder
who is present.

Section 5 .

(a)    Special meetings of the stockholders, for any purpose or purposes, unless otherwise prescribed by statute or by the

certificate of incorporation, may be called by the Board of Directors, the Chairman of the Board, the Chief Executive Officer or the
Secretary, acting pursuant to a resolution duly adopted by a majority of the Whole Board (as defined below). Subject to the
satisfaction of the requirements of these bylaws, a special meeting of the stockholders shall be called by the Chairman of the Board,
the Chief Executive Officer or the Secretary upon the written request of holders of an aggregate of at least twenty percent 20% of all
of the votes entitled to be cast on any issue to be considered at the proposed special meeting (such a meeting, a “Stockholder
Requested Special Meeting”). The term “Whole Board” shall mean the total number of authorized directors of the corporation
whether or not there exist any vacancies in previously authorized directorships.

(b)    Any request for a Stockholder Requested Special Meeting shall (i) be signed and dated by each stockholder (or their

duly authorized agents) and delivered to the Secretary at the principal executive offices of the corporation, (ii) set forth a statement
of the specific purpose or purposes of the proposed meeting and the matters proposed to be acted on at such meeting, and
(iii) include the information required by Article II, Section 11(c) of these bylaws with respect to the stockholders requesting the
Stockholder Requested Special Meeting, and any business proposed to be conducted and any nominations proposed to be presented
at such meeting. In addition, the stockholder and any duly authorized agent shall promptly provide any other information reasonably
requested by the corporation. A stockholder providing a request for business proposed to be brought before a Stockholder Requested
Special Meeting shall update and supplement such request, if necessary, so that the information provided or required to be provided
in such request pursuant to this Section 5(c) shall be true and correct and such update or supplement shall be delivered to, and
received by, the Secretary at the principal executive offices of the corporation.

(c)    Any Stockholder Requested Special Meeting shall be held at such date, time and place within or without the State of

Delaware as may be fixed by the Board of Directors; provided, however , that the date of any Stockholder Requested Special
Meeting shall be not more than sixty (60) days after the record date for such meeting, which shall be fixed in accordance with Article
VI, Section V of these bylaws.

(d)    Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Chairman of the Board, the Chief Executive Officer or the Secretary shall not be

required to call a Stockholder Requested Special Meeting if (i) the Board of Directors has called or calls an annual meeting of
stockholders to be held not later than ninety (90) days

2

after the Delivery Date where the Board of Directors determines in good faith that the business of such annual meeting (among any
other matters properly brought before the annual meeting) includes the business specified in the stockholders’ request; (ii) an annual
or special meeting that included the business specified in the request (as determined by the Board of Directors in good faith) was
held not more than ninety (90) days before the Delivery Date; (iii) the request relates to an item of business that is not a proper
subject for action by the stockholders of the corporation under applicable law; or (iv) was made in a manner that involved a violation
of applicable law.

(e)    A stockholder may revoke a request for a Stockholder Requested Special Meeting at any time by written revocation

delivered to the Secretary, and if, following such revocation there are un-revoked requests from stockholders holding in the
aggregate less than the requisite number of shares entitling the stockholders to request the calling of a Stockholder Requested
Special Meeting, the Board of Directors, in its discretion, may cancel the Stockholder Requested Special Meeting. If none of the
stockholders who submitted the request for a Stockholder Requested Special Meeting appears or sends a qualified representative to
present the nominations proposed to be presented or other business proposed to be conducted at such meeting, the corporation need
not present such nominations or other business for a vote at such meeting. Section 6 . Written notice of a special meeting stating the
place, date and hour of the meeting and the purpose or purposes for which the meeting is called, shall be given not fewer than ten
(10) nor more than sixty (60) days before the date of the meeting, to each stockholder entitled to vote at such meeting.

Section 7 . Business transacted at any special meeting of stockholders shall be limited to the purposes stated in the notice.
Business transacted at a Stockholder Requested Special Meeting shall be limited to the purposes described in the special meeting
requested; provided, however , that nothing herein shall prohibit the corporation from submitting matters to a vote of the
stockholders at any Stockholder Requested Special Meeting.

Section 8 . The holders of a majority of the stock issued and outstanding and entitled to vote thereat, present in person or

represented by proxy, shall constitute a quorum, at all meetings of the stockholders for the transaction of business except as
otherwise provided by statute or by the certificate of incorporation. If, however, such quorum shall not be present or represented at
any meeting of the stockholders, the stockholders entitled to vote thereat, present in person or represented by proxy, shall have the
power to adjourn the meeting from time to time, without notice other than announcement at the meeting, until a quorum shall be
present or represented. At such adjourned meeting at which a quorum shall be present or represented, any business may be transacted
that might have been transacted at the meeting as originally notified. If the adjournment is for more than thirty (30) days, or if after
the adjournment a new record date is fixed for the adjourned meeting, a notice of the adjourned meeting shall be given to each
stockholder of record entitled to vote at the meeting.

Section 9 . When a quorum is present at any meeting, except as provided in Article II, Section 2(b) of these bylaws for the

election of directors, the vote of the holders of a majority of the stock having voting power present in person or represented by proxy
shall decide any question brought before such meeting, unless the question is one upon which by express provision of the statutes or
of the certificate of incorporation or of the applicable rules of any stock exchange or automatic quotation system upon which the
corporation’s shares are traded, a different vote is required, in which case such express provision shall govern and control the
decision of such question.

Section 10 . Unless otherwise provided in the certificate of incorporation each stockholder shall at every meeting of the

stockholders be entitled to one vote in person or by proxy for each share of the

3

capital stock having voting power held by such stockholder, but no proxy shall be voted on after three (3) years from its date, unless
the proxy provides for a longer period.

Section 11 .

(a)    Nominations of persons for election to the Board of Directors and the proposal of business to be considered by the

stockholders may be made at an annual meeting of stockholders (A) pursuant to the corporation’s notice with respect to such
meeting, (B) by or at the direction of the Board of Directors, or (C) by any stockholder of record of the corporation who was a
stockholder of record at the time of the giving of the notice provided for in these bylaws, who is entitled to vote at the meeting and
who has complied with the notice procedures set forth in this Section 11.

(b)    For nominations or other proposals of business to be properly brought before an annual meeting by a stockholder

pursuant to clause (C) of the preceding paragraph, (i) the stockholder must have given timely notice thereof in writing to the
Secretary of the corporation (as provided in the third paragraph below of this Section 11), (ii) such business must be a proper matter
for stockholder action under the General Corporation Law of Delaware, (iii) if the stockholder, or the beneficial owner on whose
behalf any such proposal or nomination is made, has (1) provided the corporation with a Solicitation Notice (as defined below), then
(2) such stockholder or beneficial owner must, in the case of a proposal, have delivered a proxy statement and form of proxy to
holders of at least the percentage of the corporation’s voting shares required under these bylaws and applicable law to carry any such
proposal, or, in the case of a nomination(s), have delivered a proxy statement and form of proxy to holders of a percentage of the
corporation’s voting shares sufficient to elect the nominee(s) proposed to be nominated by such stockholder, and must, in either case,
have included in such materials the Solicitation Notice, and (iv) if no Solicitation Notice relating thereto has been timely provided
pursuant to this Section 11, the stockholder or beneficial owner proposing such business or nomination must not have solicited a
number of proxies sufficient to have required the delivery of such a Solicitation Notice under this Section 11.

(c)    To be timely, a stockholder’s notice relating to nominations or other proposals of business to be properly brought before

an annual meeting shall be delivered to the Secretary at the principal executive offices of the corporation (a) not later than the close
of business on the ninetieth (90th) calendar day, nor earlier than the close of business on the one hundred and twentieth (120th)
calendar day, prior to the first anniversary of the preceding year’s annual meeting, or (b) not later than the close of business on the
forty-fifth (45th) calendar day, nor earlier than the close of business on the seventy-fifth (75th) calendar day, prior to the first
anniversary (the “Anniversary”) of the date on which the corporation first mailed its proxy materials for the preceding year’s annual
meeting, whichever period described in clause (a) or (b) of this sentence occurs first; provided, however, that if the date of the
annual meeting is advanced more than thirty (30) calendar days prior to, or delayed by more than sixty (60) calendar days after, the
anniversary of the preceding year’s annual meeting. Such stockholder’s notice shall set forth (a) as to each person whom the
stockholder proposes to nominate for election or reelection as a director, (i) all information relating to such person as would be
required to be disclosed in solicitations of proxies for the election of such nominee(s) as directors pursuant to Regulation 14A under
the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended or any successor thereto (the “Exchange Act”), (ii) a description of all
arrangements or understandings between or among the stockholder and, each nominee and/or any other person or persons (naming
such person or persons) pursuant to which the nominations are to be made by the stockholder or pertaining to the nominee’s service
on the Board of Directors and (iii) such nominee’s written consent to be named in the proxy statement as a nominee and to serve as a
director for the term for which such nominee is standing for election if elected, as well as a written statement executed by such
person acknowledging that as a director of the corporation, such person will owe a fiduciary duty under the General Corporation
Law of Delaware exclusively to the corporation and its stockholders, (b) as to

4

any other business that the stockholder proposes to bring before the meeting, a brief description of such business, the reasons for
conducting such business at the meeting and any material interest in such business of such stockholder and the beneficial owner, if
any, on whose behalf the proposal is made, and (c) as to the stockholder giving the notice and the beneficial owner, if any, on whose
behalf the nomination or proposal is made (i) the name and address of such stockholder, as they appear on the corporation’s books,
and of such beneficial owner, (ii) the class and number of shares of the corporation that are owned beneficially and of record by such
stockholder and such beneficial owner, and (iii) whether either such stockholder or beneficial owner intends to deliver a proxy
statement and form of proxy to holders of, in the case of a proposal, at least the percentage of the corporation’s voting shares
required under applicable law to carry the proposal or, in the case of a nomination(s), a sufficient number of holders of the
corporation’s voting shares to elect such nominee(s) (an affirmative statement of such intent, a “Solicitation Notice”).

(d)    Notwithstanding anything in the first sentence of the third paragraph of this Section 11 to the contrary, in the event that

the number of directors to be elected to the Board of Directors is increased and there is no Public Announcement naming all of the
nominee(s) for director or specifying the size of the increased Board of Directors made by the corporation at least fifty-five
(55) calendar days prior to the Anniversary, a stockholder’s notice required by this bylaw shall also be considered timely, but only
with respect to nominee(s) for any new positions created by such increase, if it shall be delivered to the Secretary at the principal
executive offices of the corporation not later than the close of business on the tenth (10th) calendar day following the day on which
such Public Announcement is first made by the corporation.

(e)    Only such persons nominated in accordance with the procedures set forth in this Section 11 or Section 15 of this Article
II shall be eligible to serve as directors and only such business shall be conducted at an annual meeting of stockholders as shall have
been brought before the meeting in accordance with the procedures set forth in this Section 11. The Chairman of the meeting shall
have the power and the duty to determine whether a nomination or any business proposed to be brought before the meeting has been
made in accordance with the procedures set forth in these bylaws and, if any proposed nomination or business is not in compliance
with these bylaws, to declare that such defective proposed business or nomination shall not be presented for stockholder action at the
annual meeting and shall be disregarded.

(f)    Nominations of persons for election to the Board of Directors may be made at a special meeting of stockholders at

which directors are to be elected pursuant to the corporation’s notice (as provided in Section 6 above) of meeting (a) by or at the
direction of the Board of Directors, or (b) by any stockholder of record of the corporation who is a stockholder of record at the time
of giving of notice provided for in this paragraph, who shall be entitled to vote at the meeting and who complies with the notice
procedures set forth in this Section 11. Nominations by stockholders of persons for election to the Board of Directors, where
permitted, may be made at such a special meeting of stockholders if the Solicitation Notice required by paragraph (c) of this
Section 11 shall be delivered to the Secretary at the principal executive offices of the corporation not earlier than the close of
business on the one hundred and twentieth (120th) calendar day prior to the special meeting and not later than the close of business
on the later of (ib) the ninetieth (90th) calendar day prior to such special meeting, and (ii) the tenth (10th) calendar day following the
day on which Public Announcement is first made of the date of the special meeting and of the nominee(s) proposed by the Board of
Directors to be elected at such meeting.

(g)    For purposes of this Section 11, “Public Announcement” shall mean disclosure in a press release reported by the Dow

Jones News Service, Associated Press or a comparable national news service or in a document publicly filed by the corporation with
the Securities and Exchange Commission (the

5

“Commission”) pursuant to Section 13, 14 or 15(d) of the Exchange Act. In no event shall the Public Announcement of an
adjournment of stockholders meeting commence a new time period for the giving of stockholder’s notice as described above.

(h)    Notwithstanding the foregoing provisions of this Section 11, a stockholder shall also comply with all applicable
requirements of the Exchange Act and the rules and regulations thereunder with respect to matters set forth in this Section 11.
Nothing in this Section 11 shall be deemed to contravene any express rights of stockholders to request inclusion of proposals in the
corporation’s proxy statement pursuant to Rule 14a-8 under the Exchange Act.

Section 12 . The stockholders of the corporation may not take action by written consent without a meeting but must take any

such actions at a duly called annual or special meeting.

Section 13 . With respect to any meeting of stockholders, the Board of Directors may appoint an inspector or inspectors of
election to act at the meeting or its adjournment. If no inspector of election is so appointed, then the Chairman of the meeting may
appoint an inspector or inspectors of election to act at the meeting. If any person appointed as inspector fails to appear or fails or
refuses to act, then the Chairman of the meeting may appoint a person to fill that vacancy. Such inspectors may, at the direction of
the Board of Directors or the Chairman of the meeting, be directed to do any or all of the following: (a) determine the number of
shares outstanding and the voting power of each, the number of shares represented at the meeting, the existence of a quorum, and the
authenticity, validity, and effect of proxies; (b) receive votes, ballots or consents; (c) hear and determine challenges and questions in
any way arising in connection with the right to vote; (d) count and tabulate all votes; (e) determine when the polls shall close;
(f) determine the result; and (g) do any other acts that may be proper to conduct the election or vote with fairness to all stockholders.

Section 14 . The Chief Executive Officer, or in the absence of the Chief Executive Officer, the Chairman of the Board, or, in
the absence of the Chief Executive Officer and the Chairman of the Board, the President or one of the corporation’s Vice-Presidents,
or, in the absence of any of the foregoing such other person as shall be appointed by the Board of Directors, shall call all meetings of
stockholders to order and shall act as Chairman of the meeting. The Chairman of any meeting of stockholders shall determine the
order of business and the procedures at the meeting, including such matters as the regulation of the manner of voting and the conduct
of business.

Section 15 .

(a)     Subject to the terms of this Section 15, the corporation shall include in its proxy statement and form of proxy card

(together, “Proxy Materials”) for an annual meeting of stockholders the name, together with the Required Information (as defined
below), of any person nominated for election (a “Stockholder Nominee”) to the Board of Directors by a stockholder that satisfies, or
by a group of no more than twenty (20) stockholders that satisfy, the requirements of this Section 15 (such stockholder or group of
stockholders, including each member thereof to the extent the context so requires, an “Eligible Stockholder”), and that expressly
elects at the time of providing the notice required by this Section 15 (the “Nomination Notice”) to have its nominee included in the
Proxy Materials pursuant to this Section 15. In the event that an Eligible Stockholder consists of a group of stockholders, any and all
requirements and obligations for an individual Eligible Stockholder that are set forth in these bylaws shall apply to each member of
such group, except that the Required Shares (as defined below) shall apply to the ownership of the group in the aggregate.

6

(b)     In order to validly submit a Nomination Notice, an Eligible Stockholder must have owned continuously for at least

three (3) years that number of shares of common stock of the corporation as shall constitute three percent (3%) or more of the
outstanding common stock of the corporation (the “Required Shares”) as of both (i) a date within seven (7) calendar days prior to the
date of the Nomination Notice and (ii) the record date for determining stockholders entitled to vote at the annual meeting of
stockholders. In addition, such Eligible Stockholder must continue to hold the Required Shares through the date of the annual
meeting of stockholders or any adjournment or postponement thereof. For purposes of satisfying the foregoing ownership
requirement under this Section 15: (A) the shares of the common stock of the corporation owned by one or more stockholders, or by
the person or persons who own shares of the common stock of the corporation and on whose behalf any stockholder is acting, may
be aggregated, but the number of stockholders and other persons whose ownership of shares of common stock of the corporation is
aggregated for such purpose shall not exceed twenty (20); (B) two (2) or more funds that are (1) under common management and
investment control, (2) under common management and funded primarily by the same employer, or (3) a “group of investment
companies,” as such term is defined in Section 12(d)(1)(G)(ii) of the Investment Company Act of 1940, as amended, shall be treated
as one stockholder or beneficial owner, provided that such funds otherwise meet the requirements under this Section 15 and,
provided, further, that such funds provide to the Secretary documentation reasonably satisfactory to the Board of Directors that
demonstrates that the funds satisfy this Section 15; and (C) no stockholder or person may be a member of more than one group of
persons constituting an Eligible Stockholder under this Section 15. For avoidance of doubt, a stockholder may withdraw from a
group of stockholders at any time prior to the annual meeting of stockholders or any adjournment or postponement thereof. If, as a
result of such withdrawal, the Eligible Stockholder no longer owns the Required Shares, then all nominations by such Eligible
Stockholder shall be disregarded. For purposes of this Section 15, an Eligible Stockholder shall be deemed to “own” only those
outstanding shares of common stock of the corporation as to which the stockholder possesses both (i) the full voting and investment
rights pertaining to the shares and (ii) the full economic interest in (including the opportunity for profit and risk of loss on) such
shares. The number of shares calculated in accordance with clauses (i) and (ii) of the previous sentence shall not include any shares
(a) sold by such stockholder or any of its affiliates in any transaction that has not been settled or closed; (b) borrowed by such
stockholder or any of its affiliates for any purposes or purchased by such stockholder or any of its affiliates pursuant to an agreement
to resell; or (c) subject to any option, warrant, forward contract, swap, contract of sale, or other derivative or similar agreement
entered into by such stockholder or any of its affiliates, whether any such instrument or agreement is to be settled with shares or with
cash based on the notional amount or value of shares of outstanding common stock of the corporation, in any such case which
instrument or agreement has, or is intended to have, the purpose or effect of either or both of (x) reducing in any manner, to any
extent or at any time in the future, such stockholder’s or its affiliates’ full right to vote or direct the voting of any such shares; or (y)
hedging, offsetting or altering to any degree gain or loss arising from the full economic ownership of such shares by such
stockholder or affiliate. For purposes of this Section 15, a stockholder shall “own” shares held in the name of a nominee or other
intermediary so long as the stockholder retains the right to instruct how the shares are voted with respect to the election of directors
and possesses the full economic interest in the shares. For purposes of this Section 15, a person’s ownership of shares of common
stock of the corporation shall be deemed to continue during any period in which the person has loaned such shares so long as the
person has the power to recall such loaned shares on five (5) business days’ notice, and has recalled the loaned shares by the record
date of the relevant annual meeting and the person holds the recalled shares through the date of the annual meeting of stockholders
or any adjournment or postponement thereof. For purposes of this Section 15, a person’s ownership of shares of common stock of
the corporation shall be deemed to continue during any period in which the person has delegated any voting power by means of a
proxy, power of attorney, or other instrument or arrangement that is revocable at any time by the person without condition. The
terms “owned,” “owning” and other

7

variations of the word “own” shall have correlative meanings. Whether outstanding shares of common stock of the corporation are
“owned” for these purposes shall be determined by the Board of Directors in good faith, and such determination shall be conclusive
and binding on the corporation and its stockholders.

(c)     For purposes of this Section 15, the “Required Information” that the corporation will include in its proxy statement is:

(i) the information concerning the Stockholder Nominee and the Eligible Stockholder that is required to be disclosed in the
corporation’s proxy statement by the regulations promulgated under the Exchange Act; and (ii) if the Eligible Stockholder so elects,
a written statement, not to exceed 500 words, in support of the Stockholder Nominee’s candidacy (the “Statement”).
Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained in this Section 15, the corporation may omit from the Proxy Materials any
information or Statement (or portion thereof) that it, in good faith, believes would violate any applicable law or regulation. Nothing
in this Section 15 shall limit the corporation’s ability to solicit against and include in its Proxy Materials its own statements relating
to any Eligible Stockholder or Stockholder Nominee.

(d)     To be timely, a Nomination Notice and the Required Information must be delivered to or mailed and received by the

Secretary at the principal executive offices of the corporation not later than the close of business on the 120th day and not earlier
than the close of business on the 150th day prior to the anniversary of the date (as stated in the corporation’s Proxy Materials) the
definitive proxy statement with respect to the preceding year’s annual meeting was first sent to stockholders; provided, however, that
in the event that the date of the annual meeting is more than thirty (30) days before or more than sixty (60) days after the anniversary
of the preceding year’s annual meeting, notice by the stockholder to be timely must be so received not earlier than the ninetieth (90 th
) day prior to such annual meeting and not later than the close of business on the later of (i) the sixtieth (60 th ) day prior to such
annual meeting or (ii) the tenth (10 th ) day following the day on which Public Announcement of the date of such meeting is first
made by the corporation. In no event shall the Public Announcement of an adjournment or postponement of an annual meeting
commence a new time period (or extend any time period) for the delivery or receipt of a Nomination Notice and Required
Information as described above.

(e)     The Nomination Notice shall set forth the following information: (i) one or more written statements from the record

holder(s) of the shares (and from each intermediary through which the shares are or have been held during the requisite three (3) year
holding period) verifying that, as of a date within seven (7) calendar days prior to the date of the Nomination Notice, the Eligible
Stockholder (including each member of any group of stockholders that together is an Eligible Stockholder) owns, and has owned
continuously for the preceding three (3) years, the Required Shares; (ii) the Eligible Stockholder’s agreement to provide, within five
(5) business days after the record date for the annual meeting of stockholders, written statements from the record holder and
intermediaries verifying the continuous ownership by such Eligible Stockholder (including each member of any group of
stockholders that together is an Eligible Stockholder) of the Required Shares through the record date; (iii) the information (including
with respect to the Stockholder Nominees of such Eligible Stockholder) that would be required to be set forth in a stockholder’s
notice of a nomination pursuant to Section 11; (iv) the written consent of each Stockholder Nominee to being named in the
corporation’s proxy statement as a nominee and to serving as a director if elected; (v) a copy of the Schedule 14N that has been filed
with the Securities and Exchange Commission as required by Rule 14a-18 under the Exchange Act, as such rule may be amended;
(vi) in the case of a nomination by a group of stockholders that together is such an Eligible Stockholder, the designation by all group
members of one group member that is authorized to act on behalf of all members of the nominating stockholder group with respect
to the nomination and matters related thereto, including withdrawal of the nomination; (vii) a representation that the Eligible

8

Stockholder (including each member of any group of stockholders that together is an Eligible Stockholder) (A) acquired the
Required Shares in the ordinary course of business and not with the intent to change or influence control at the corporation, and does
not presently have such intent; (B) has not nominated and will not nominate for election to the Board of Directors at the annual
meeting of stockholders any person other than the Stockholder Nominee(s) being nominated pursuant to this Section 15; (C) has not
engaged and will not engage in, and has not and will not be a “participant” in another person’s, “solicitation” within the meaning of
Rule 14a-1(l) under the Exchange Act in support of the election of any individual as a director at the annual meeting of stockholders
other than its Stockholder Nominee or a nominee of the Board of Directors; (D) will not distribute to any stockholder any form of
proxy for the annual meeting other than the form distributed by the corporation; and (E) intends to own the Required Shares through
the date of the annual meeting of stockholders; and (viii) an undertaking that the Eligible Stockholder (including each member of
any group of stockholders that together is an Eligible Stockholder) agrees to (A) assume all liability stemming from any legal or
regulatory violation arising out of the Eligible Stockholder’s communications with the stockholders of the corporation or out of the
information that the Eligible Stockholder provided to the corporation; (B) comply with all other laws and regulations applicable to
any solicitation in connection with the annual meeting of stockholders; and (C) provide to the corporation prior to the annual
meeting of stockholders such additional information as necessary with respect thereto.

(f)     Within the time period specified in this Section 15 for delivering the Nomination Notice, a Stockholder Nominee must

deliver to the Secretary a written representation that the Stockholder Nominee: (i) is not and will not become a party to any
agreement, arrangement, or understanding with, and has not given any commitment or assurance to, any person or entity as to how
such Stockholder Nominee, if elected as a director, will act or vote on any issue or question, which such agreement, arrangement, or
understanding has not been disclosed to the corporation; (ii) is not and will not become a party to any agreement, arrangement, or
understanding with any person with respect to any direct or indirect compensation, reimbursement, or indemnification in connection
with service or action as a Stockholder Nominee that has not been disclosed to the corporation, and is not and will not become a
party to any agreement, arrangement, or understanding with any person other than the corporation with respect to any direct or
indirect compensation, reimbursement, or indemnification in connection with service or action as a director which has not been
disclosed to the corporation; and (iii) if elected as a director, will comply with all of the corporation’s corporate governance, conflict
of interest, confidentiality, and stock ownership and trading policies and guidelines, and any other corporation policies and
guidelines applicable to directors, as well as any applicable law, rule or regulation or listing requirement. At the request of the
corporation, the Stockholder Nominee must promptly, but in any event within five (5) business days after such request, submit to the
Secretary all completed and signed questionnaires required of the corporation’s directors and officers and provide the corporation
with such other information as it shall reasonably request. The corporation may request such additional information as is necessary
to permit the Board of Directors to determine if each Stockholder Nominee is independent under the listing standards of the principal
U.S. exchange upon which the corporation’s common stock is listed, any applicable rules of the Securities and Exchange
Commission and any publicly disclosed standards used by the Board of Directors in determining and disclosing the independence of
the corporation’s directors (the “Applicable Independence Standards”).

(g)     If any information or communications provided by the Eligible Stockholder or the Stockholder Nominee to the

corporation or its stockholders ceases to be true and correct in all material respects or omits a material fact necessary to make the
statements made, in light of the circumstances under which they were made, not misleading, then each Eligible Stockholder or
Stockholder Nominee, as

9

the case may be, shall promptly notify the Secretary of any defect in such previously provided information and of the information
that is required to correct any such defect.

(h)     The Eligible Stockholder (including any person who owns shares of common stock of the corporation that constitute

part of the Eligible Stockholder’s ownership for purposes of satisfying the requirements of this Section 15) shall file with the
Securities and Exchange Commission any solicitation or other communication with the corporation’s stockholders relating to the
meeting at which the Stockholder Nominee will be nominated, regardless of whether any such filing is required under Regulation
14A of the Exchange Act or whether any exemption from filing is available for such solicitation or other communication under
Regulation 14A of the Exchange Act.

(i)     The corporation shall not be required to include, pursuant to this Section 15, any Stockholder Nominees in the Proxy

Materials for any annual meeting of stockholders: (i) for which the Secretary receives a notice that any stockholder has nominated a
person for election to the Board of Directors pursuant to the advance notice requirements for stockholder nominees for director set
forth in Section 11 and has not elected to have such nominee included in the Proxy Materials pursuant to this Section 15; (ii) if the
Eligible Stockholder who has nominated such Stockholder Nominee has engaged in or is currently engaged in a, or has been or is a
“participant” in another person’s, “solicitation” within the meaning of Rule 14a-1(l) under the Exchange Act in support of the
election of any individual as a director at the annual meeting of stockholders other than its Stockholder Nominee(s) or a nominee of
the Board of Directors; (iii) who is not independent under the Applicable Independence Standards, as determined by the Board of
Directors; (iv) whose election as a member of the Board of Directors would cause the corporation to be in violation of these bylaws,
its certificate of incorporation, the listing standards of the principal exchange upon which the corporation’s common stock is traded,
or any applicable law, rule or regulation; (v) who is or has been, within the past three (3) years, an officer or director of, or is
presently a nominee for director (or comparable position) at, a competitor, as defined in Section 8 of the Clayton Antitrust Act of
1914; (vi) who is a named subject of a pending criminal proceeding (excluding traffic violations and other minor offenses) or has
been convicted in such a criminal proceeding; (vii) who is subject to any order of the type specified in Rule 506(d) of Regulation D
promulgated under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended; (viii) if such Stockholder Nominee or the applicable Eligible
Stockholder shall have provided information to the corporation in respect to such nomination that was untrue in any material respect
or omitted to state a material fact necessary in order to make the statement made, in light of the circumstances under which it was
made, not misleading, as determined in good faith by the Board of Directors; or (ix) if such Stockholder Nominee or the applicable
Eligible Stockholder otherwise contravenes any of the agreements or representations made by such Stockholder Nominee or Eligible
Stockholder or fails to comply with its obligations pursuant to this Section 15. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary set forth
herein, the Board of Directors or the Chairman presiding at the applicable annual meeting of stockholders shall declare a nomination
by an Eligible Stockholder to be invalid, and such nomination shall be disregarded notwithstanding that proxies in respect of such
vote may have been received by the corporation, if (x) the Stockholder Nominee(s), the applicable Eligible Stockholder or both shall
have breached its or their obligations, agreements or representations under this Section 15, as determined in good faith by the Board
of Directors or the Chairman presiding at the annual meeting of stockholders; or (y) the Eligible Stockholder (or a qualified
representative thereof) does not appear at the annual meeting of stockholders to present any nomination pursuant to this Section 15.

(j)     The number of Stockholder Nominees appearing in the Proxy Materials with respect to an annual meeting of
stockholders shall not exceed 20% of the number of directors in office as of the last day on which a Nomination Notice may be
delivered pursuant to this Section 15 or, if such amount is not a whole number, the closest whole number below 20%. In the event
that (i) one or more vacancies for any

10

reason occurs on the Board of Directors after the last day on which notice of a nomination in accordance with the procedures set
forth in this Section 15 may be delivered pursuant to this Section 15 but before the date of the annual meeting of stockholders and
(ii) the Board of Directors resolves to reduce the size of the Board of Directors in connection therewith, then the maximum number
of Stockholder Nominees included in the Proxy Materials shall be calculated based on the number of directors in office as so
reduced. The following persons shall be considered Stockholder Nominees for purposes of determining when the maximum number
of Stockholder Nominees provided for in this Section 15 has been reached: (i) any Stockholder Nominee whom the Board of
Directors decides to nominate as a Board of Directors nominee; and (2) any Stockholder Nominee who is subsequently withdrawn.
In the event that the number of Stockholder Nominees submitted by Eligible Stockholders pursuant to this Section 15 exceeds the
maximum number of Stockholder Nominees that the corporation must include in the Proxy Materials, then each Eligible Stockholder
will select one Stockholder Nominee for inclusion in the Proxy Materials until the maximum number is reached, going in order of
the amount (largest to smallest) of shares of the common stock of the corporation that each Eligible Stockholder disclosed as owned
in its respective Nomination Notice. If the maximum number is not reached after each Eligible Stockholder has selected one
Stockholder Nominee, this selection process will continue as many times as necessary, following the same order each time, until the
maximum number is reached. Following such determination, if any Stockholder Nominee who satisfies the eligibility requirements
in this Section 15 (i) thereafter withdraws from the election (or his or her nomination is withdrawn by the applicable Eligible
Stockholder) or (ii) thereafter is not submitted for Director election for any reason (including the Eligible Stockholder’s or
Stockholder Nominee’s failure to comply with this Section 15), no other nominee or nominees shall be included in the Proxy
Materials or otherwise submitted for director election pursuant to this Section 15.

(k)     The Board of Directors (or a duly authorized committee thereof) shall have the exclusive power and authority to
interpret the provisions of this Section 15 and make all determinations deemed necessary or advisable in connection with Section 15.
All such actions, interpretations and determinations that are done or made by the Board of Directors (or a duly authorized committee
thereof) shall be final, conclusive and binding on the corporation, the stockholders and all other parties. For the avoidance of doubt,
this Section 15 shall not prevent any stockholder from nominating any person to the Board of Directors pursuant to and in
accordance with Section 11 of these bylaws. However, this Section 15 is the exclusive method for stockholders to include nominees
for director in the Proxy Materials.

ARTICLE III 

DIRECTORS

Section 1 . The number of directors of this corporation that shall constitute the whole board shall be determined by resolution
of the Board of Directors or by the stockholders at the annual meeting of the stockholders; provided, however, that no decrease in the
number of directors shall have the effect of shortening the term of an incumbent director. Except as provided in Section 2 of this
Article, the directors shall be elected at the annual meeting of the stockholders, in accordance with the certificate of incorporation,
and each director elected shall hold office until his/her successor is elected and qualified, unless he/she shall resign, become
disqualified, disabled or otherwise removed. Directors need not be stockholders.

Section 2. Vacancies and newly created directorships resulting from any increase in the authorized number of directors may
be filled by a majority of the directors then in office, though less than a quorum, or by a sole remaining director, and the directors so
chosen shall hold office until the next annual election and until their successors are duly elected and qualified or until his earlier
resignation or removal. If there are no directors in office, then an election of directors may be held in the manner provided by statute.

11

Section 3 . The business of the corporation shall be managed by or under the direction of the Board of Directors, which may

exercise all such powers of the corporation and do all such lawful acts and things as are not by statute or by the certificate of
incorporation or by these bylaws directed or required to be exercised or done by the stockholders.

MEETINGS OF THE BOARD OF DIRECTORS

Section 4 . The Board of Directors of the corporation may hold meetings, both regular and special, either within or without

the State of Delaware.

Section 5 . The first meeting of each newly elected Board of Directors shall be held at the same place as the annual meeting

immediately following such meeting or as otherwise determined by such newly elected Board of Directors and no notice of such
meeting shall be necessary to the newly elected directors in order legally to constitute the meeting, provided a quorum shall be
present. In the event of the failure of the stockholders to fix the time or place of such first meeting of the newly elected Board of
Directors, or in the event such meeting is not held at the time and place so fixed by the stockholders, the meeting may be held at such
time and place as shall be specified in a notice given as hereinafter provided for special meetings of the Board of Directors, or as
shall be specified in a written waiver signed by all of the directors.

Section 6 . Regular meetings of the Board of Directors may be held without notice at such time and at such place as shall

from time to time be determined by the Board of Directors.

Section 7 .

(a)    Special meetings of the Board of Directors for any purpose(s) may be called at any time by the Chairman of the Board,

the Chief Executive Officer or a majority of the members of the Board of Directors then in office. The person(s) authorized to call
special meetings of the Board of Directors may fix the place and time of the meetings.

(b)    The Secretary shall give notice of any special meeting to each director personally or by telephone, facsimile

transmission or electronic mail, or sent by first-class mail, overnight mail, or courier service, postage or charges prepaid, addressed
to each director at that director’s address as it is shown on the records of the corporation. If the notice is mailed, it shall be deposited
in the United States mail at least four (4) calendar days before the time of the holding of the meeting. If the notice is delivered by
overnight mail or courier, it shall be deemed adequately delivered when the notice is delivered to the overnight mail or courier
service company at least forty-eight (48) hours before such meeting. If by facsimile transmission or electronic mail, such notice shall
be deemed adequately delivered when the notice is transmitted at least twelve (12) hours before such meeting. If by telephone or
hand delivery the notice shall be given at least twelve (12) hours prior to the time set for the meeting. Any oral notice given
personally or by telephone may be communicated either to the director or to a person at the office of the director who the person
giving the notice has reason to believe will promptly communicate it to the director. The notice need not specify the purpose or the
place of the meeting, if the meeting is to be held at the principal executive office of the corporation.

Section 8 . At all meetings of the Board of Directors, a majority of the directors shall constitute a quorum for the transaction
of business and the act of a majority of the directors present at any meeting at which there is a quorum shall be the act of the Board
of Directors, except as may be otherwise specifically provided by statute or by the certificate of incorporation. If a quorum shall not
be present at any meeting

12

of the Board of Directors, the directors present thereat may adjourn the meeting from time to time, without notice other than
announcement at the meeting, until a quorum shall be present.

Section 9 . Unless otherwise restricted by the certificate of incorporation or these bylaws, any action required or permitted to
be taken at any meeting of the Board of Directors or of any committee thereof may be taken without a meeting, if all members of the
Board of Directors or committee, as the case may be, consent thereto in writing or by electronic transmission, and the writing or
writings or electronic transmission or transmissions are filed with the minutes of proceedings of the Board of Directors or
committee.

Section 10 . Unless otherwise restricted by the certificate of incorporation or these bylaws, members of the Board of

Directors, or any committee designated by the Board of Directors, may participate in a meeting of the Board of Directors, or any
committee, by means of conference telephone or similar communications equipment by means of which all persons participating in
the meeting can hear each other, and such participation in a meeting shall constitute presence in person at the meeting.

COMMITTEES OF DIRECTORS

Section 11 .

(a)    The Board of Directors may, by resolution passed by a majority of the Whole Board, designate one (1) or more

committees, each committee to consist of one (1) or more of the directors of the corporation. The board may designate one (1) or
more directors as alternate members of any committee, who may replace any absent or disqualified member at any meeting of the
committee.

(b)    In the absence of disqualification of a member of a committee, the member or members thereof present at any meeting

and not disqualified from voting, whether or not he or they constitute a quorum, may unanimously appoint another member of the
Board of Directors to act at the meeting in the place of any such absent or disqualified member.

(c)    Any such committee, to the extent provided in the resolution of the Board of Directors, shall have and may exercise all

the powers and authority of the Board of Directors in the management of the business and affairs of the corporation, and may
authorize the seal of the corporation to be affixed to all papers that may require it; but no such committee shall have the power or
authority in reference to amending the certificate of incorporation, adopting an agreement of merger or consolidation, recommending
to the stockholders the sale, lease or exchange of all or substantially all of the corporation’s property and assets, recommending to
the stockholders a dissolution of the corporation or a revocation of a dissolution, or amending the bylaws of the corporation; and,
unless the resolution or the certificate of incorporation expressly so provide, no such committee shall have the power or authority to
declare a dividend or to authorize the issuance of stock. Such committee or committees shall have such name or names as may be
determined from time to time by resolution adopted by the Board of Directors.

Section 12 . Each committee shall keep regular minutes of its meetings and report the same to the Board of Directors when

required.

COMPENSATION OF DIRECTORS

Section 13 . Unless otherwise restricted by the certificate of incorporation or these bylaws, the Board of Directors shall have
the authority to fix the compensation of directors. The directors may be paid their expenses, if any, of attendance at each meeting of
the Board of Directors and may be paid a fixed sum for attendance at each meeting of the Board of Directors or a stated salary as
director. No such

13

payment shall preclude any director from serving the corporation in any other capacity and receiving compensation therefor.
Members of special or standing committees may be allowed like compensation for attending committee meetings.

REMOVAL OF DIRECTORS

Section 14 . Unless otherwise restricted by the certificate of incorporation, any director or the entire Board of Directors may

be removed, with or without cause, by the holders of a majority of shares entitled to vote at an election of directors.

ARTICLE IV 

NOTICES

Section 1 . Whenever, under the provisions of the statutes or of the certificate of incorporation or of these bylaws, notice is

required to be given to any director or stockholder, it shall not be construed to mean personal notice (except as provided in Section 7
of Article III of these Bylaws), but such notice may be given in writing, by mail, addressed to such director or stockholder, at his
address as it appears on the records of the corporation, with postage thereon prepaid, and such notice shall be deemed to be given at
the time when the same shall be deposited in the United States mail. Notice to directors may also be given by telephone, electronic
mail, or facsimile or other means specified in Section 7 of Article III of these Bylaws.

Section 2 . Whenever any notice is required to be given under the provisions of the statutes or of the certificate of

incorporation or of these bylaws, a waiver thereof in writing, signed by the person or persons entitled to said notice, whether before
or after the time stated therein, shall be deemed equivalent thereto.

ARTICLE V 

OFFICERS

Section 1 . The officers of the corporation shall be chosen by the Board of Directors and shall be a Chief Executive Officer,

President, Treasurer and a Secretary. The Board of Directors may elect from among its members a Chairman of the Board and a Vice
Chairman of the Board. The Board of Directors may also choose one or more Vice-Presidents, Assistant Secretaries and Assistant
Treasurers. Any number of offices may be held by the same person, unless the certificate of incorporation or these bylaws otherwise
provide.

Section 2 . The Board of Directors at its first meeting after each annual meeting of stockholders shall choose a Chief
Executive Officer, a President, a Treasurer, and a Secretary, and may choose Vice Presidents, Assistant Secretaries and Assistant
Treasurers.

Section 3 . The Board of Directors may appoint such other officers and agents as it shall deem necessary, who shall hold their
offices for such terms and shall exercise such powers and perform such duties as shall be determined from time to time by the board.

Section 4 . The salaries of all officers of the corporation shall be fixed by the Board of Directors. The salaries of agents of the
corporation shall, unless fixed by the Board of Directors, be fixed by the Chief Executive Officer, President or any Vice-President of
the corporation.

14

Section 5 . The officers of the corporation shall hold office until their successors are chosen and qualify. Any officer elected
or appointed by the Board of Directors may be removed at any time by the affirmative vote of a majority of the Board of Directors.
Any vacancy occurring in any office of the corporation shall be filled by the Board of Directors.

THE CHAIRMAN OF THE BOARD

Section 6 . The Chairman of the Board, if any, shall preside at all meetings of the Board of Directors and of the stockholders

at which he shall be present. He/she shall have and may exercise such powers as are, from time to time, assigned to him by the Board
of Directors and as may be provided by law.

Section 7 . In the absence of the Chairman of the Board, the Vice Chairman of the Board, if any, shall preside at all meetings

of the Board of Directors and of the stockholders at which he shall be present. He shall have and may exercise such powers as are,
from time to time, assigned to him by the Board of Directors and as may be provided by law.

THE CHIEF EXECUTIVE OFFICER, PRESIDENT AND VICE-PRESIDENTS

Section 8 . Subject to such supervisory powers, if any, as the Board of Directors may give to the Chairman of the Board, the

Chief Executive Officer, if any, shall, subject to the control of the Board of Directors, have general supervision, direction, and
control of the business and affairs of the corporation and shall report directly to the Board of Directors. All other officers, officials,
employees and agents shall report directly or indirectly to the Chief Executive Officer. The Chief Executive Officer shall see that all
orders and resolutions of the Board of Directors are carried into effect. The Chief Executive Officer shall serve as chairperson of and
preside at all meetings of the stockholders. In the absence of a Chairman of the Board or Vice Chairman of the Board, the Chief
Executive Officer shall preside at all meetings of the Board of Directors.

Section 9 . In the absence of the Chief Executive Officer or in the event of his inability or refusal to act, the President shall

perform the duties of the Chief Executive Officer, and when so acting, shall have all the powers of and be subject to all the
restrictions upon the Chief Executive Officer. The President shall perform such other duties and have such other powers as the Board
of Directors or the Chief Executive Officer may from time to time prescribe.

Section 10 . The Chief Executive Officer, President or any Vice President shall execute bonds, mortgages and other contracts

requiring a seal, under the seal of the corporation, except where required or permitted by law to be otherwise signed and executed
and except where the signing and execution thereof shall be expressly delegated by the Board of Directors to some other officer or
agent of the corporation.

Section 11 . In the absence of the President or in the event of his inability or refusal to act, the Vice-President, if any, (or in

the event there be more than one Vice-President, the Vice-Presidents in the order designated by the directors, or in the absence of
any designation, then in the order of their election) shall perform the duties of the President, and when so acting, shall have all the
powers of and be subject to all the restrictions upon the President. The Vice- Presidents shall perform such other duties and have
such other powers as the Board of Directors or the Chief Executive Officer may from time to time prescribe.

THE SECRETARY AND ASSISTANT SECRETARY

Section 12 . The Secretary shall attend all meetings of the Board of Directors and all meetings of the stockholders and record

all the proceedings of the meetings of the corporation and of the Board of

15

Directors in a book to be kept for that purpose and shall perform like duties for the standing committees when required. He/she shall
give, or cause to be given, notice of all meetings of the stockholders and special meetings of the Board of Directors, and shall
perform such other duties as may be prescribed by the Board of Directors or Chief Executive Officer, under whose supervision
he/she shall be. He/she shall have custody of the corporate seal of the corporation and he/she, or an Assistant Secretary, shall have
authority to affix the same to any instrument requiring it and when so affixed, it may be attested by his signature or by the signature
of such Assistant Secretary. The Board of Directors may give general authority to any other officer to affix the seal of the
corporation and to attest the affixing by his signature.

Section 13 . The Assistant Secretary, or if there be more than one, the Assistant Secretaries in the order determined by the

Board of Directors (or if there be no such determination, then in the order of their election) shall, in the absence of the Secretary or
in the event of his inability or refusal to act, perform the duties and exercise the powers of the Secretary and shall perform such other
duties and have such other powers as the Board of Directors or the Chief Executive Officer may from time to time prescribe.

THE TREASURER AND ASSISTANT TREASURERS

Section 14 . The Treasurer shall have the custody of the corporate funds and securities and shall keep full and accurate
accounts of receipts and disbursements in books belonging to the corporation and shall deposit all moneys and other valuable effects
in the name and to the credit of the corporation in such depositories as may be designated by the Board of Directors.

Section 15 . He/she shall disburse the funds of the corporation as may be ordered by the Board of Directors, taking proper

vouchers for such disbursements, and shall render to the Chief Executive Officer and the Board of Directors, at its regular meetings,
or when the Board of Directors so requires, an account of all his transactions as Treasurer and of the financial condition of the
corporation.

Section 16 . If required by the Board of Directors, he/she shall give the corporation a bond (which shall be renewed every six
(6) years) in such sum and with such surety or sureties as shall be satisfactory to the Board of Directors for the faithful performance
of the duties of his/her office and for the restoration to the corporation, in case of his/her death, resignation, retirement or removal
from office, of all books, papers, vouchers, money and other property of whatever kind in his possession or under his/her control
belonging to the corporation.

Section 17 . The Assistant Treasurer, or if there shall be more than one, the Assistant Treasurers in the order determined by
the Board of Directors (or if there be no such determination, then in the order of their election) shall, in the absence of the Treasurer
or in the event of his inability or refusal to act, perform the duties and exercise the powers of the Treasurer and shall perform such
other duties and have such other powers as the Board of Directors or the Chief Executive Officer may from time to time prescribe.

ARTICLE VI 

CERTIFICATE OF STOCK

Section 1 .

(a)    Certificates for the shares of stock of the corporation shall be issued only to the extent as may be required by applicable
law or as otherwise authorized by the Secretary or an Assistant Secretary, and if so issued shall be in such form as is consistent with
the certificate of incorporation and applicable

16

law. Any such certificate shall be signed by, or in the name of the corporation by, the Chairman of the Board or Vice-Chairman of
the Board, or the Secretary or an Assistant Secretary. Any or all of the signatures on the certificate may be a facsimile. In case any
officer, transfer agent or registrar who has signed or whose facsimile signature has been placed upon a certificate has ceased to be
such officer, transfer agent or registrar before such certificate is issued, it may be issued by the corporation with the same effect as if
he or she were such officer, transfer agent or registrar at the date of issue.

(b)    Certificates may be issued for partly paid shares and in such case upon the face or back of the certificates issued to

represent any such partly paid shares, the total amount of the consideration to be paid therefor, and the amount paid thereon shall be
specified.

(c)    If the corporation shall be authorized to issue more than one class of stock or more than one series of any class, the

powers, designations, preferences and relative, participating, optional or other special rights of each class of stock or series thereof
and the qualification, limitations or restrictions of such preferences and/or rights shall be set forth in full or summarized on the face
or back of the certificate that the corporation shall issue to represent such class or series of stock, provided that, except as otherwise
provided in Section 202 of the General Corporation Law of Delaware, in lieu of the foregoing requirements, there may be set forth
on the face or back of the certificate that the corporation shall issue to represent such class or series of stock, a statement that the
corporation will furnish without charge to each stockholder who so requests the powers, designations, preferences and relative,
participating, optional or other special rights of each class of stock or series thereof and the qualifications, limitations or restrictions
of such preferences and/or rights.

Section 2 . Any of or all the signatures on the certificate may be facsimile. In case any officer, transfer agent or registrar who

has signed or whose facsimile signature has been placed upon a certificate shall have ceased to be such officer, transfer agent or
registrar before such certificate is issued, it may be issued by the corporation with the same effect as if he/she were such officer,
transfer agent or registrar at the date of issue.

LOST CERTIFICATES

Section 3 . The Board of Directors may direct a new certificate or certificates to be issued in place of any certificate or

certificates theretofore issued by the corporation alleged to have been lost, stolen or destroyed, upon the making of an affidavit of
that fact by the person claiming the certificate of stock to be lost, stolen or destroyed. When authorizing such issue of a new
certificate or certificates, the Board of Directors may, in its discretion and as a condition precedent to the issuance thereof, require
the owner of such lost, stolen or destroyed certificate or certificates, or his/her legal representative, to advertise the same in such
manner as it shall require and/or to give the corporation a bond in such sum as it may direct as indemnity against any claim that may
be made against the corporation with respect to the certificate alleged to have been lost, stolen or destroyed.

TRANSFER OF STOCK

Section 4 . Upon surrender to the corporation or the transfer agent of the corporation of a certificate for shares duly endorsed
or accompanied by proper evidence of succession, assignation or authority to transfer, it shall be the duty of the corporation to issue
a new certificate to the person entitled thereto, cancel the old certificate and record the transaction upon its books.

17

FIXING RECORD DATE

Section 5 . In order that the corporation may determine the stockholders entitled to notice of or to vote at any meeting of
stockholders or any adjournment thereof, or to express consent to corporate action in writing without a meeting, or entitled to receive
payment of any dividend or other distribution or allotment of any rights, or entitled to exercise any rights in respect of any change,
conversion or exchange of stock or for the purpose of any other lawful action, the Board of Directors may fix, in advance, a record
date, which shall not be more than sixty (60) nor less than ten (10) days before the date of such meeting, nor more than sixty
(60) days prior to any other action. A determination of stockholders of record entitled to notice of or to vote at a meeting of
stockholders shall apply to any adjournment of the meeting; provided, however, that the Board of Directors may fix a new record
date for the adjourned meeting.

REGISTERED STOCKHOLDERS

Section 6 . The corporation shall be entitled to recognize the exclusive right of a person registered on its books as the owner

of shares to receive dividends, and to vote as such owner, and to hold liable for calls and assessments a person registered on its
books as the owner of shares and shall not be bound to recognize any equitable or other claim to or interest in such share or shares on
the part of any other person, whether or not it shall have express or other notice thereof, except as otherwise provided by the laws of
Delaware.

ARTICLE VII 

GENERAL PROVISIONS

DIVIDENDS

Section 1 . Dividends upon the capital stock of the corporation, subject to the provisions of the certificate of incorporation, if
any, may be declared by the Board of Directors at any regular or special meeting, pursuant to law. Dividends may be paid in cash, in
property, or in shares of the capital stock, subject to the provisions of the certificate of incorporation.

Section 2 . Before payment of any dividend, there may be set aside out of any funds of the corporation available for
dividends such sum or sums as the directors from time to time, in their absolute discretion, think proper as a reserve or reserves to
meet contingencies, or for equalizing dividends, or for repairing or maintaining any property of the corporation, or for such other
purposes as the directors shall think conducive to the interest of the corporation, and the directors may modify or abolish any such
reserve in the manner in which it was created.

Section 3 . All checks or demands for money and notes of the corporation shall be signed by such officer or officers or such

other person or persons as the Board of Directors may from time to time designate.

CHECKS

Section 4 . The fiscal year of the corporation shall be fixed by resolution of the Board of Directors.

FISCAL YEAR

18

SEAL

Section 5 . The Board of Directors may adopt a corporate seal having inscribed thereon the name of the corporation, the year

of its organization and the words “Corporate Seal, Delaware.” The seal may be used by causing it or a facsimile thereof to be
impressed or affixed or reproduced or otherwise.

Section 6 .

INDEMNIFICATION

(a)    The corporation shall, to the fullest extent authorized under the laws of the State of Delaware, as those laws may be

amended and supplemented from time to time, indemnify any director or officer made, or threatened to be made, a party to an action
or proceeding, whether criminal, civil, administrative or investigative, by reason of being a director or officer of the corporation or a
predecessor corporation or, at the corporation’s request, a director, officer, employee or agent of another corporation, provided,
however, that the corporation shall indemnify any such agent in connection with a proceeding initiated by such agent only if such
proceeding was authorized by the Board of Directors of the corporation. The indemnification provided for in this Section 6 shall:
(i) not be deemed exclusive of any other rights to which those indemnified may be entitled under any bylaw, agreement or vote of
stockholders or disinterested directors or otherwise, both as to action in their official capacities and as to action in another capacity
while holding such office, (ii) continue as to a person who has ceased to be a director or officer, and (iii) inure to the benefit of the
heirs, executors and administrators of such a person. The corporation’s obligation to provide indemnification under this Section 6
shall be offset to the extent of any payment received under any other source of indemnification or any otherwise applicable insurance
coverage under a policy maintained by the corporation or any other person.

(b)    Expenses incurred by a director or officer of the corporation in defending a civil or criminal action, suit or proceeding

by reason of the fact that he is or was a director of the corporation (or was serving at the corporation’s request as a director or officer
of another corporation) shall be paid by the corporation in advance of the final disposition of such action, suit or proceeding upon
receipt of an undertaking by or on behalf of such director to repay such amount if it shall ultimately be determined that he is not
entitled to be indemnified by the corporation as authorized by relevant sections of the General Corporation Law of Delaware.
Notwithstanding the foregoing, the corporation shall not be required to advance such expenses to an agent who is a party to an
action, suit or proceeding brought by the corporation and approved by a majority of the Board of Directors of the corporation which
alleges willful misappropriation of corporate assets by such agent, disclosure of confidential information in violation of such agent’s
fiduciary or contractual obligations to the corporation or any other willful and deliberate breach in bad faith of such agent’s duty to
the corporation or its stockholders.

(c)    The foregoing provisions of this Section 6 shall be deemed to be a contract between the corporation and each director

who serves in such capacity at any time while this bylaw is in effect, and any repeal or modification thereof shall not affect any
rights or obligations then existing with respect to any state of facts then or theretofore existing or any action, suit or proceeding
theretofore or thereafter brought based in whole or in part upon any such state of facts.

(d)    The Board of Directors in its discretion shall have power on behalf of the corporation to indemnify any employee or
agent made a party to any action, suit or proceeding by reason of the fact that he, his testator or intestate, is or was an employee or
agent of the corporation.

19

(e)    To assure indemnification under this Section 6 of all directors, officers and employees who are determined by the

corporation or otherwise to be or to have been “fiduciaries” of any employee benefit plan of the corporation which may exist from
time to time, Section 145 of the General Corporation Law of Delaware shall, for the purposes of this Section 6, be interpreted as
follows: an “other enterprise” shall be deemed to include such an employee benefit plan, including without limitation, any plan of
the corporation which is governed by the Act of Congress entitled “Employee Retirement Income Security Act of 1974,” as amended
from time to time; the corporation shall be deemed to have requested a person to serve an employee benefit plan where the
performance by such person of his duties to the corporation also imposes duties on, or otherwise involves services by, such person to
the plan or participants or beneficiaries of the plan; excise taxes assessed on a person with respect to an employee benefit plan
pursuant to such Act of Congress shall be deemed “fines.”

PROHIBITION ON TOXICS

Section 7 .

(a)    Unless approved by the holders of a majority of the shares present and entitled to vote at a duly convened meeting of

stockholders, the corporation shall not:

                 (i) grant any stock option, including stock appreciation right, with an exercise price that is less than 100% of the fair
market value of the underlying stock on the date of grant;

                  (ii) reduce the exercise price of any stock option, including stock appreciation right, outstanding or to be granted in the
future; cancel and re-grant options at a lower exercise price (including entering into any “6 month and 1 day” cancellation and re-
grant scheme), whether or not the cancelled options are put back into the available pool for grant; replace underwater options with
restricted stock in an exchange, buy-back or other scheme; or replace any options with new options having a lower exercise price or
accelerated vesting schedule in an exchange, buy-back or other scheme;

                  (ii) sell or issue any security of the corporation convertible, exercisable or exchangeable into shares of common stock of
the corporation, having a conversion, exercise or exchange price per share which is subject to downward adjustment based on the
market price of the common stock at the time of conversion, exercise or exchange of such security into common stock (except for
appropriate adjustments made to give effect to any stock splits or stock dividends); or

                  (iv) enter into (A) any equity line or similar agreement or arrangement; or (B) any agreement to sell common stock of the
corporation (or any security convertible, exercisable or exchangeable into shares of common stock (“Common Stock Equivalent”))
at a per share price (or, with respect to a Common Stock Equivalent, at a conversion, exercise or exchange price, as the case may be
(“Equivalent Price”)) that is fixed after the execution date of the agreement, whether or not based on any predetermined price-setting
formula or calculation method. Notwithstanding the foregoing, however, a price protection clause shall be permitted in an agreement
for sale of common stock or Common Stock Equivalent, if such clause provides for an adjustment to the price per share of common
stock or, with respect to a Common Stock Equivalent, to the Equivalent Price (provided that such price or Equivalent Price is fixed
on or before the execution date of the agreement) (the “Fixed Price”) in the event that the corporation, during the period beginning
on the date of the agreement and ending no later than 90 days after the closing date of the transaction, sells shares of common stock
or Common Stock Equivalent to another investor at a price or Equivalent Price, as the case may be, below the Fixed Price.

20

(b)    This Section 7 of Article VII may not be further amended or repealed without the affirmative vote of the holders of a

majority of the shares present and entitled to vote at a duly convened meeting of stockholders.

ARTICLE VIII 

AMENDMENTS

Section 1 . Except for Section 7 of Article VII, these bylaws may be altered, amended or repealed or new bylaws may be

adopted by the stockholders or by the Board of Directors, when such power is conferred upon the Board of Directors by the
certificate of incorporation, at any regular meeting of the stockholders or of the Board of Directors or at any special meeting of the
stockholders or of the Board of Directors if notice of such alteration, amendment, repeal or adoption of new bylaws be contained in
the notice of such special meeting. If the power to adopt, amend or repeal bylaws is conferred upon the Board of Directors by the
certificate or incorporation it shall not divest or limit the power of the stockholders to adopt, amend or repeal bylaws.

21

CERTIFICATE OF ADOPTION BY THE SECRETARY OF NUANCE COMMUNICATIONS, INC.

          The undersigned, Wendy Cassity, hereby certifies that he is the duly elected and acting Secretary of Nuance Communications,
Inc., a Delaware corporation (the “Corporation”), and that the Bylaws attached hereto constitute the Bylaws of said Corporation as
duly amended and restated by the Board of Directors on November 7, 2018.

          IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the undersigned has hereunto subscribed her name this 7 th day of November, 2018.

/s/ Wendy Cassity

Secretary

 
NUANCE COMMUNICATIONS, INC.

CHANGE OF CONTROL AND SEVERANCE AGREEMENT

Exhibit 10.16

This  Change  of  Control  and  Severance  Agreement  (the  “  Agreement
”)  is  made  and  entered  into  by  and  between  Daniel
Tempesta (“ Executive
”) and Nuance Communications, Inc., a Delaware corporation (the “ Company
”), effective as of the later
date on the signature page of this Agreement (the “ Effective
Date
”).

RECITALS

1.        The  Compensation  Committee  (the  “  Committee
 ”)  of  the  Board  of  Directors  of  the  Company  (the  “  Board
 ”)  has
determined that it is in the best interests of the Company and its shareholders to assure that the Company will have the continued
dedication and objectivity of Executive, notwithstanding the possibility, threat, or occurrence of a Change of Control.

2.    The Committee believes that it is imperative to provide Executive with severance benefits upon Executive’s termination
of employment under certain circumstances to provide Executive with enhanced financial security, incentive and encouragement to
remain with the Company.

3.    Certain capitalized terms used in the Agreement are defined in Section 7 below.

AGREEMENT

NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of Executive’s continued employment and the mutual covenants contained herein, the

parties hereto agree as follows:

1. 

Term  of  Agreement  .  This  Agreement  will  have  an  initial  term  commencing  on  the  Effective  Date  and  ending
September 30, 2021 (the “ Initial
Term
”). At the end of the Initial Term, this Agreement will renew automatically for additional
three (3) year terms (each an “ Additional
Term
”), unless either party provides the other party with written notice of non-renewal at
least sixty (60) days prior to the date of automatic renewal. Notwithstanding the foregoing provisions of this paragraph, if a Change
of Control occurs when there are fewer than twelve (12) months remaining during the Initial Term or an Additional Term, the term
of this Agreement will extend automatically through the date that is twelve (12) months following the effective date of the Change of
Control.  If  Executive  becomes  entitled  to  benefits  under  Section  3  during  the  term  of  this  Agreement,  the  Agreement  will  not
terminate until all of the obligations of the parties hereto with respect to this Agreement have been satisfied. For avoidance of doubt,
Executive  will  not  be  entitled  to  severance  benefits  under  Section  3  due  solely  to  notice  of  non-renewal  or  termination  of  the
Agreement due to non-renewal.

2.      At-Will Employment . The Company and Executive acknowledge that Executive’s employment is and will continue to

be at-will, as defined under applicable law, except as otherwise

1

        
specifically provided under the terms of a written employment agreement between the Company and Executive.

3.      Severance Benefits .

(a)           Termination  Other  than  During  Change  of  Control  Period  .  If  Executive’s  employment  with  the  Company  and  its
subsidiaries is terminated (i) by the Company other than for Cause and for a reason other than Death or Disability, (ii) as a result of
Executive’s resignation for Good Reason and such termination occurs outside the Change of Control Period, then, subject to Section
4 and the other provisions of this Agreement, Executive will receive from the Company:

(i)      Base Salary Severance . A lump sum severance payment equal to one hundred percent (100%) of Executive’s annual

base salary as in effect immediately prior to the termination date.

(ii)      Target Bonus Severance . A lump sum severance payment equal to a prorated percentage of Executive’s target bonus
as in effect for the fiscal year that includes the termination date. The prorated percentage will be determined by dividing the number
of days during the fiscal year for which Executive remained an employee of the Company, by 365. If Executive’s target bonus for
the fiscal year including the termination date has not been set as of the termination date, Executive instead will receive a prorated
percentage of the target bonus for the immediately preceding fiscal year.

(iii)      Equity Awards .

(1)            Termination  on  or  Before  December  31,  2019  .  Executive’s  outstanding  and  unvested  time-vesting  equity  awards
covering shares of the Company’s common stock that were scheduled to vest on or before December 31, 2019 will become vested in
full  as  of  the  date  of  termination,  and  Executive’s  outstanding  and  unvested  equity  awards  covering  shares  of  the  Company’s
common stock the vesting of which was subject to performance goals to be measured at any time on or before December 31, 2019
will  become  vested  in  full  as  of  the  date  of  termination  as  if  the  performance  goals  had  been  achieved  at  100%  of  targeted
performance.

(2)      Termination on or after January 1, 2020 . Vesting of a prorated percentage of each (if any) of Executive’s outstanding
and unvested time-vesting equity awards (excluding any awards vesting based on performance) covering shares of the Company’s
common stock that are scheduled to vest in the year that includes the termination date. The prorated percentage will be determined
by on a grant-by-grant basis by dividing (A) the number of days during the fiscal year for which Executive remained an employee of
the Company, by (B) the number of days from the first day of the fiscal year through the scheduled vesting date during the year of
termination.  The  number  of  shares  vesting  (if  any)  will  be  rounded  to  the  nearest  whole  share.  As  an  example  only,  if  Executive
remains an employee for the first 30 days of the year that includes the termination date, and 100 shares of a time-based RSU were
scheduled to vest on the 90 th day of that fiscal year, Executive would receive vesting of thirty-three of the shares that were scheduled
to vest on the 90 th day. For the avoidance of doubt, the vesting provided in this Section 3(a)(iii)(2) applies only to the portion of an
award that is scheduled to vest in the year of termination. No vesting will be provided under

2

        
this Section 3(a)(iii)(2) with respect to any shares that are scheduled to vest after the year of Executive’s termination.

(iv)      Continued Employee Benefits . Continuation coverage under the terms of the Company medical benefit plan pursuant
to  the  Consolidated  Omnibus  Budget  Reconciliation  Act  of  1985,  as  amended  (“  COBRA
 ”)  for  Executive  and/or  Executive’s
eligible dependents, subject to Executive timely electing COBRA coverage. For one year from the date of Executive’s termination
the Company will pay directly on Executive’s behalf the COBRA premiums (at the coverage levels in effect immediately prior to
Executive’s  termination).  Notwithstanding  the  preceding  sentence,  if  the  Company  determines  in  its  sole  discretion  that  it  cannot
provide  the  foregoing  benefit  without  potentially  violating,  or  being  subject  to  an  excise  tax  under,  applicable  law  (including,
without limitation, Section 2716 of the Public Health Service Act), the Company will in lieu thereof provide to Executive a taxable
lump sum cash payment in an amount equal to the product of (x) twelve (12), multiplied by (y) the monthly COBRA premium that
Executive  otherwise  would  be  required  to  pay  to  continue  the  group  health  coverage  for  Executive  and  Executive’s  eligible
dependents, as applicable, as in effect on the date of Executive’s termination  of employment  (which amount will be based on the
premium  for the first  month  of COBRA  coverage),  which  payment  will  be made  regardless  of whether  Executive  elects  COBRA
continuation  coverage.  For  the  avoidance  of  doubt,  the  taxable  payment  in  lieu  of  COBRA  reimbursements  may  be  used  for  any
purpose, including, but not limited to continuation coverage under COBRA, and will be subject to all applicable tax withholdings.

(b)      Termination Following a Change of Control . If during the Change of Control Period (i) Executive’s employment with
the Company and its subsidiaries is terminated by the Company other than for Cause and for a reason other than death or Disability
or  (ii)  Executive  resigns  for  Good  Reason,  then,  subject  to  Section  4  and  the  other  provisions  of  this  Agreement,  Executive  will
receive from the Company:

(i)      Severance . A lump sum severance payment equal to one hundred percent (100%) of Executive’s annual base salary as

in effect immediately prior to the termination date (or, if greater, as in effect immediately prior to the Change of Control).

(ii)      Target Bonus . A lump sum severance payment equal to one hundred percent (100%) of the greater of (1) Executive’s
target bonus for the year in which Executive’s termination occurs, or (2) Executive’s target bonus in effect immediately prior to the
Change of Control.

(iii)      Continued Employee Benefits . Continuation coverage under the terms of the Company medical benefit plan pursuant
to COBRA for Executive and/or Executive’s eligible dependents, subject to Executive timely electing COBRA coverage. For one
year from the date of Executive’s termination the Company will pay directly on Executive’s behalf the COBRA premiums (at the
coverage  levels  in  effect  immediately  prior  to  Executive’s  termination).  Notwithstanding  the  preceding  sentence,  if  the  Company
determines  in  its  sole  discretion  that  it  cannot  provide  the  foregoing  benefit  without  potentially  violating,  or  being  subject  to  an
excise tax under, applicable law (including, without limitation, Section 2716 of the Public Health Service Act), the Company will in
lieu thereof provide to Executive a taxable lump sum cash payment in an amount equal to

3

        
the product of (x) twelve (12), multiplied by (y) the monthly COBRA premium that Executive otherwise would be required to pay to
continue  the  group  health  coverage  for  Executive  and  Executive’s  eligible  dependents,  as  applicable,  as  in  effect  on  the  date  of
Executive’s  termination  of  employment  (which  amount  will  be  based  on  the  premium  for  the  first  month  of  COBRA  coverage),
which payment will be made regardless of whether Executive elects COBRA continuation coverage. For the avoidance of doubt, the
taxable  payment  in  lieu  of  COBRA  reimbursements  may  be  used  for  any  purpose,  including,  but  not  limited  to  continuation
coverage under COBRA, and will be subject to all applicable tax withholdings.

(iv)      Vesting of Time-Based Equity Awards . One hundred percent (100%) of Executive’s outstanding and unvested time-
vesting equity awards (excluding any awards vesting based on performance) covering shares of the Company’s common stock will
become vested in full.

(c)      Vesting of Performance-Based Equity Awards .

(i)      Upon a Change of Control, a number of Executive’s then-outstanding performance-based restricted stock units granted
under the Company’s 2000 Stock Plan or any successor thereto (the “ Plan
”) that are subject to performance goals for the fiscal year
in which the Change of Control occurs will become eligible for time-based vesting as if the performance goals had been achieved at
100% of targeted performance (the “ Eligible
Shares
”). Following the Change of Control, the original time-based vesting schedule
for  the  Eligible  Shares  will  cease  to  apply  and  the  Eligible  Shares  will  instead  vest  on  the  last  day  of  the  performance  period  in
which the Change of Control occurs, subject to Executive’s remaining a Service Provider (as defined in the Plan) through such date,
or, if earlier, upon Executive’s termination by the Company or its successor other than for Cause or upon Executive’s resignation for
Good Reason. Upon a Change of Control, Executive’s then-outstanding performance-based restricted stock units granted under the
Plan that are subject to performance goals for fiscal years after the fiscal year in which the Change of Control occurs will remain
subject to the terms of the Plan and the applicable award agreement except that, if during the Change of Control Period, Executive’s
employment  is  terminated  by  the  Company  or  its  successor  other  than  for  Cause  or  by  Executive  for  Good  Reason,  50%  of  the
performance-based restricted stock units that would have vested at 100% of targeted performance will vest.

(ii)      Upon a Change of Control, Executive’s then-outstanding performance-based restricted stock units granted under the
Plan (or any successor thereto) that are subject to relative total shareholder return performance goals will become eligible for time-
based vesting based on the number of shares that would vest based on actual performance determined as of the Change of Control
(the  “  Eligible 
TSR 
Shares
 ”).  Following  the  Change  of  Control,  the  Eligible  TSR  Shares  shall  vest  on  the  last  day  of  the
performance  period, subject to Executive’s  remaining a Service Provider (as defined in the Plan) through such date, or, if earlier,
upon  Executive’s  termination  by  the  Company  or  its  successor  other  than  for  Cause  or  upon  Executive’s  resignation  for  Good
Reason.

(iii)           Except as provided in this Section 3(c), all performance-based restricted stock units described in this Section 3(c)

remain subject to the terms of the Plan and the applicable award agreement.

4

        
(d)           Voluntary  Resignation;  Termination  for  Cause  .  If  Executive’s  employment  with  the  Company  and  its  subsidiaries
terminates  in  a  voluntary  resignation  (other  than  for  Good  Reason  during  the  Change  of  Control  Period),  or  if  the  Executive  is
terminated  for  Cause,  then  Executive  shall  not  be  entitled  to  receive  severance  or  other  benefits  except  as  otherwise  provided  by
applicable law or those (if any) as may be available under the Company’s severance and benefit plans and policies in effect at the
time of such termination.

(e)      Termination for Death or Disability . If Executive’s employment with the Company and its subsidiaries terminates on
account of Executive’s death or absence from work due to a disability for a period in excess of ninety (90) days in any twelve-month
period that qualifies for benefits under the Company’s long-term disability program (“ Disability
”), Executive will receive from the
Company:

(i)      Continuation coverage under the terms of the Company medical benefit plan pursuant to COBRA for Executive and/or
Executive’s  eligible  dependents,  subject  to  Executive  or  his  dependents  timely  electing  COBRA  coverage.  For  one  year  from  the
date of Executive’s termination the Company will pay directly on Executive’s behalf the COBRA premiums (at the coverage levels
in effect immediately prior to Executive’s termination). Notwithstanding the preceding sentence, if the Company determines in its
sole  discretion  that  it  cannot  provide  the  foregoing  benefit  without  potentially  violating,  or  being  subject  to  an  excise  tax  under,
applicable  law  (including,  without  limitation,  Section  2716  of  the  Public  Health  Service  Act),  the  Company  will  in  lieu  thereof
provide to Executive a taxable lump sum cash payment in an amount equal to the product of (x) twelve (12), multiplied by (y) the
monthly COBRA premium that Executive otherwise would be required to pay to continue the group health coverage for Executive
and Executive’s eligible dependents, as applicable, as in effect on the date of Executive’s termination of employment (which amount
will  be  based  on  the  premium  for  the  first  month  of  COBRA  coverage),  which  payment  will  be  made  regardless  of  whether
Executive  elects  COBRA  continuation  coverage.  For  the  avoidance  of  doubt,  the  taxable  payment  in  lieu  of  COBRA
reimbursements may be used for any purpose, including, but not limited to continuation coverage under COBRA, and will be subject
to all applicable tax withholdings.

(ii)            One  hundred  percent  (100%)  of  Executive’s  outstanding  and  unvested  time-vesting  equity  awards  (excluding  any
awards  vesting  based  on  performance)  covering  shares  of  the  Company’s  common  stock  will  become  vested.  In  the  case  of  a
termination  for  Disability,  vesting  under  this  Section  3(e)  will  be  subject  to  Executive’s  compliance  with  Section  4  and  the  other
provisions of this Agreement.

(f)          Accrued Amounts  . Without  regard  to the reason  for, or the timing  of, Executive’s  termination  of employment,  the
Company shall pay Executive: (i) any unpaid base salary due for periods prior to the date of termination, (ii) accrued and unused
vacation,  as  required  under  the  applicable  Company  policy;  and  (iii)  all  expenses  incurred  by  Executive  in  connection  with  the
business of the Company prior to the date of termination in accordance with the Company’s business expense reimbursement policy.
These payments shall be made promptly upon termination and within the period of time mandated by law.

5

        
(g)      Exclusive Remedy . In the event of termination of Executive’s employment as set forth in Section 3 of this Agreement,
the provisions of Section 3 are intended to be and are exclusive and in lieu of any other rights or remedies to which Executive or the
Company may otherwise be entitled, whether at law, tort or contract, in equity, or under this Agreement (other than the payment of
accrued  but  unpaid  wages,  as  required  by  law,  or  any  unreimbursed  reimbursable  expenses).  During  the  term  of  this  Agreement,
Executive will be entitled to no benefits, compensation or other payments or rights upon termination of employment, including under
any offer letter or other agreement with the Company, other than those benefits expressly set forth in Section 3 of this Agreement.

(h)            Transfer  between  Company  and  any  Subsidiary  .  For  purposes  of  this  Section  3,  if  Executive’s  employment
relationship with the Company or any parent or subsidiary of the Company ceases, Executive will not, solely by virtue thereof, be
determined to have been terminated without Cause for purposes of this Agreement if Executive continues to remain employed by the
Company  or  any  subsidiary  of  the  Company  immediately  thereafter  (e.g.,  upon  transfer  of  Executive’s  employment  from  the
Company to a Company subsidiary).

4.      Conditions to Receipt of Severance

(a)            Release  of  Claims  Agreement  .  The  receipt  of  any  severance  payments  or  benefits  in  Section  3  pursuant  to  this
Agreement is subject to Executive signing and not revoking a separation agreement and release of claims in substantially the form
attached to this Agreement as Exhibit A (the “ Release
”), which must become effective and irrevocable no later than the sixtieth
(60th) day following Executive’s termination of employment (the “ Release
Deadline
”). If the Release does not become effective
and irrevocable by the Release Deadline, Executive will forfeit any right to severance payments or benefits under this Agreement.
Any severance payments or benefits otherwise payable to Executive between the termination date and the Release Deadline will be
paid on or within fifteen  (15) days following  the Release Deadline,  or, if later, such time as required  by Section 5(a), except that
acceleration  of  vesting  of  equity  awards  not  subject  to  Section  409A  will  become  effective  on  the  date  the  Release  becomes
effective.  In  no  event  will  severance  payments  or  benefits  be  paid  or  provided  until  the  Release  actually  becomes  effective  and
irrevocable.

(b)      Proprietary Information and Non-Competition Agreement . Executive’s receipt of any severance payments or benefits
under  Section  3  will  be  subject  to  Executive  continuing  to  comply  with  the  terms  of  any  agreements  between  Executive  and  the
Company concerning inventions, confidentiality, or restrictive covenants (the “ Confidentiality
Agreement
”).

5.      Section 409A .

(a)      Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in this Agreement, no Deferred Payments will be paid or otherwise provided
until Executive has a “separation from service” within the meaning of Section 409A. Similarly, no severance payable to Executive, if
any,  pursuant  to  this  Agreement  that  otherwise  would  be  exempt  from  Section  409A  pursuant  to  Treasury  Regulation
Section  1.409A‑1(b)(9)  will  be  payable  until  Executive  has  a  “separation  from  service”  within  the  meaning  of  Section  409A.  In
addition,  if  Executive  is  a  “specified  employee”  within  the  meaning  of  Section  409A  at  the  time  of  Executive’s  separation  from
service (other than due to death), then

6

        
the Deferred Payments, if any, that are payable within the first six (6) months following Executive’s separation from service, will
become  payable  on  the  first  payroll  date  that  occurs  on  or  after  the  date  six  (6)  months  and  one  (1)  day  following  the  date  of
Executive’s  separation  from  service.  All  subsequent  Deferred  Payments,  if  any,  will  be  payable  in  accordance  with  the  payment
schedule  applicable  to  each  payment  or  benefit.  Notwithstanding  anything  herein  to  the  contrary,  if  Executive  dies  following
Executive’s  separation  from  service,  but  before  the  six  (6)  month  anniversary  of  the  separation  from  service,  then  any  payments
delayed in accordance with this paragraph will be payable in a lump sum as soon as administratively practicable after the date of
Executive’s  death  and  all  other  Deferred  Payments  will  be  payable  in  accordance  with  the  payment  schedule  applicable  to  each
payment  or  benefit.  Each  payment  and  benefit  payable  under  this  Agreement  is  intended  to  constitute  a  separate  payment  under
Section 1.409A-2(b)(2) of the Treasury Regulations.

(b)          Any amount  paid under this Agreement  that satisfies  the requirements  of the “short-term  deferral”  rule set forth in

Section 1.409A-1(b)(4) of the Treasury Regulations will not constitute Deferred Payments for purposes of this Agreement.

(c)      Any amount paid under this Agreement that qualifies as a payment made as a result of an involuntary separation from
service pursuant to Section 1.409A-1(b)(9)(iii) of the Treasury Regulations that does not exceed the Section 409A Limit (as defined
below) will not constitute Deferred Payments for purposes of this Agreement.

(d)      The foregoing provisions are intended to comply with, or be exempt from, the requirements of Section 409A so that
none of the severance payments and benefits to be provided hereunder will be subject to the additional tax imposed under Section
409A,  and any  ambiguities or  ambiguous terms  herein will  be  interpreted to  so comply.  Specifically, the  payments hereunder  are
intended to be exempt from the Requirements of Section 409A under the “short-term” deferral rule set forth in Section 1.409A-1(b)
(4) of the Treasury Regulations. The Company and Executive agree to work together in good faith to consider amendments to this
Agreement and to take such reasonable actions which are necessary, appropriate or desirable to avoid imposition of any additional
tax  or  income  recognition  before  actual  payment  to  Executive  under  Section  409A.  In  no  event  will  the  Company  reimburse
Executive for any taxes or other costs that may be imposed on Executive as a result of Section 409A or any other law.

6.      Limitation on Payments . In the event that the severance and other benefits provided for in this Agreement or otherwise
payable to Executive (i) constitute “parachute payments” within the meaning of Section 280G of the Code, and (ii) would be subject
to the excise tax imposed by Section 4999 of the Code (the “ Excise
Tax
”), then Executive’s benefits under this Agreement shall be
either:

(a)      delivered in full, or

(b)      delivered as to such lesser extent which would result in no portion of such benefits being subject to the Excise Tax,

whichever  of  the  foregoing  amounts,  taking  into  account  the  applicable  federal,  state  and  local  income  taxes  and  the  Excise  Tax,
results in the receipt by Executive on an after-tax basis, of the

7

        
greatest  amount  of  benefits,  notwithstanding  that  all  or  some  portion  of  such  benefits  may  be  taxable  under  Section  4999  of  the
Code. If a reduction in severance and other benefits constituting “parachute payments” is necessary so that benefits are delivered to a
lesser extent, reduction will occur in the following order: (1) reduction of cash payments, (2) cancellation of equity awards granted
within the twelve-month period prior to a “change of control” (as determined under Code Section 280G) that are deemed to have
been  granted  contingent  upon  the  change  of  control  (as  determined  under  Code  Section  280G),  (3)  cancellation  of  accelerated
vesting of equity awards and (4) reduction of continued employee benefits. In the event that accelerated vesting of equity awards is
to be cancelled, such vesting acceleration will be cancelled in the reverse chronological order of the award grant dates.

Unless the Company and Executive otherwise agree in writing, any determination required under this Section shall be made
in writing by the Company’s  independent  public accountants  (the “ Accountants
”), whose determination shall be conclusive and
binding  upon  Executive  and  the  Company  for  all  purposes.  For  purposes  of  making  the  calculations  required  by  this  Section,  the
Accountants may make reasonable assumptions and approximations concerning applicable taxes and may rely on reasonable, good
faith interpretations concerning the application of Section 280G and 4999 of the Code. The Company and Executive shall furnish to
the Accountants such information and documents as the Accountants may reasonably request in order to make a determination under
this  Section.  The  Company  shall  bear  all  costs  the  Accountants  may  reasonably  incur  in  connection  with  any  calculations
contemplated by this Section.

7.      Definition of Terms . The following terms referred to in this Agreement will have the following meanings:

(a)            Cause  .  “  Cause
 ”  will  mean  (i)  any  act  of  dishonesty  or  fraud  taken  by  Executive  in  connection  with  his  or  her
responsibilities as an employee other than immaterial, inadvertent acts that are promptly remedied by Executive following notice by
the Company, (ii) Executive’s breach of the fiduciary duty or duty of loyalty owed to the Company, or material breach of the duty to
protect the Company’s confidential and proprietary information, (iii) Executive’s conviction or plea of nolo contendere to a felony or
to  a  crime  involving  fraud,  embezzlement,  misappropriation  of  funds  or  any  other  act  of  moral  turpitude,  (iv)  Executive’s  gross
negligence  or  willful  misconduct  in  the  performance  of  his  or  her  duties,  (v)  Executive’s  material  breach  of  this  Agreement  or  a
written policy of the Company; (vi) Executive’s engagement in conduct or activities that result, or are reasonably likely to result, in
negative  publicity  or  public  disrespect,  contempt  or  ridicule  of  the  Company;  (vii)  Executive’s  failure  to  abide  by  the  lawful  and
reasonable directives of the Company; or (viii) Executive’s repeated failure to materially perform the primary duties of Executive’s
position provided, however, that: a termination of the Executive’s employment pursuant to clause (vii) or clause (viii) of this Section
shall not be deemed a termination for “Cause” unless the Company notifies Executive in writing of the alleged failure or breach that
the Company claims constitutes Cause, and Executive fails to substantially cure such failure or breach within thirty (30) days of such
notice; and provided further, however, that clauses (vii) and (viii) of this Section shall not apply during the pendency of a Change of
Control Period and therefore no termination for Cause may be made under such clauses during any such period. 

8

        
(b)      Change of Control . “ Change
of
Control
” will mean the occurrence of any of the following events:

(i)      any “person” (as such term is used in Sections 13(d) and 14(d) of the Exchange Act) becomes the
“beneficial  owner”  (as  defined  in  Rule  13d-3  under  the  Exchange  Act),  directly  or  indirectly,  of  securities  of  the  Company
representing more than 50% of the total voting power represented by the Company's then outstanding voting securities;

(ii)      the consummation by the Company of a merger or consolidation of the Company with any other
corporation,  other  than  a  merger  or  consolidation  which  would  result  in  the  voting  securities  of  the  Company  outstanding
immediately prior thereto continuing to represent (either by remaining outstanding or by being converted into voting securities of the
surviving entity) more than fifty percent (50%) of the total voting power represented by the voting securities of the Company or such
surviving entity outstanding immediately after such merger or consolidation (in substantially the same proportions relative to each
other as immediately prior to the transaction); or

(iii)            the  consummation  of  the  sale  or  disposition  by  the  Company  of  all  or  substantially  all  of  the
Company's assets (it being understood that the sale or spinoff of one or more (but not all material) divisions of the Company shall
not constitute the sale or disposition of all or substantially all of the Company’s assets).

Further and for the avoidance of doubt, a transaction will not constitute a Change of Control if: (i) its sole purpose is
to  change  the  state of  the  Company’s  incorporation,  or  (ii)  its  sole purpose  is  to  create  a  holding  company  that  will  be  owned  in
substantially the same proportions by the persons who held the Company’s securities immediately before such transaction.

(c)      Change of Control Period . “ Change
of
Control
Period
” means the period beginning on a Change of Control and

ending on the one-year anniversary of the Change of Control.

(d)      Code . “ Code
” means the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended.

(e)      Deferred Payments . “ Deferred
Payments
” means any severance pay or benefits to be paid or provided to Executive,
if  any,  pursuant  to  this  Agreement  that,  in  each  case,  are  or  when  considered  together  with  any  other  severance  payments  or
separation benefits are, considered deferred compensation under Section 409A.

(f)      Exchange Act . “ Exchange
Act
” means the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended.

(g)      Good Reason . “ Good
Reason
” means Executive’s termination of employment within thirty (30) days following the
expiration  of  any  cure  period  (discussed  below)  following  the  occurrence  of  one  or  more  of  the  following,  without  Executive’s
express written consent: (i) a material reduction in Executive’s duties, authority or responsibilities; (ii) a material reduction by the
Company in the annual base compensation or target bonus opportunity (as a percentage of base salary) of the Executive as in effect
immediately prior to such reduction provided, however, that

9

        
one or more reductions in base compensation or target bonus opportunity applicable to all executives generally that, cumulatively,
total ten percent (10%) or less in base compensation and/or ten (10) percentage points or less in target bonus opportunity will not
constitute a material reduction for purposes of this clause (ii); (iii) the relocation of the Executive to a facility or a location more than
fifty  (50)  miles  from  the  Executive’s  then  present  location;  (iv)  the  failure  of  the  Company  to  obtain  the  assumption  of  this
agreement by any successors contemplated in Section 8 below; or (v) a material breach by the Company of this Agreement or any
equity award agreement between Company and the Executive.  In order for an event to qualify as Good Reason, Executive must not
terminate  employment  with  the  Company  without  first  providing  the  Company  with  written  notice  of  the  acts  or  omissions
constituting the grounds for “Good Reason” within ninety (90) days of the initial existence of the grounds for “Good Reason” and
the Company shall have failed to cure during a period of thirty (30) days following the date of such notice.

(h)      Section 409A . “ Section
409A
” means Section 409A of the Code and the final Treasury Regulations and any official

Internal Revenue Service guidance promulgated thereunder.

(i)            Section  409A  Limit  .  “  Section 
409A 
Limit
 ”  means  two  (2)  times  the  lesser  of:  (i)  Executive’s  annualized
compensation  based  upon the  annual  rate  of pay paid  to Executive  during  the Executive’s  taxable  year preceding  the Executive’s
taxable year of Executive’s termination of employment as determined under, and with such adjustments as are set forth in, Treasury
Regulation 1.409A-1(b)(9)(iii)(A)(1) and any Internal Revenue Service guidance issued with respect thereto; or (ii) the maximum
amount  that  may  be  taken  into  account  under  a  qualified  plan  pursuant  to  Section  401(a)(17)  of  the  Code  for  the  year  in  which
Executive’s employment is terminated.

8.      Successors .

(a)           The  Company’s  Successors  .  Any  successor  to  the  Company  (whether  direct  or  indirect  and  whether  by  purchase,
merger, consolidation, liquidation or otherwise) to all or substantially all of the Company’s business and/or assets will assume the
obligations under this Agreement and agree expressly to perform the obligations under this Agreement in the same manner and to the
same extent as the Company would be required to perform such obligations in the absence of a succession. For all purposes under
this  Agreement,  the  term  “Company”  will  include  any  successor  to  the  Company’s  business  and/or  assets  which  executes  and
delivers  the  assumption  agreement  described  in  this  Section  8(a)  or  which  becomes  bound  by  the  terms  of  this  Agreement  by
operation of law.

(b)      Executive’s Successors . The terms of this Agreement and all rights of Executive hereunder will inure to the benefit of,
and  be  enforceable  by,  Executive’s  personal  or  legal  representatives,  executors,  administrators,  successors,  heirs,  distributees,
devisees and legatees.

9.      Notice .

(a)      General . Notices and all other communications contemplated by this Agreement will be in writing and will be deemed
to have been duly given when personally delivered, when mailed by U.S. registered or certified mail, return receipt requested and
postage prepaid, or when

10

        
delivered by private courier service such as UPS or Federal Express that has tracking capability. In the case of Executive, mailed
notices will be addressed to him or her at the home address which he or she most recently communicated to the Company in writing.
In the case of the Company, mailed notices will be addressed to its corporate headquarters,  and all notices will be directed to the
Chief Executive Officer and General Counsel of the Company.

(b)            Notice  of  Termination  .  Any  termination  by  the  Company  for  Cause  or  by  Executive  for  Good  Reason  will  be
communicated by a notice of termination to the other party hereto given in accordance with Section 9(a) of this Agreement. Such
notice will indicate the specific termination provision in this Agreement relied upon, will set forth in reasonable detail the facts and
circumstances  claimed  to  provide  a  basis  for  termination  under  the  provision  so  indicated,  and  will  specify  the  termination  date
(which will be not more than thirty (30) days after the giving of such notice or any shorter period required herein).

10.           Resignation .  Upon  the  termination  of  Executive’s  employment  for  any  reason,  Executive  will  be  deemed  to  have
resigned  from  all  officer  and/or  director  positions  held  at  the  Company  and  its  affiliates  voluntarily,  without  any  further  required
action by Executive, as of the end of Executive’s employment and Executive, at the Board’s request, will execute any documents
reasonably necessary to reflect Executive’s resignation.

11.      Miscellaneous Provisions .

(a)           No Duty to Mitigate .  Executive  will  not  be  required  to  mitigate  the  amount  of  any  payment  contemplated  by  this
Agreement (whether by seeking new employment or in any other manner), nor shall any such payment be reduced by any earnings
that Executive may receive from any other source.

(b)            Waiver  .  No  waiver  by  either  party  of  any  breach  of,  or  of  compliance  with,  any  condition  or  provision  of  this
Agreement by the other party will be considered a waiver of any other condition or provision or of the same condition or provision at
another time.

(c)      Headings . All captions and section headings used in this Agreement are for convenient reference only and do not form

a part of this Agreement.

(d)      Entire Agreement . This Agreement and the Confidentiality Agreement constitute the entire agreement of the parties
hereto with respect to the subject matter hereof and thereof. This Agreement supersedes, replaces in their entirety and terminates any
prior representations, understandings, undertakings or agreements between the Company and the Executive, whether written or oral
and  whether  expressed  or  implied,  that  provided  any  benefits  to  Executive  upon  termination  of  Executive’s  employment  for  any
reason. No waiver, alteration, or modification of any of the provisions of this Agreement will be binding unless in writing and signed
by duly authorized representatives of the parties hereto and which specifically mention this Agreement. For the avoidance of doubt,
it is the intention of the parties that the provisions of this Agreement providing for acceleration or other modification of the vesting
provisions of equity awards are intended to supersede the vesting provisions of any equity awards that may outstanding during the
term of this Agreement.

11

        
(e)      Governing Law . If Executive is resident in California, this Agreement shall be governed by the internal substantive
laws, but not the choice of law rules, of the State of California, and the Company and the Executive each consent to personal and
exclusive  jurisdiction  and  venue  in  the  State  of  California.  If  Executive  is  resident  in  any  state  or  other  jurisdiction  other  than
California, this Agreement shall be governed by the internal substantive laws, but not the choice of law rules, of the Commonwealth
of  Massachusetts,  and  the  Company  and  the  Executive  each  consent  to  personal  and  exclusive  jurisdiction  and  venue  in  the
Commonwealth of Massachusetts.

(f)      Severability . The invalidity or unenforceability of any provision or provisions of this Agreement will not affect the

validity or enforceability of any other provision hereof, which will remain in full force and effect.

(g)          Withholding . All payments  made pursuant  to this Agreement  will be subject  to withholding  of applicable  income,

employment and other taxes.

(h)      Counterparts . This Agreement may be executed in counterparts, each of which will be deemed an original, but all of

which together will constitute one and the same instrument.

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, each of the parties has executed this Change of Control and Severance Agreement, in the case of

the Company by its duly authorized officer, as of the day and year set forth below.

COMPANY    NUANCE COMMUNICATIONS, INC.

EXECUTIVE                                 

By:                             

Title:                             

Date:                             

Daniel Tempesta

Date:                             

12

        
EXHIBIT A
FORM OF SEPARATION & RELEASE AGREEMENT

This  Separation  &  Release  Agreement  (the  “  Agreement
 ”)  is  made  by  and  between  Nuance  Communications,  Inc.,  a
Delaware  corporation  (the  “  Company
 ”)  and  _______________  (“  Executive
 ”).  The  Company  and  Executive  are  sometimes
referred to collectively as the “ Parties
” and individually as a “ Party
.”

WHEREAS, Executive has agreed to enter this Agreement whereby Executive will release any and all claims Executive may
have  against  the  Company  and  other  released  parties  upon  certain  events  specified  in  the  Change  of  Control  and  Severance
Agreement by and between Company and Executive (the “ Severance
Agreement
”).

NOW THEREFORE, in consideration of the mutual promises made herein, the Parties hereby agree as follows:

1. 

Date
”).

Termination . Executive’s employment from the Company terminated on ________________ (the “ Termination

2.            Confidential  Information  .  Subject  to  Section  13,  Executive  shall  continue  to  maintain  the  confidentiality  of  all
confidential  and  proprietary  information  of  the  Company  and  shall  continue  to  comply  with  the  terms  and  conditions  of  the
Proprietary Information, Inventions and Non-Competition Agreement (the “ Confidentiality
Agreement
”) between Executive and
the  Company.  Executive  agrees  that  the  above  reaffirmation  and  agreement  with  the  Confidentiality  Agreement  shall  constitute  a
new and separately enforceable agreement to abide by the terms of the Confidentiality Agreement, entered and effective as of the
Effective Date. Executive specifically acknowledges and agrees that any violation of the restrictive covenants in the Confidentiality
Agreement shall constitute a material breach of this Agreement. Executive shall return all the Company property and confidential
and proprietary information in Executive’s possession to the Company on the Effective Date of this Agreement.

3.      Payment of Salary and Receipt of All Benefits . Executive acknowledges and represents that, other than the severance
and  benefits  to  be  paid  as  set  forth  in  the  Severance  Agreement,  the  Company  has  paid  or  provided  all  salary,  wages,  bonuses,
accrued  vacation,  premiums,  leaves,  relocation  costs,  interest,  fees,  reimbursable  expenses,  commissions,  stock,  stock  options,
vesting, and any and all other benefits and compensation due to Executive.

4.      Non-Solicitation . In exchange for the severance pay and other consideration under the Severance Agreement to which
Executive would not otherwise be entitled, Executive agrees that for a period of one (1) year after the Termination Date, Executive
will not, without the express written consent of the Company, in its sole discretion, [(a) solicit any business that is competitive with
the Company’s business from any client or customer of the Company or (b) either in Executive’s individual capacity or on behalf of
or through any other entity, either directly or indirectly, hire, engage, recruit or participate in any way in the hiring, engagement or
recruitment  of,  or  participate  in  any  effort  to  hire  or  solicit,  any  current  or  future  employees  of  the  Company  or  any  subsidiary
thereof.] [Delete bracketed text for employees in California and substitute the following: “directly

or indirectly solicit any of the employees of the Company or any subsidiary thereof to leave their employment with the Company or
any subsidiary thereof.”]

5.           Non-disparagement .  In  exchange  for  the  severance  pay  and  other  consideration  under  the  Severance  Agreement  to
which Executive would not otherwise be entitled, Executive agrees not to disparage the Company, the Company’s officers, directors,
employees, shareholders and agents, in any manner likely to be harmful to them or the Company’s business, business reputation or
personal  reputation.  Nothing  in  this  Agreement  shall  prevent  either  Executive  or  the  Company  employees  who  are  aware  of  the
existence of this Agreement from responding accurately and fully to any question, inquiry or request for information when required
by legal process, nor prevent Executive from engaging in Protected Activities (as defined below).

6.      [Non-Compete . In exchange for the severance pay and other consideration under the Severance Agreement to which
Executive would not otherwise be entitled, Executive agrees that for a period of one (1) year after the Termination Date, Executive
will not, without the express written consent of the Company, in its sole discretion, enter, engage in, participate in, or assist, either as
an individual on your own or as a partner, joint venturer, employee, agent, consultant, officer, trustee, director, owner, part-owner,
shareholder, or in any other capacity, in the United States of America, directly or indirectly, any other business organization whose
activities or products are competitive with the activities or products of the Company then existing or under development. Nothing in
this  Agreement  shall  prohibit  Executive  from  working  for  an  employer  that  is  engaged  in  activities  or  offers  products  that  are
competitive with the activities and products of the Company so long as Executive does not work for or with the department, division,
or group in that employer’s organization that is engaging in such activities or developing such products. Executive recognizes that
these  restrictions  on  competition  are  reasonable  because  of  the  Company’s  investment  in  goodwill,  its  customer  lists,  and  other
proprietary  information  and  Executive’s  knowledge  of  the  Company’s  business  and  business  plans.  If  any  period  of  time  or
geographical area should be judged unreasonable in any judicial proceeding, then the period of time or geographical area shall be
reduced to such extent as may be deemed required so as to be reasonable and enforceable. Nothing in this Agreement shall preclude
Executive  from making passive investments  of not more than two percent (2%) of a class of securities  of any business enterprise
registered under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended.][Delete paragraph for employees located in California.]

7.      Release of Claims . Executive agrees that the consideration to be paid in accordance with the terms of the Severance
Agreement represents settlement in full of all outstanding obligations owed to Executive by the Company. Executive, on behalf of
himself, and his respective heirs, family members, executors and assigns, hereby fully and forever releases the Company and its past,
present  and  future  officers,  agents,  directors,  employees,  investors,  shareholders,  administrators,  affiliates,  divisions,  subsidiaries,
parents,  predecessor  and  successor  corporations,  and  assigns,  from,  and  agrees  not  to  sue  or  otherwise  institute  or  cause  to  be
instituted any legal or administrative proceedings concerning any claim, duty, obligation or cause of action relating to any matters of
any kind, whether presently known or unknown, suspected or unsuspected, that Executive may possess arising from any omissions,
acts or facts that have occurred up until and including the Effective Date of this Agreement including, without limitation,

-2-

(a)      any and all claims relating to or arising from Executive’s employment relationship with the Company and the

termination of that relationship;

(b)      any and all claims relating to, or arising from, Executive’s right to purchase, or actual purchase of shares of
stock  of  the  Company,  including,  without  limitation,  any  claims  for  fraud,  misrepresentation,  breach  of  fiduciary  duty,  breach  of
duty under applicable state corporate law, and securities fraud under any state or federal law;

(c)            any  and  all  claims  for  wrongful  discharge  of  employment;  termination  in  violation  of  public  policy;
discrimination; breach of contract, both express and implied; breach of a covenant of good faith and fair dealing, both express and
implied;  promissory  estoppel;  negligent  or  intentional  infliction  of  emotional  distress;  negligent  or  intentional  misrepresentation;
negligent or intentional interference with contract or prospective economic advantage; unfair business practices; defamation; libel;
slander; negligence; personal injury; assault; battery; invasion of privacy; false imprisonment; and conversion;

(d)      any and all claims for violation of any federal, state or municipal statute, including, but not limited to, Title VII
of the Civil Rights Act of 1964, the Civil Rights Act of 1991, the Age Discrimination in Employment Act of 1967, the Americans
with Disabilities Act of 1990, the Fair Labor Standards Act, the Employee Retirement Income Security Act of 1974, The Worker
Adjustment and Retraining Notification Act, the California Family Rights Act; the California Labor Code, the California Workers’
Compensation Act, the California Fair Employment and Housing Act, Massachusetts Law Prohibiting Unlawful Discrimination, as
amended, Mass. Gen. Laws ch. 151B, § 1 et seq., Massachusetts Discriminatory Wage Rates Penalized Law (Massachusetts Equal
Pay Law), as amended, Mass. Gen. Laws ch. 149, § 105A et seq., Massachusetts Right to be Free from Sexual Harassment Law,
Mass. Gen. Laws ch. 214, § 1C, Massachusetts Discrimination Against Certain Persons on Account of Age Law, Mass. Gen. Laws
ch.  149,  §  24A  et  seq.,  Massachusetts  Equal  Rights  Law,  Mass.  Gen.  Laws  ch.  93,  §  102  et  seq.,  Massachusetts  Violation  of
Constitutional Rights Law, Mass. Gen. Laws ch. 12, § 11I, Massachusetts Family and Medical Leave Law, Mass. Gen. Laws ch.
149, § 52D; and the Massachusetts Wage Act, Mass. Gen. Laws ch. 149, § 148, et seq.;

(e)      any and all claims for violation of the federal, or any state, constitution;

(f)            any  and  all  claims  arising  out  of  any  other  laws  and  regulations  relating  to  employment  or  employment

discrimination; and

(g)      any and all claims for attorneys’ fees and costs.

Executive agrees that the release set forth in this section shall be and remain in effect in all respects as a complete general
release  as  to  the  matters  released.  This  release  does  not  extend  to  any  severance  obligations  due  Executive  under  the  Severance
Agreement and does not release claims that cannot be released as a matter of law. Nothing in this Agreement waives Executive’s
rights to indemnification or any payments under any insurance policy, if any, provided by any act or agreement of the Company,
state or federal law or policy of insurance.

-3-

8.      Acknowledgment of Waiver of Claims under ADEA . Executive acknowledges that Executive is waiving and releasing
any rights he or she may have under the Age Discrimination in Employment Act of 1967 (“ADEA”) and that this waiver and release
is knowing and voluntary. Executive and the Company agree that this waiver and release does not apply to any rights or claims that
may arise under the ADEA after the Effective Date of this Agreement. Executive acknowledges that the consideration given for this
waiver  and  release  Agreement  is  in  addition  to  anything  of  value  to  which  Executive  was  already  entitled.  Executive  further
acknowledges that Executive has been advised by this writing that (a) Executive should consult with an attorney prior to executing
this Agreement; (b) Executive has at least twenty-one (21) days within which to consider this Agreement; (c) Executive has seven
(7) days following the execution of this Agreement by the parties to revoke the Agreement; (d) this Agreement shall not be effective
until  the  revocation  period  has  expired;  and  (e)  nothing  in  this  Agreement  prevents  or  precludes  Executive  from  challenging  or
seeking a determination in good faith of the validity of this waiver under the ADEA, nor does it impose any condition precedent,
penalties or costs for doing so, unless specifically authorized by federal law. Any revocation should be in writing and delivered to
the General Counsel at the Company by close of business on the seventh day from the date that Executive signs this Agreement. In
the event Executive signs this Agreement and returns it to the Company in less than the 21-day period identified above, Executive
hereby acknowledges that he/she has freely and voluntarily chosen to waive the time period allotted for considering this Agreement.
The parties agree that changes, whether material or immaterial, do not restart the running of the 21-day period.

9.          California Civil Code Section 1542 . Executive acknowledges  that Executive  has been advised to consult with legal
counsel and is familiar with the provisions of California Civil Code Section 1542, a statute that otherwise prohibits the release of
unknown claims, which provides as follows:

A  GENERAL  RELEASE  DOES  NOT  EXTEND  TO  CLAIMS  WHICH  THE  CREDITOR  DOES  NOT  KNOW  OR
SUSPECT TO EXIST IN HIS OR HER FAVOR AT THE TIME OF EXECUTING THE RELEASE, WHICH IF KNOWN
BY HIM OR HER MUST HAVE MATERIALLY AFFECTED HIS OR HER SETTLEMENT WITH THE DEBTOR.

Executive, being aware of said code section, agrees to expressly waive any rights Executive may have thereunder, as well as

under any other statute or common law principles of similar effect.

10.      No Pending or Future Lawsuits . Executive represents that he or she has no lawsuits, claims, or actions pending in her
name, or on behalf of any other person or entity, against the Company or any other person or entity referred to herein. Executive also
represents that Executive does not intend to bring any claims on his/her own behalf or on behalf of any other person or entity against
the Company or any other person or entity referred to herein.

11.      No Cooperation . Subject to Section 13, Executive agrees that he or she will not counsel or assist any attorneys or their
clients in the presentation or prosecution of any disputes, differences, grievances, claims, charges, or complaints by any third party
against the Company and/or any officer, director, employee, agent, representative, shareholder or attorney of the Company, unless
under a subpoena or other court order to do so or as related directly to the ADEA waiver in this Agreement.

-4-

12.      No Admission of Liability . Executive understands and acknowledges that this Agreement constitutes a compromise
and settlement of disputed claims. No action taken by the Company, either previously or in connection with this Agreement shall be
deemed  or  construed  to  be  (a)  an  admission  of  the  truth  or  falsity  of  any  claims  heretofore  made  or  (b)  an  acknowledgment  or
admission by the Company of any fault or liability whatsoever to the Executive or to any third party.

13.      Protected Activity . Executive understands that nothing in this Agreement or in the Confidentiality Agreement shall in
any way limit or prohibit Executive from engaging for a lawful purpose in any Protected Activity. For purposes of this Agreement, “
Protected 
Activity
 ”  shall  mean  filing  a  charge,  complaint  or  report  with,  or  otherwise  communicating  with,  cooperating  with  or
participating  in  any  investigation  or  proceeding  that  may  be  conducted  by  any  federal,  state  or  local  government  agency  or
commission,  including  the  Securities  and  Exchange  Commission,  the  Equal  Employment  Opportunity  Commission,  the
Occupational  Safety  and  Health  Administration,  and  the  National  Labor  Relations  Board  (“  Government 
Agencies
 ”).  Executive
understands that in connection with such Protected Activity, Executive is permitted to disclose documents or other information as
permitted  by  law,  and  without  giving  notice  to,  or  receiving  authorization  from,  the  Company.  Executive  agrees  to  take  all
reasonable precautions to prevent any unauthorized use or disclosure of any information that may constitute Company Proprietary
Information  under  this  Agreement  or  the  Confidentiality  Agreement  to  any  parties  other  than  the  relevant  Government  Agencies.
Executive  further  understands  that  Protected  Activity  does  not  include  the  disclosure  of  any  Company  attorney-client  privileged
communications

14.      Miscellaneous .

(a)            Costs  .  The  Parties  shall  each  bear  their  own  costs,  expert  fees,  attorneys’  fees  and  other  fees  incurred  in

connection with this Agreement.

(b)      Authority . Executive represents and warrants that Executive has the capacity to act on his or her own behalf

and on behalf of all who might claim through Executive to bind them to the terms and conditions of this Agreement.

(c)      No Representations . Executive represents that Executive has had the opportunity to consult with an attorney,
and has carefully read and understands the scope and effect of the provisions of this Agreement. Neither Party has relied upon any
representations or statements made by the other Party hereto which are not specifically set forth in this Agreement.

(d)      Severability . In the event that any provision hereof becomes or is declared by a court of competent jurisdiction

to be illegal, unenforceable or void, this Agreement shall continue in full force and effect without said provision.

(e)      Attorneys’ Fees . Except with regard to a legal action challenging or seeking a determination in good faith of
the validity of the waiver herein under the ADEA, in the event that either Party brings an action to enforce or effect its rights under
this Agreement, the prevailing Party shall be entitled to recover its costs and expenses, including the costs of mediation, arbitration,
litigation, court fees, and reasonable attorneys’ fees incurred in connection with such an action.

-5-

(f)      Entire Agreement . This Agreement, along with the Severance Agreement and the Confidentiality Agreement,
represents the entire agreement and understanding between the Company and Executive concerning Executive’s separation from the
Company.

(g)      No Oral Modification . This Agreement may only be amended in writing signed by Executive and the Chief

Executive Officer of the Company.

(h)           Governing Law .  [FOR  MA  RESIDENTS:]  [This  Agreement  shall  be  governed  by  the  internal  substantive
laws, but not the choice of law rules, of the Commonwealth of Massachusetts, and the Company and the Executive each consent to
personal and exclusive jurisdiction and venue in the Commonwealth of Massachusetts.] [FOR CA RESIDENTS:] [This Agreement
shall be governed by the internal substantive laws, but not the choice of law rules, of the State of California, and the Company and
the Executive each consent to personal and exclusive jurisdiction and venue in the State of California.]

(i)      Effective Date . This Agreement is effective eight (8) days after it has been signed by both Executive, so long as

it has been signed by the Parties and has not been revoked by either Party before that date (the “ Effective
Date
”).

(j)      Counterparts . This Agreement may be executed in counterparts, and each counterpart shall have the same force

and effect as an original and shall constitute an effective, binding agreement on the part of each of the undersigned.

(k)            Voluntary  Execution  of  Agreement  .  Executive  understands  and  agrees  that  Executive  is  executing  this
Agreement voluntarily and without any duress or undue influence on the part or behalf of the Company or any third party, with the
full intent of releasing all of Executive’s claims against the Company and other persons referenced herein. Executive acknowledge
that:

(i)      Executive has read this Agreement;

legal counsel of Executive’s own choice or has voluntarily declined to seek such counsel;

(ii)      Executive has been represented in the preparation, negotiation, and execution of this Agreement by

(iii)      Executive understand the terms and consequences of this Agreement and of the releases it contains;

and

below.

(iv)      Executive is fully aware of the legal and binding effect of this Agreement.

Signature Page Follows

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the Parties have executed this Separation & Release Agreement on the respective dates set forth

COMPANY:    NUANCE COMMUNICATIONS, INC.

By:                             

Title:                             

Date:                             

Date:                             

EXECUTIVE:                                  

-6-

Nuance Communications, Inc.

Code of Business Conduct and Ethics

(Effective September 15, 2015, modified June 7, 2017)

Exhibit 14.1

Policy

The Board of Directors of Nuance Communications, Inc. (the "Company") has adopted this Code of Business Conduct and Ethics (this "Code") for its directors,
officers and employees (collectively, "Employees"). All Employees are expected to read and understand this Code, uphold these standards in day-to-day activities,
comply with all applicable policies and procedures.

This Code has been reasonably designed to deter wrongdoing and to promote:

•
•

•

•
•
•
•

Honest and ethical conduct, including the ethical handling of actual or apparent conflicts of interest between personal and professional relationships;
Avoidance of conflicts of interest, including disclosure to an appropriate person or persons identified in this Code of any transaction or relationship that
reasonably could be expected to give rise to such a conflict;
Full,  fair,  accurate,  timely,  and  understandable  disclosure  in  reports  and  documents  that  the  Company  files  with,  or  submits  to,  the  United  States
Securities and Exchange Commission (the "SEC") and in other public communications made by the Company;
Compliance with applicable governmental laws, rules and regulations;
Adherence to all Nuance policies, including but not limited to Foreign Corrupt Trade Practices and Insider Trading policies;
The prompt internal reporting to an appropriate person or persons identified in this Code of violations of this Code; and
Accountability for adherence to this Code.

1.  Honest and ethical conduct

Employees are expected to act and perform their Company duties ethically and honestly and with the utmost integrity. Honest conduct is considered to be conduct
that  is  free  from  fraud  or  deception.  Ethical  conduct  is  considered  to  be  conduct  conforming  to  accepted  professional  standards  of  conduct.  Ethical  conduct
includes the ethical handling of actual or apparent conflicts of interest between personal and professional relationships as discussed below.

2.  Conflicts of interests

Employees should seek to avoid any action or interest that conflicts with the Company's interests. A conflict of interest exists where the interests or benefits of one
person or entity conflict or appear to conflict with the interests or benefits of the Company. While it is not possible to describe every situation in which a conflict of
interest may arise, Employees must never use or attempt to use their position with the Company to obtain improper personal benefits.

Any  Employee  who  is  aware  of  a  conflict  of  interest,  or  is  concerned  that  a  conflict  might  develop,  is  required  to  discuss  the  matter  with  a  higher  level  of
management  or  the  General  Counsel  promptly,  and  obtain  approval  from  the  General  Counsel  before  proceeding  with  any  transaction  or  action  that  could
reasonably be expected

to give rise to a conflict of interest. Senior financial officers may, in addition to speaking with the General Counsel, also discuss the matter with the Chairperson of
the Audit Committee.

3. Disclosure

The Company is required to file periodic and other reports with the SEC and to make other public communications. The Company's reports and documents filed
with or submitted to the SEC and its other public communications shall include full, fair, accurate, timely and understandable disclosure to the extent required by
applicable law. Any Employee who becomes aware of or suspects any improper transaction, accounting or auditing practice within the Company, or believes that
the Company's internal accounting and disclosure controls are deficient or the Company is not providing full, fair, accurate, timely and understandable disclosures
in its filings with the SEC or in other public communications, is required to report the matter immediately to the Company's General Counsel or the Chairperson of
the  Audit  Committee  or  as  set  forth  herein.  The  General  Counsel  has  primary  authority  and  responsibility  for  receiving,  collecting,  reviewing,  processing  and
resolving concerns and reports by Employees and others involving the Company's accounting, auditing and internal controls and disclosure policies, subject to the
supervision of the Audit Committee. The General Counsel shall maintain appropriate records of all complaints, tracking their receipt, investigation and resolution
and shall prepare a periodic summary report thereof for the Audit Committee.

4. Compliance

It  is  the  Company's  policy  to  comply  with  all  applicable  laws,  rules  and  regulations.  It  is  the  personal  responsibility  of  each  Employee  in  executing  his  or  her
Company duties to adhere to the standards and restrictions imposed by those laws, rules and regulations, and in particular, those relating to accounting and auditing
matters. Any Employee who is unsure whether a situation violates any applicable law, rule, regulation or Company policy should discuss the situation with the
General Counsel.

5. Accountability, Reporting and Disciplinary Actions

The matters covered in this Code are of the utmost importance to the Company, its stockholders and its business partners, and are essential to the Company's ability
to  conduct  its  business  in  accordance  with  this  Code  and  the  Company’s  policies.  The  Company  expects  all  Employees  to  adhere  to  this  Code  and  all  of  the
Company’s policies in carrying out their responsibilities for the Company.

Situations that may involve a violation of this Code may not always be obvious and may require difficult judgments to be made. Employees should report any
concerns or questions about violations of laws, rules, regulations or this Code to the Company's General Counsel or as set forth herein.

Any concerns about violations of laws, rules, regulations or this Code by the Chief Executive Officer, any senior financial officer, any executive officer or director
should be reported promptly to the Chairperson of the Audit Committee as set forth herein. Reporting to the Audit Committee may be accomplished by filing a
report to www.ethicspoint.com . If appropriate, the Chairperson of the Audit Committee will notify the Board of Directors. Reporting of such violations may
also be done anonymously by filing a report at www.ethicspoint.com . An anonymous report should provide enough information about the incident or situation
to  allow  the  Company  to  investigate  properly.  If  concerns  or  complaints  require  confidentiality,  including  keeping  an  identity  anonymous,  the  Company  will
endeavor to protect this confidentiality, subject to applicable laws, regulations or legal proceedings.

The Company encourages all Employees to report any suspected violations promptly and intends to investigate thoroughly any good faith reports of violations. The
Company will not tolerate any kind of retaliation for

reports  or  complaints  regarding  misconduct  that  were  made  in  good  faith.  Employees  are  required  to  cooperate  in  internal  investigations  of  misconduct  and
unethical behavior.

The  General  Counsel  will  have  primary  authority  and  responsibility  for  the  enforcement  of  this  Code,  subject  to  the  supervision  of  the  Audit  Committee.  The
Company will devote the necessary resources to enable the General Counsel or a designee thereof acting under the auspices of the General Counsel to establish
such procedures as may be reasonably necessary to create a culture of accountability and facilitate compliance with this Code, and will also maintain appropriate
records of all complaints, tracking their receipt, investigation and resolution and shall prepare a periodic summary report thereof for the Audit Committee. The
Company will take appropriate action against any Employee whose actions are found to violate these policies or any other policies of the Company. Disciplinary
actions may include immediate termination of employment or business relationship at the Company's sole discretion. Where the Company has suffered a loss, it
may pursue its remedies against the individuals or entities responsible. Where laws have been violated, the Company will report violators to, and cooperate with,
the appropriate authorities.

Where violation of this Code is disputed by an Employee, such alleged violation will be investigated by the General Counsel or a designee thereof acting under the
auspices  of  the  General  Counsel,  who  shall  make  a  determination  following  such  investigation  as  to  whether  or  not  such  a  violation  has  occurred.  Where  a
violation of this Code is disputed by an executive officer or director, such alleged violation will be investigated by the Board of Directors or a designee thereof,
which shall make a determination following such investigation as to whether or not such a violation has occurred. Such a determination by the Company will be
final.

6.  Waivers and Amendments of the Code

The Company is committed to continuously reviewing and updating our policies and procedures. Therefore, this Code is subject to modification. Any waiver of
any provision of this Code for a member of the Board of Directors or an executive officer must be approved in writing by the Board of Directors and promptly
disclosed pursuant to applicable laws and regulations. Any waiver of any provision of this Code with respect to any other employee must be approved in writing by
the General Counsel. Amendments to this Code will be disclosed as required by the applicable SEC and securities rules and regulations.

7.  Violations

If you know or suspect a violation of the Code or applicable laws and regulations or any Company policy, it is your responsibly to promptly report it, and the
Company will not tolerate any kind of retaliation for reports or complaints regarding possible violations that were made in good faith. Reports may be made in any
of the following ways:

•

•
•

Contact the General Counsel by telephone (781-565-5000) or by e-mail 
( GeneralCounsel@nuance.com) .
Contact the Audit Committee of the Company Board of Directors via Ethicspoint
Contact Ethicspoint by Internet ( www.ethicspoint.com) or by telephone (1-866-ethicsp (384-4277))

Owner
General Counsel

Contact us

If you have any questions or comments about this Policy, please contact Nuance’s Legal Department generalcounsel@nuance.com .

Disclaimer
Nothing herein is intended to constitute a contract between Nuance and any employee and Nuance reserves the right to revise or terminate this Policy at any time.
All  Nuance  employees  are  expected  to  comply  with  all  Company  policies  and  the  failure  to  do  so  may  result  in  remedial  action  by  Nuance  as  permitted  by
applicable agreements and law.

Nothing in this Policy should be construed to limit employees’ rights to engage in protected whistleblower activity or concerted activity under Section 7 of the U.S.
National Labor Relations Act.

Subsidiary Name  

Agnitio Corp.

ART Advanced Recognition Technologies, Inc.

Caere Corporation

Cognition Technologies, Inc.

Consolidated Enterprise Corporation

Consolidated Healthcare Corporation

Consolidated Imaging Corporation

Consolidated Mobile Corporation

Dictaphone Corporation

Ditech Networks, Inc.

Ditech Networks International, Inc.

eCopy, LLC

iScribes Inc.

eScription, Inc.

Language and Computing, Inc.

Montage Healthcare Solutions, Inc.

Notable Solutions, Inc.

Nuance Diagnostics Holding, Inc.

Nuance Transcription Services, Inc.

PerSay, Inc.

Phonetic Systems, Inc.

Primordial Design, Inc.

Quadramed Quantim Corporation

Ruetli Holding Corporation

SNAPin Software, LLC

SVOX USA, Inc.

TouchCommerce, Inc.

Viecore Federal Systems Division, Inc.

Viecore, LLC

VirtuOz, Inc.

Vlingo Corporation

VoiceBox Technologies Corporation

Voice Signal Technologies, Inc.

Zi Holding Corporation

Nuance Document Imaging, Inc. f/k/a 
Equitrac Corporation

J.A. Thomas and Associates, Inc.

Nuance Healthcare Diagnostics Solutions, Inc.

Winscribe USA Inc.

AMS Solutions Corp.

New England Medical Transcription, Inc.

Accentus U.S., Inc. f/k/a Zylomed Inc.

Medical Transcription Education Center, Inc.

Physician Technology Partners, LLC

Swype, Inc.

Tegic Communications, Inc.

Nuance Enterprise Solutions & Services Corporation f/k/a Varolii
Corporation

Exhibit 21.1

Jurisdiction  

Type  

Delaware

Delaware

Delaware

Delaware

Delaware

Delaware

Delaware

Delaware

Delaware

Delaware

Delaware

Delaware

Delaware

Delaware

Delaware

Delaware

Delaware

Delaware

Delaware

Delaware

Delaware

Delaware

Delaware

Delaware

Delaware

Delaware

Delaware

Delaware

Delaware

Delaware

Delaware

Delaware

Delaware

Delaware

Florida

Georgia

Georgia

Delaware

Massachusetts

Illinois

Nevada

Ohio

Ohio

Washington

Washington

Washington

Domestic

Domestic

Domestic

Domestic

Domestic

Domestic

Domestic

Domestic

Domestic

Domestic

Domestic

Domestic

Domestic

Domestic

Domestic

Domestic

Domestic

Domestic

Domestic

Domestic

Domestic

Domestic

Domestic

Domestic

Domestic

Domestic

Domestic

Domestic

Domestic

Domestic

Domestic

Domestic

Domestic

Domestic

Domestic

Domestic

Domestic

Domestic

Domestic

Domestic

Domestic

Domestic

Domestic

Domestic

Domestic

Domestic

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Subsidiary Name  

Jurisdiction  

Type  

Information Technologies Australia Pty Ltd.

ITA Services Pty Ltd.

Nuance Communications Australia Pty. Ltd.

OTE Pty Limited

VoiceBox Technologies Australia Pty. Ltd.

Winscribe Australasia Pty. Ltd.

Nuance Communications Austria GmbH

Nuance Communications Services Austria GmbH

SpeechMagic Holding GmbH

Language and Computing N.V.

Nuance Communications Belgium Limited

Nuance Communications International BVBA

Nuance Bermuda Automotive, Ltd.

Nuance Bermuda Enterprise, Ltd.

Nuance Bermuda Healthcare, Ltd.

Nuance Bermuda Imaging, Ltd.

Nuance Communications Ltda.

Novitech Technologia e Servicos Ltda.

BlueStar Options Inc.

BlueStar Resources Ltd.

SpeechWorks BVI Ltd.

845162 Alberta Ltd.

Accentus Inc. f/k/a/ 2350111 Ontario Inc.

Ditech Networks Canada, Inc.

Nuance Acquisition ULC

Nuance Communications Auto, Inc.

Nuance Communications Canada, Inc.

Nuance Document Imaging, ULC f/k/a Equitrac Canada ULC

Zi Corporation

Zi Corporation of Canada, Inc.

Foxtrot Acquisition Limited

Foxtrot Acquisition II Limited

Huayu Zi Software Technology (Beijing) Co., Ltd.

Nuance Software Technology (Beijing) Co., Ltd.

Nuance Communications Technology Shanghai Ltd

Nuance Communications Denmark ApS

Nuance Communications Finland OY

Voice Signal Technologies Europe OY

Nuance Communications France Sarl

VirtuOz S.A.

VoiceBox Technologies France SAS

Communology GmbH

HFN Medien GmbH

Nuance Communications Deutschland GmbH f/k/a Dictaphone
Deutschland GmbH

Nuance Communications Germany GmbH

Nuance Communications Healthcare Germany GmbH

Australia

Australia

Australia

Australia

Australia

Australia

Austria

Austria

Austria

Belgium

Belgium

Belgium

Bermuda

Bermuda

Bermuda

Bermuda

Brazil

Brazil

British Virgin Islands

British Virgin Islands

British Virgin Islands

Canada

Canada

Canada

Canada

Canada

Canada

Canada

Canada

Canada

Cayman Islands

Cayman Islands

China

China

China

Denmark

Finland

Finland

France

France

France

Germany

Germany

Germany

Germany

Germany

International

International

International

International

International

International

International

International

International

International

International

International

International

International

International

International

International

International

International

International

International

International

International

International

International

International

International

International

International

International

International

International

International

International

International

International

International

International

International

International

International

International

International

International

International

International

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Subsidiary Name  

NSi Europe GmbH

SVOX Deutschland GmbH

Asia Translation & Telecommunications Limited

Huayu Zi Software Technology Limited

Nuance Communications Hong Kong Limited

Telecom Technology Corporation Limited

Zi Corporation (H.K.) Limited

Zi Corporation of Hong Kong Limited

Nuance Recognita Corp.

Ditech Communications India Pvt. Ltd.

Nuance India Pvt. Ltd.

Nuance Transcription Services India Private Limited f/k/a/ FocusMT India
Private Limited

ServTech Systems India Pvt. Ltd.

Transcend India Private Limited

Transcend MT Services Private Ltd.

Nuance Communications Services (India) LLP

mCarbon Tech Innovation PVT Ltd.

Terra Firma Services Private LTD

Nuance Communications International Holdings ULC

Nuance Communications Ireland Limited

Nuance Communications Services Ireland Ltd.

Diamond Auto Technologies Ireland Ltd.

Diamond Auto Technologies Services Ireland Ltd.

Nuance Communications Healthcare International Ltd formally Voice
Signal Ireland Ltd.

Nuance Communications Israel, Ltd.  f/k/a ART-Advanced Recognition
Technologies Limited

PerSay Ltd.

Phonetic Systems Ltd.

Loquendo S.p.a.

Nuance Communications Italy Srl

Nuance Communications Japan K.K.

VoiceSignal Japan K.K.

Caere Corporation Branch Mexico

Nuance Communications Netherlands B.V.

X-Solutions Group B.V.

Winscribe Inc Ltd.

VoiceBox Technologies Europe B.V.

Heartland Asia (Mauritius) Ltd.

Nuance Communications Asia Pacific Pte. Ltd.

Nuance Communications Korea Ltd.

Nuance Communications Iberica SA

Agnitio S.L.

Nuance Communications Sweden, A.B.

Nuance Communications Switzerland AG

SVOX AG

Winscribe GmbH

Jurisdiction  

Type  

Germany

Germany

Hong Kong SAR

Hong Kong SAR

Hong Kong SAR

Hong Kong SAR

Hong Kong SAR

Hong Kong SAR

Hungary

India

India

India

India

India

India

India

India

India

Ireland

Ireland

Ireland

Ireland

Ireland

Ireland

Israel

Israel

Israel

Italy

Italy

Japan

Japan

Mexico

Netherlands

Netherlands

New Zealand

Netherlands

Republic of Mauritius

Singapore

South Korea

Spain

Sweden

Switzerland

Switzerland

Switzerland

International

International

International

International

International

International

International

International

International

International

International

International

International

International

International

International

International

International

International

International

International

International

International

International

International

International

International

International

International

International

International

International

International

International

International

International

International

International

International

International

International

International

International

International

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Subsidiary Name  

Jurisdiction  

Type  

Nuance Communications Taiwan

Nuance Communications Illetism Ltd. Sirketi

Nuance Turkey Iletisim Hizmetleri Ltd. Sirketi

Nuance Communications UK Limited

SpinVox Limited

Winscribe Europe Ltd.

TouchCommerce UK Ltd.

Mcarbon Tech Innovation Middle East -FX- LLC

Taiwan

Turkey

Turkey

United Kingdom

United Kingdom

United Kingdom

United Kingdom

UAE

International

International

International

International

International

International

International

International

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Nuance Communications, Inc.
Burlington, Massachusetts

Consent of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm

We hereby consent to the incorporation by reference in Registration Statements on Form S-3 (Nos. 333-142182, 333-147715, 333-142182, 333-128397,
and 333-61862) and Form S-8 (Nos.333-224825, 333-215966, 333-211272, 333-201933, 333-188397, 333-182459, 333-179399, 333-178436, 333-164955, 333-
157579,  333-151088,  333-151087,  333‑153911,  333-148684,  333-145971,  333-143465,  333-142183,  333-141819,  333-134687,  333-128396,  333-124856,  333-
122718, 333-108767, 333-99729, 333-75406, 333-49656, 333-33464, 333-30518, 333-74343, 333-45425 and 333-04131) of Nuance Communications, Inc. of our
reports dated November 20, 2018 relating to the consolidated financial statements and the effectiveness of Nuance Communications, Inc.’s internal control over
financial reporting, which appear in this Form 10-K.

EXHIBIT 23.1

/s/ BDO USA, LLP
Boston, Massachusetts
November 20, 2018

Exhibit 31.1

CERTIFICATION OF CHIEF EXECUTIVE OFFICER
PURSUANT TO
SECTION 302(A) OF THE SARBANES-OXLEY ACT OF 2002

I, Mark Benjamin, certify that:

1. I have reviewed this Annual Report on form 10-K of Nuance Communications, Inc.;

2.  Based  on  my  knowledge,  this  report  does  not  contain  any  untrue  statement  of  a  material  fact  or  omit  to  state  a  material  fact  necessary  to  make  the

statements made, in light of the circumstances under which such statements were made, not misleading with respect to the period covered by this report;

3.  Based  on  my  knowledge,  the  financial  statements,  and  other  financial  information  included  in  this  report,  fairly  present  in  all  material  respects  the

financial condition, results of operations and cash flows of the registrant as of, and for, the periods presented in this report;

4. The registrant’s other certifying officer and I are responsible for establishing and maintaining disclosure controls and procedures (as defined in Exchange
Act Rules 13a-15(e) and 15d-15(e)) and internal control over financial reporting (as defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(f) and in 15d-15(f)) for the registrant
and have:

a.

b.

c.

d.

designed such disclosure controls and procedures, or caused such disclosure controls and procedures to be designed under our supervision, to ensure
that  material  information  relating  to  the  registrant,  including  its  consolidated  subsidiaries,  is  made  known  to  us  by  others  within  those  entities,
particularly during the period in which this report is being prepared;

designed such internal control over financial reporting, or caused such internal control over financial reporting to be designed under our supervision, to
provide  reasonable  assurance  regarding  the  reliability  of  financial  reporting  and  the  preparation  of  financial  statements  for  external  purposes  in
accordance with generally accepted accounting principles;

evaluated the effectiveness of the registrant’s disclosure controls and procedures and presented in this report our conclusions about the effectiveness of
the disclosure controls and procedures, as of the end of the period covered by this report based on such evaluation; and

disclosed in this report any change in the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting that occurred during the registrant’s most recent fiscal
quarter (the registrant’s fourth fiscal quarter in the case of an annual report) that has materially affected, or is reasonably likely to materially affect, the
registrant’s internal control over financial reporting; and

5.  The  registrant’s  other  certifying  officer  and  I  have  disclosed,  based  on  our  most  recent  evaluation  of  internal  control  over  financial  reporting,  to  the

registrant’s auditors and the audit committee of the registrant’s board of directors (or persons performing the equivalent functions):

a.

b.

all significant deficiencies and material weaknesses in the design or operation of internal control over financial reporting which are reasonably likely to
adversely affect the registrant’s ability to record, process, summarize and report financial information; and

any fraud, whether or not material, that involves management or other employees who have a significant role in the registrant’s internal controls over
financial reporting.

November 20, 2018

By:

/s/ Mark Benjamin

  Mark Benjamin

Chief Executive Officer

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Exhibit 31.2

CERTIFICATION OF CHIEF FINANCIAL OFFICER
PURSUANT TO
SECTION 302(A) OF THE SARBANES-OXLEY ACT OF 2002

I, Daniel D. Tempesta, certify that:

1. I have reviewed this Annual Report on form 10-K of Nuance Communications, Inc.;

2.  Based  on  my  knowledge,  this  report  does  not  contain  any  untrue  statement  of  a  material  fact  or  omit  to  state  a  material  fact  necessary  to  make  the

statements made, in light of the circumstances under which such statements were made, not misleading with respect to the period covered by this report;

3.  Based  on  my  knowledge,  the  financial  statements,  and  other  financial  information  included  in  this  report,  fairly  present  in  all  material  respects  the

financial condition, results of operations and cash flows of the registrant as of, and for, the periods presented in this report;

4. The registrant’s other certifying officer and I are responsible for establishing and maintaining disclosure controls and procedures (as defined in Exchange
Act Rules 13a-15(e) and 15d-15(e)) and internal control over financial reporting (as defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(f) and in 15d-15(f)) for the registrant
and have:

a.

b.

c.

d.

designed such disclosure controls and procedures, or caused such disclosure controls and procedures to be designed under our supervision, to ensure
that  material  information  relating  to  the  registrant,  including  its  consolidated  subsidiaries,  is  made  known  to  us  by  others  within  those  entities,
particularly during the period in which this report is being prepared;

designed such internal control over financial reporting, or caused such internal control over financial reporting to be designed under our supervision, to
provide  reasonable  assurance  regarding  the  reliability  of  financial  reporting  and  the  preparation  of  financial  statements  for  external  purposes  in
accordance with generally accepted accounting principles;

evaluated the effectiveness of the registrant’s disclosure controls and procedures and presented in this report our conclusions about the effectiveness of
the disclosure controls and procedures, as of the end of the period covered by this report based on such evaluation; and

disclosed in this report any change in the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting that occurred during the registrant’s most recent fiscal
quarter (the registrant’s fourth fiscal quarter in the case of an annual report) that has materially affected, or is reasonably likely to materially affect, the
registrant’s internal control over financial reporting; and

5.  The  registrant’s  other  certifying  officer  and  I  have  disclosed,  based  on  our  most  recent  evaluation  of  internal  control  over  financial  reporting,  to  the

registrant’s auditors and the audit committee of the registrant’s board of directors (or persons performing the equivalent functions):

a.

b.

all significant deficiencies and material weaknesses in the design or operation of internal control over financial reporting which are reasonably likely to
adversely affect the registrant’s ability to record, process, summarize and report financial information; and

any fraud, whether or not material, that involves management or other employees who have a significant role in the registrant’s internal controls over
financial reporting.

November 20, 2018

By:

/s/Daniel D. Tempesta

Daniel D. Tempesta

Executive Vice President and Chief Financial Officer

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
CERTIFICATION OF CHIEF EXECUTIVE OFFICER AND CHIEF FINANCIAL OFFICER
PURSUANT TO
18 U.S.C. SECTION 1350,
AS ADOPTED PURSUANT TO
SECTION 906 OF THE SARBANES-OXLEY ACT OF 2002

I,  Mark  Benjamin,  certify,  pursuant  to  18  U.S.C.  Section  1350,  as  adopted  pursuant  to  Section  906  of  the  Sarbanes-Oxley  Act  of  2002,  that  the  Annual
Report of Nuance Communications, Inc. on Form 10-K for the period ended September 30, 2018 fully complies with the requirements of Section 13(a) or 15(d) of
the  Securities  Exchange  Act  of  1934  and  that  information  contained  in  such  Annual  Report  on  Form  10-K  fairly  presents  in  all  material  respects  the  financial
condition and results of operations of Nuance Communications, Inc.

Exhibit 32.1

November 20, 2018

By:

/s/ Mark Benjamin

  Mark Benjamin

Chief Executive Officer

I, Daniel D. Tempesta, certify, pursuant to 18 U.S.C. Section 1350, as adopted pursuant to Section 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002, that the Annual
Report of Nuance Communications, Inc. on Form 10-K for the period ended September 30, 2018 fully complies with the requirements of Section 13(a) or 15(d) of
the  Securities  Exchange  Act  of  1934  and  that  information  contained  in  such  Annual  Report  on  Form  10-K  fairly  presents  in  all  material  respects  the  financial
condition and results of operations of Nuance Communications, Inc.

November 20, 2018

By:

/s/Daniel D. Tempesta

Daniel D. Tempesta

Executive Vice President and Chief Financial Officer